1

 

                DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES

 

                      FOOD AND DRUG ADMINISTRATION

 

 

 

                  FDA SCIENCE BOARD ADVISORY COMMITTEE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                        Thursday, April 22, 2004

 

                               8:00 a.m.

 

 

 

             Advisors and Consultants Staff Conference Room

                           5630 Fishers Lane

                          Rockville, Maryland

                                                                 2

 

                              PARTICIPANTS

 

         Kenneth I. Shine, M.D., Chair

         Jan. N. Johannessen, Ph.D., Executive Secretary

 

      BOARD MEMBERS:

 

         Gail H. Cassell, Ph.D.

         Josephine Grima, Ph.D., Consumer Representative

         Susan Harlander, Ph.D.

         Cato T. Laurencin, M.D., Ph.D.

         Cecil B. Pickett, Ph.D.

         F. Xavier Pi-Sunyer, M.D., M.P.H.

         Jose C. Principe, Ph.D.

         Jim E. Riviere, D.V.M., Ph.D.

         Allen D. Roses, M.D.

         Katherine M.J. Swanson, Ph.D.

         John L. Thomas, Ph.D.

 

      OFFICE OF THE COMMISSIONER:

 

         Lester M. Crawford, D.V.M., Ph.D.,

         Norris E. Alderson, Ph.D.

 

      FDA:

 

         Daniel A. Casciano, Ph.D.

         David W. Feigel, Jr., M.D., M.P.H.

         Kathy Carbone, M.D.

         John Marzilli

         Robert E. Brackett, Ph.D.

         Steven Galson, M.D., M.P.H.

                                                                 3

 

                            C O N T E N T S

 

      Call to Order, Kenneth I. Shine, M.D., Chair,              5

 

      Welcome and Opening Remarks,

        Lester M. Crawford, D.V.M., Ph.D., Acting

          Commissioner of Food and Drugs                         9

 

      Overview of the FDA Initiative on Obesity,

        Robert E. Brackett, Ph.D., CFSAN, FDA                   19

 

      Obesity - Therapeutics, David G. Orloff, M.D.,

        CDER, FDA                                               27

 

      Obesity - Research, David W.K. Acheson, M.D.,

        CFSAN, FDA                                              47

 

      Highlights of the Obesity Working Group Report,

        Alan Rulis, Ph.D., CFSAN, FDA                           76

 

      Questions and Discussion with the

        Board/Presenters                                        96

 

      Update on ORA Peer Review Process,

        John R. Marzilli, Deputy Associate

        Commissioner for Regulatory Affairs, FDA               129

 

        John J. Specchio, Ph.D., ORA Science Advisor           135

 

      Open Public Hearing:

 

        Arthur Frank, M.D., George Washington University       150

        Elizabeth Jacobson, Ph.D., AdvaMed                     158

        Richard Atkinson, M.D., American

          Obesity Association                                  170

 

      Introduction to Critical Path, Janet Woodcock,

        M.D., Acting Deputy Commissioner for

        Operations, FDA                                        175

 

      Perspective on Anti-Infectives and Vaccines,

        Gail H. Cassell, Ph.D., Eli Lilly and Company          220

 

      Perspective on Chronic Disease Therapies,

        Robert M. Califf, M.D., Duke University                241

                                                                 4

 

                            C O N T E N T S

 

      Drug Formulation and Development, and Tissue

        Engineering Issues, Robert S. Langer, Sc.D., MIT       268

 

      Overview of Opportunities - Drugs, Robert Temple,

        M.D., CDER, FDA                                        298

 

      Overview of Opportunities - Devices, Larry G.

        Kessler, Sc.D., CDRH, FDA                              324

 

      Overview of Opportunities - Biologics,

        Jesse Goodman, M.D., M.P.H., CBER, FDA                 339

 

      Questions and Discussion with Board -

        Recommendations                                        363

 

                                                                 5

 

  1                      P R O C E E D I N G S

 

  2                          Call to Order

 

  3             DR. SHINE:  Good morning, ladies and

 

  4   gentlemen.  We will come to order.  Welcome to this

 

  5   meeting of the FDA Science Board Advisory

 

  6   Committee.  I am Ken Shine.  Mark McClellan, when

 

  7   he was Commissioner, asked me if I would chair this

 

  8   committee then he split!

 

  9             [Laughter]

 

 10             I was a little anxious because our

 

 11   colleague, Dr. Crawford, who is the Acting

 

 12   Commissioner, was scheduled perhaps to be in Japan

 

 13   but it turns out that he is able to be here so I

 

 14   don't feel quite so deserted.  But we are pleased

 

 15   to be able to welcome you to this meeting which

 

 16   will be focused on two major and extremely

 

 17   important issues for all of us, the issues relating

 

 18   to the epidemic of obesity, which is a worldwide

 

 19   epidemic of extraordinary proportions in terms of

 

 20   all of the implications of that epidemic; and then

 

 21   an examination of the Critical Path in terms of the

 

 22   necessity to find ways to bring new products to

 

                                                                 6

 

  1   market in a timely and cost effective way.

 

  2             We have a very distinguished advisory

 

  3   committee and before we ask Dr. Crawford to make

 

  4   his introductory comments, perhaps we could go

 

  5   around, starting with Dr. Pickett, and ask you to

 

  6   identify yourself and then just a sentence or so

 

  7   about your area of interest or perspective that you

 

  8   bring to the committee so that folks have a sense

 

  9   of your approach to things.  Dr. Pickett?

 

 10             DR. PICKETT:  Yes, good morning.  I am

 

 11   Cecil Pickett.  I am President of Research and

 

 12   Development for the Schering-Plough Corporation,

 

 13   which is the pharmaceutical arm of Schering-Plough.

 

 14   I obviously have a fundamental interest in drug

 

 15   discovery and drug development and how we can bring

 

 16   innovative new therapies to patients.

 

 17             DR. PRINCIPE:  Good morning.  My name is

 

 18   Jose Principe.  I am Distinguished Professor of

 

 19   Electrical and Biomedical Engineering at the

 

 20   University of Florida, and my expertise resides in

 

 21   electrical systems and machine and learning

 

 22   algorithms.

 

                                                                 7

 

  1             DR. RIVIERE:  Hello.  I am Jim Riviere.  I

 

  2   am Distinguished Professor of Pharmacology, North

 

  3   Carolina State University, and have expertise in

 

  4   pharmacology and toxicology.

 

  5             DR. GRIMA:  Hi. My name is Josephine

 

  6   Grima.  I am the Director of Research and

 

  7   Legislative Affairs for the National Marfan

 

  8   Foundation, and I am the consumer representative.

 

  9             DR. THOMAS:  Good morning.  I am John

 

 10   Thomas, Vice President, retired, and Professor

 

 11   Emeritus of Pharmacology and Toxicology, University

 

 12   of Texas Health Science Center at San Antonio.

 

 13             DR. SWANSON:  Good morning.  I am Katie

 

 14   Swanson.  I am with the President of KMJ Swanson

 

 15   Food Safety, a food safety consulting firm.

 

 16             DR. LAURENCIN:  I am Cato Laurencin.  I am

 

 17   a Lillian Pratt Distinguished Professor and Chair

 

 18   of Orthopaedic Surgery, and university professor at

 

 19   the University of Virginia.  My areas of expertise

 

 20   are biomaterials, tissue engineering and

 

 21   nanotechnology.

 

 22             DR. PI-SUNYER:  I am Xavier Pi-Sunyer.  I

 

                                                                 8

 

  1   am Professor of Medicine at Columbia University

 

  2   College of Physicians and Surgeons, and I am

 

  3   Director of the Division of Endocrinology and the

 

  4   Obesity Research Center at St. Lukes Roosevelt

 

  5   Hospital.  My area of interest is diabetes and

 

  6   obesity.

 

  7             DR. HARLANDER:  Hello.  My name is Susan

 

  8   Harlander.  I am president of my consulting firm,

 

  9   called BIOrational Consultants.  My background is

 

 10   in food science and nutrition and I work primarily

 

 11   in the areas of genetically modified foods and

 

 12   drugs.

 

 13             DR. ROSES:  I am Allen Roses.  I am Senior

 

 14   Vice President in Genetics Research,

 

 15   GlaxoSmithKline.  I spent 27 years at Duke and the

 

 16   final 20 of those I was Chairman of Neurology.  My

 

 17   expertise is in neurology and genetics, medicine

 

 18   and a variety of other.

 

 19             DR. SHINE:  Thank you.  Have I missed

 

 20   anybody on the committee?  We will be hearing from

 

 21   some of our colleagues at the FDA shortly.  I am

 

 22   Ken Shine.  I serve currently as the Executive Vice

 

                                                                 9

 

  1   Chancellor of Health Affairs at the University of

 

  2   Texas System, after two terms at the Institute of

 

  3   Medicine.  I am interested in health policy.  As a

 

  4   cardiologist, I also recommend the food for

 

  5   breakfast--

 

  6             [Laughter]

 

  7             --and hope that in the interest of

 

  8   controlling obesity we will all have heart healthy

 

  9   lunches.  So, we will see!

 

 10             I think we are very fortunate that Les

 

 11   Crawford can serve as the interim Commissioner.  I

 

 12   have known Dr. Crawford for many years and his

 

 13   leadership in this organization has been manifest

 

 14   over and over again.  He brings wonderful

 

 15   experience and perspective and we will ask him to

 

 16   make a few remarks.  Les?

 

 17                   Welcome and Opening Remarks

 

 18             DR. CRAWFORD:  Well, thanks very much, Dr.

 

 19   Shine, and thank you very much for agreeing to be

 

 20   chairman.  It is one of the lasting legacies of the

 

 21   great Mark McClellan that you are here.  You cannot

 

 22   be replaced until he comes back--

 

                                                                10

 

  1             [Laughter]

 

  2             --it is almost like a biblical thing.

 

  3             DR. SHINE:  Now I am worried!

 

  4             DR. CRAWFORD:  In any case, I want to

 

  5   welcome you as the chairman and also we have four

 

  6   new members, all of whom I have known before except

 

  7   Dr. Allen Roses, and I am particularly grateful for

 

  8   you to agree to serve on this committee.  We expect

 

  9   great things from you and you will have a fun time.

 

 10   I think your particular area of expertise is very

 

 11   much needed by the committee and I hope it is an

 

 12   enjoyable and fruitful thing for you.

 

 13             I have known Dr. Susan Harlander for a

 

 14   long time, and she was been nominated for this

 

 15   committee and turned us down one time before but

 

 16   she can run but she can't hide.  She is right here

 

 17   today, and thank you for that.

 

 18             Xavier Pi-Sunyer and I served on the same

 

 19   committee, another committee which met only one

 

 20   day, Dr. Pi-Sunyer, and went away, some ten years

 

 21   ago.  This one is enduring.  So, thank you also.

 

 22             Gail Cassell--I think Gail is not here yet

 

                                                                11

 

  1   but she is coming.  Also, she is very well

 

  2   recommended because she comes from the University

 

  3   of Alabama, Birmingham.  She and I speak the same

 

  4   language and communicate often.  So, we are

 

  5   grateful to her also.

 

  6             We have had, as I mentioned earlier, the

 

  7   transfer actually of Mark McClellan to the Center

 

  8   for Medicare and Medicaid Services.  That is a blow

 

  9   for us but it is a strengthening of our Department

 

 10   of Health and Human Services, which is our umbrella

 

 11   organization under Tommy Thompson.  So, Dr.

 

 12   McClellan is still available to us and we see him

 

 13   fleetingly but he is very much interested in what

 

 14   is happening here, and we will continue to stay in

 

 15   touch throughout this administration and beyond.

 

 16             We remain focused on his strategic plan

 

 17   that has now become our strategic plan and also on

 

 18   the five goals where were developed during that

 

 19   time, which were shared and worked out to some

 

 20   extent in concert with this committee.  Those have

 

 21   stood the test of time.  All the work is not

 

 22   completed but we believe those benchmarks that were

 

                                                                12

 

  1   established by the committee or commission on the

 

  2   strategic plan which meets monthly in order to do a

 

  3   check of how well we are doing--we think all of

 

  4   that work will be accomplished within this

 

  5   presidential administration.  At that time we will

 

  6   put a ribbon around it, put it in a box and serve

 

  7   it up to the American people.  I think it is a job

 

  8   already well done but a job not quite completed.

 

  9             We are focusing on our mission of

 

 10   protecting and advancing public health.  We face

 

 11   many new challenges and opportunities.  We are

 

 12   proceeding with your help through the most

 

 13   difficult part, which is bringing science to bear

 

 14   on the regulatory process.

 

 15             This session of the FDA Science Advisory

 

 16   Board is scheduled, actually, at a very opportune

 

 17   time.  The agency has undertaken a number of major

 

 18   new initiatives, two of which you will be hearing

 

 19   about in much greater detail during the remainder

 

 20   of the day.

 

 21             On March 12 of last year Secretary

 

 22   Thompson released a new FDA report outlining the

 

                                                                13

 

  1   agency's strategy for combating the major public

 

  2   health problem of obesity, actually initiated it on

 

  3   March 12 of last year and received a report from

 

  4   FDA this year.  In point of fact, three different

 

  5   agencies, under the leadership of Secretary

 

  6   Thompson, did major initiatives on obesity.  These

 

  7   were six-month programs to bring together the

 

  8   expertise in the National Institutes of Health, the

 

  9   Centers for Disease Control and the Food and Drug

 

 10   Administration.

 

 11             During the time that those three

 

 12   committees were working on the problem of obesity,

 

 13   from its very fundamental scientific rationale all

 

 14   the way up to ameliorative steps, the estimated

 

 15   number of deaths from obesity-related diseases in

 

 16   the United States increased from 300,000 per year

 

 17   to 400,000 per year.  A major path-breaking paper

 

 18   by Dr. Julie Gerberding and others at the Centers

 

 19   for Disease Control and Prevention have estimated

 

 20   that obesity is going to overtake smoking as the

 

 21   leading cause of death in the United States by the

 

 22   end of this decade.

 

                                                                14

 

  1             These are chilling figures.  It is a

 

  2   horrible disease, a complex of diseases that is

 

  3   lurching out of control.  FDA, through the

 

  4   authorities it has under the Nutrition, Labeling

 

  5   and Education Act, must do something.  Dr. Bob

 

  6   Brackett is going to detail that for you.  He came

 

  7   in as Director of the Center for Food Safety and

 

  8   Applied Nutrition in the middle of the obesity

 

  9   initiative but his expertise and leadership are

 

 10   very much part and parcel of our accomplishing of

 

 11   this mission.  He will talk about the other people

 

 12   from his Center and elsewhere who were on the

 

 13   committee, but it is a great accomplishment for FDA

 

 14   and I am very pleased that you are going to hear

 

 15   about it in depth from Dr. Brackett himself.

 

 16             The second major thing is the Critical

 

 17   Path initiative which was developed in the last

 

 18   stages of Dr. McClellan's tenure here.  It has

 

 19   stood the test of introduction; it has not stood

 

 20   the test of time yet.  But with your help we will

 

 21   get the Critical Path from the research laboratory

 

 22   to the bedside, to the pharmacy, to the hospital

 

                                                                15

 

  1   and all other places where we need to be sure that

 

  2   FDA is not an impediment to the development and

 

  3   introduction of new drugs and other modalities of

 

  4   therapy, and also fine-tuning our procedures so

 

  5   that we actually encourage by efficiency the

 

  6   development of much needed drugs in much needed

 

  7   areas.

 

  8             One of the things that you will hear about

 

  9   today is a publication, on a regular basis, of

 

 10   Critical Path opportunities that we will list to

 

 11   the public, to the industry that we serve, and also

 

 12   to all other stakeholders about what we think are

 

 13   the opportunities for new development that FDA

 

 14   would like to work with sponsors on, work with

 

 15   research institutions on and anybody and everybody

 

 16   else.  This is something new for FDA and I think we

 

 17   are ready for it, but you will also have some

 

 18   targets of opportunity this morning to help shape

 

 19   and develop that critical initiative.  I believe it

 

 20   will be with us for a long time.  We have had some

 

 21   similar kinds of things in the past that we have

 

 22   come up with, but this one has a system to it and

 

                                                                16

 

  1   we believe, if we do it right, it will be enduring

 

  2   and it will mark a new era for the Food and Drug

 

  3   Administration.  So, your critical attendance to

 

  4   that is very much solicited.  Dr. Woodcock will be

 

  5   talking about that.

 

  6             At this point I would like to turn the

 

  7   floor back over to Ken Shine, with many thanks once

 

  8   again for his leadership on this committee.  I am

 

  9   looking forward to the day, as I hope all of you

 

 10   are.  Thank you.

 

 11             DR. SHINE:  Thank you very much, Dr.

 

 12   Crawford.  One of the responsibilities of this

 

 13   committee is to be the final judges in the FDA

 

 14   scientific achievement awards program.  Those

 

 15   awards apparently will be given in another month or

 

 16   so, but I think one of the parts of our activities

 

 17   has been the opportunity to look at the quality of

 

 18   the science.  I had a great deal of difficulty in

 

 19   choosing in many categories the more outstanding of

 

 20   the proposal because the science was so good.  I

 

 21   think that is an area that has been extremely

 

 22   encouraging to the committee.

 

                                                                17

 

  1             We do have some other business we have to

 

  2   undertake before we begin the program, and Jan

 

  3   Johannessen is going to take care of that.

 

  4             DR. JOHANNESSEN:  Thank you, Dr. Shine.

 

  5   The following announcement addresses the issue of

 

  6   conflict of interest with respect to this meeting,

 

  7   and is made part of the public record to preclude

 

  8   even the appearance of such at the meeting.

 

  9             The Food and Drug Administration has

 

 10   prepared general matters waivers for Drs. Shine,

 

 11   Principe, Pickett, Grima, Riviere, Laurencin,

 

 12   Swanson, Thomas, Roses, Pi-Sunyer, Cassell,

 

 13   Harlander and one of the guest speakers, Dr.

 

 14   Califf.  A copy of the waiver statements may be

 

 15   obtained by submitting a written request to our

 

 16   Freedom of Information office.  The waivers permit

 

 17   them to participate in the committee's discussion

 

 18   of FDA's obesity working group report and Critical

 

 19   Path initiative.

 

 20             Topics of today's meeting are of broad

 

 21   applicability and, unlike issues before a committee

 

 22   in which a particular product is discussed, issues

 

                                                                18

 

  1   of broader applicability involve many industrial

 

  2   sponsors and academic institutions.  The

 

  3   participating committee members have been screened

 

  4   for their financial interests as they may apply to

 

  5   these general topics at hand.  Because general

 

  6   topics impact so many institutions, it is not

 

  7   practical to recite all the potential conflicts of

 

  8   interest as they apply to each participant.  The

 

  9   FDA acknowledges that there may be potential

 

 10   conflicts of interest but, because of the general

 

 11   nature of the discussion before the committee,

 

 12   these potential conflicts are mitigated.

 

 13             We have open public comments scheduled for

 

 14   eleven o'clock.  I would just remind everyone to

 

 15   turn your microphones on when you speak so that the

 

 16   transcriber can pick everything up.  Thank you.

 

 17             DR. SHINE:  Thank you very much, Jan.  I

 

 18   think we are prepared now to go to our program.  I

 

 19   would just make a couple of observations.  This is

 

 20   a very dense program and we are going to have to,

 

 21   on the one hand, hold our speakers to the time that

 

 22   is allotted to them and, at the same time, I would

 

                                                                19

 

  1   urge you to make notes and recognize that if they

 

  2   use their full allotted time we are not going to be

 

  3   able to question them at that time but, rather, we

 

  4   have a specific period at 10:15 for a period of

 

  5   questions.  So, if there are issues where you

 

  6   really need clarification in order to understand

 

  7   what is being proposed, then by all means we ought

 

  8   to do that.  On the other hand, we are going to

 

  9   have to move expeditiously through the

 

 10   presentations if we are going to get today's work

 

 11   done.

 

 12             We are pleased that the overview for the

 

 13   FDA initiative on obesity, as you have heard, will

 

 14   be provided by Dr. Robert Brackett and we invite

 

 15   him to proceed.

 

 16            Overview of the FDA Initiative on Obesity

 

 17             DR. BRACKETT:  Thank you, Dr. Shine.

 

 18             [Slide]

 

 19             Good morning, everybody.  I am Bob

 

 20   Brackett and what I am going to do is give a very

 

 21   brief overview of sort of the major points of the

 

 22   obesity initiative, and then following me the next

 

                                                                20

 

  1   three speakers will actually get into some of the

 

  2   more final details that were part of the

 

  3   initiative, as well as some of the summary of the

 

  4   report.

 

  5             [Slide]

 

  6             I think the background for why we did this

 

  7   is pretty much apparent to most people in that

 

  8   people have sort of rediscovered that obesity in

 

  9   this country and worldwide is, in fact, of epidemic

 

 10   proportions in that in the United States overweight

 

 11   and obese people have increased risks of many other

 

 12   chronic diseases that are relating to the deaths

 

 13   that Dr. Crawford mentioned, including heart

 

 14   disease, diabetes and certain types of cancer.

 

 15   Also, as Dr. Crawford mentioned, it is enough so

 

 16   that there are significant deaths, to the point

 

 17   where that is competing with tobacco as a public

 

 18   health problem.  So, it is something that we do

 

 19   need to address within FDA, something that we have

 

 20   partnered on with other entities within Health and

 

 21   Human Services.  In fact, this is sort of a

 

 22   nationwide program where it takes the participation

 

                                                                21

 

  1   and the partnership of many different groups.  That

 

  2   is one of the things we have attempted to do and

 

  3   will attempt to do.

 

  4             [Slide]

 

  5             One thing that is lost, in addition to the

 

  6   400,000 deaths that are estimated related to

 

  7   obesity, is the economic cost of obesity to this

 

  8   country.  That is estimated at 117 billion dollars

 

  9   per year.  So, that has a major impact on the

 

 10   health costs in this country and does drive the

 

 11   cost for everybody.  So, it is something that we

 

 12   all need to participate in trying to eliminate.

 

 13             [Slide]

 

 14             The obesity working group was actually

 

 15   created in 2003, in August, by Dr. McClellan when

 

 16   he was here.  At that time Dr. Crawford was the

 

 17   chair and my predecessor, Joe Levitt, was the

 

 18   deputy chair at that time.

 

 19             [Slide]

 

 20             They were given a very simple charge, and

 

 21   that was to prepare a report that outlines an

 

 22   action plan that would cover the critical

 

                                                                22

 

  1   dimensions of the obesity problem that FDA could

 

  2   participate in with the other agencies as well.

 

  3             [Slide]

 

  4             During that time the group was very

 

  5   active.  From 2003 to 2004--that is not much time

 

  6   to do all of the activities that they had to and

 

  7   they were very, very active.  It was on a fast

 

  8   track.  The obesity working group met eight times

 

  9   during that short period of time.  They received

 

 10   briefings from a number of different invited

 

 11   experts from the Department of Health and Human

 

 12   Services, as well as and including Centers for

 

 13   Disease Control and NIH.  We did hold one public

 

 14   meeting and one workshop; two round table

 

 15   discussions; and also solicited from the public

 

 16   many different comments on our obesity related

 

 17   issues by docket submissions.  So, in fact, we did

 

 18   try to absorb as much information to put in this

 

 19   report as we possibly could, and then tried to

 

 20   synthesize all of what was provided and provide the

 

 21   report that was required.

 

 22             [Slide]

 

                                                                23

 

  1             This is just a copy of the report, and

 

  2   this has been submitted.  It is called "Calories

 

  3   Count" and it is the report of the working group on

 

  4   obesity.  What the report actually does is to

 

  5   provide a range of both short- and long-term

 

  6   recommendations to address this epidemic.

 

  7             An important part is that we did try to

 

  8   base all of these recommendations on known

 

  9   scientific facts.  So, it did take some teasing

 

 10   apart of what was thought to be contributing to

 

 11   obesity versus what is known from a nutritional

 

 12   standpoint.  The one thing it also attempted to do,

 

 13   and did, is address the multiple facets that

 

 14   contribute to the obesity problem, particularly

 

 15   those that are under FDA's purview.

 

 16             [Slide]

 

 17             Some of the recommendation highlights that

 

 18   were given from it are, first of all, developing

 

 19   appropriate and effective consumer messages to aid

 

 20   consumers in making wiser dietary choices.  That

 

 21   was one of the most important things, that is, to

 

 22   actually get consumers to understand that they are

 

                                                                24

 

  1   in control of their weight problems, and to

 

  2   establish educational strategies and partnerships

 

  3   to support these appropriate methods to teach

 

  4   people, and particularly children with regard to

 

  5   childhood obesity, how they can lead better lives

 

  6   through better nutrition.  So, this is getting back

 

  7   to some really fundamental issues that needed to be

 

  8   addressed to the American people.

 

  9             [Slide]

 

 10             It also involved pursuing improvements to

 

 11   the labeling of packaged foods with respect to

 

 12   caloric and other nutritional information, that is,

 

 13   giving the consumers the information they need to

 

 14   make the judgments that we were trying to educate

 

 15   them about.

 

 16             Then, encouraging and enlisting

 

 17   restaurants in voluntary, collaborative efforts to

 

 18   combat obesity and then also provide nutritional

 

 19   content information to consumers at the point of

 

 20   sale.  Since many of the meals are eaten away from

 

 21   the home, this was particularly important.

 

 22             [Slide]

 

                                                                25

 

  1             It also recommended facilitating the

 

  2   development of new therapeutics that could be used

 

  3   in the treatment of obesity, and then,

 

  4   coincidentally, designing and collaborating with

 

  5   others--and that "others" is very broad--effective

 

  6   research in the fight against obesity.  So, it was

 

  7   really trying to encompass the whole scope of

 

  8   activities that could be done.  Again, the

 

  9   important part was really involving the

 

 10   stakeholders continuously throughout these various

 

 11   processes.  We had to not be dictating what this

 

 12   was but it was actually a very participatory

 

 13   process.

 

 14             [Slide]

 

 15             The conclusions, in summary were, as many

 

 16   of us already know, that the problem of obesity in

 

 17   America really has no single cause.  There is no

 

 18   one thing that you could point to; it is really the

 

 19   result of a variety of different factors that when

 

 20   they act together over time--and this includes the

 

 21   genetic component for consumers and environmental

 

 22   factors--do contribute to increasing obesity and,

 

                                                                26

 

  1   consequently, there also is no single solution to

 

  2   this problem in that the current trends will only

 

  3   be reversed if you have well-coordinated,

 

  4   complementary efforts from virtually all sectors of

 

  5   society to combat this.

 

  6             [Slide]

 

  7             The other thing, and the part that we

 

  8   needed to particularly emphasize to consumers, is

 

  9   that the obesity epidemic is not going to be solved

 

 10   quickly, neither will their individual weight

 

 11   problems be solved quickly.  Any long-lasting

 

 12   reversal of the phenomenon will itself be a

 

 13   long-term process.  We took a long time to get to

 

 14   this point and it is going to take some time to

 

 15   reverse it.

 

 16             [Slide]

 

 17             Just to give you a little bit of update

 

 18   about the obesity working group, Dr. Rulis, who

 

 19   will be speaking this morning as well, has been

 

 20   engaging in a national policy dialogue of what

 

 21   things can and could be done with regard to

 

 22   obesity, especially FDA's participation.  Dr.

 

                                                                27

 

  1   Orloff, who will also be following up, has dealt a

 

  2   lot with the therapeutics aspects of obesity and,

 

  3   of course, the research component, which will be

 

  4   discussed by Dr. Acheson, can provide more details

 

  5   on where the research sort of would be heading in

 

  6   the future.

 

  7             With that, I will end and, again, leave

 

  8   some of the details to the speakers that follow,

 

  9   and with them you will get a lot more of the

 

 10   nitty-gritty of what the obesity working group has

 

 11   accomplished in the last year.

 

 12             DR. SHINE:  Thank you, Dr. Brackett.  Why

 

 13   don't we proceed then to hear from David G. Orloff,

 

 14   who is the Director of the Division of Metabolic

 

 15   and Endocrine Drugs in the Center for Drug

 

 16   Evaluation and Research, to talk about therapeutics

 

 17   involved in obesity?

 

 18                      Obesity - Therapeutics

 

 19             DR. ORLOFF:  Good morning.  Thank you very

 

 20   much.

 

 21             [Slide]

 

 22             What I am going to use my time on to do

 

                                                                28

 

  1   today is to give you a brief overview of what the

 

  2   therapeutics subgroup which largely consisted of

 

  3   members of the Division of Metabolic and Endocrine

 

  4   Drug Products--myself, Dr. Eric Colman and Dr.

 

  5   Patricia Beaston--reported to the overall obesity

 

  6   working group according to our charge from Dr.

 

  7   McClellan and the original charge to the group

 

  8   itself.

 

  9             Specifically, I will give you a sense and

 

 10   an understanding, I hope, of where we are today in

 

 11   our regulatory stance; how we got here; and what

 

 12   our plans are for the immediate future as we

 

 13   participate in this enterprise to address this

 

 14   public health problem.

 

 15             [Slide]

 

 16             Let me start with two quotes which

 

 17   actually are cited by Dr. Bray, who is a leader in

 

 18   this field, in a recent paper that is actually

 

 19   included in a volume edited by Dr. Pi-Sunyer who is

 

 20   with us.

 

 21             The first is that sudden death is more

 

 22   common in those who are naturally fat than lean. 

 

                                                                29

 

  1   This sounds like a contemporary summary statement

 

  2   from a modern epidemiologic study.

 

  3             The second, which is a bit older sounding

 

  4   but perhaps more broadly conclusive in a sense,

 

  5   reads that corpulency, when in an extraordinary

 

  6   degree, may be reckoned a disease, as it in some

 

  7   measure obstructs the free exercise of the animal

 

  8   functions, and has a tendency to shorten life by

 

  9   paving the way to dangerous distempers.

 

 10             Well, as the title of this slide suggests,

 

 11   these are actually not new observations.  The first

 

 12   is a quote from Hippocrates and the second is a

 

 13   quote from Dr. Fleming of the Edinborough School,

 

 14   writing in 1760.

 

 15             [Slide]

 

 16             Today we call these risks associated with

 

 17   obesity co-morbidities.  While they are certainly

 

 18   better enumerated and their pathophysiology better

 

 19   understood, as I have suggested, this is not a new

 

 20   problem.  As you can see and as everyone is aware

 

 21   around the table, these co-morbidities run the

 

 22   gamut from cardiovascular disease and all of its

 

                                                                30

 

  1   manifestations through the big problem of metabolic

 

  2   syndrome and burgeoning epidemic or existing

 

  3   epidemic of type 2 diabetes, to increased risk for

 

  4   a variety of malignancies and a whole host of

 

  5   psychological disorders, including depression and

 

  6   eating disorders.

 

  7             One of the reasons I start with this slide

 

  8   is because, frankly, the drug side of FDA has been,

 

  9   for lack of a better term, accused in the past of

 

 10   being somewhat insensitive to the magnitude of this

 

 11   problem as reflected in all of these risks, and I

 

 12   want to assure everyone that we fully understand

 

 13   the overall metabolic and health consequences of

 

 14   obesity and it drives our interest in ongoing

 

 15   active participation in this initiative.

 

 16             [Slide]

 

 17             So, with that, Dr. McClellan gave us

 

 18   really two charges that asked us to address the

 

 19   problem, we believe, from two different sides.  The

 

 20   first was to assess the real or perceived barriers

 

 21   to development of new or enhanced therapeutics.

 

 22   Then, as I said, coming at it from the other side,

 

                                                                31

 

  1   to make recommendations on ways to encourage

 

  2   development of new or enhanced therapeutics.

 

  3             We took this as a call, on the one hand,

 

  4   to make sure, as always, that we were well informed

 

  5   and up to date in our understanding of obesity and

 

  6   its risks, but also that we really ought to be

 

  7   revisiting our FDA guidance to industry on

 

  8   development of drugs for obesity.  Needless to say,

 

  9   FDA guidance to industry is supposed to represent

 

 10   current thinking and I think it is worth at least

 

 11   considering that 1996 is retreating into the past

 

 12   and we ought to make sure that that is still our

 

 13   current thinking.

 

 14             So, we have an open comment period on that

 

 15   document that is closing in a few weeks.  We have

 

 16   already had face-to-face dialogue with the American

 

 17   Obesity Association of PhRMA, of which Dr. Crawford

 

 18   was president, and we will be convening an advisory

 

 19   committee later this year to discuss potential

 

 20   changes to our guidance.

 

 21             [Slide]

 

 22             The harsh reality of the state of medical

 

                                                                32

 

  1   therapeutics is really where we start.  The fact is

 

  2   that although there are a number of drugs on the

 

  3   market for the treatment of obesity, current

 

  4   therapies are really not the panacea or in any way

 

  5   miracle drugs.  They generally induce only modest

 

  6   degrees of weight loss.  Weight maintenance is

 

  7   really a central problem in addressing this public

 

  8   health issue.

 

  9             It is important to understand, with regard

 

 10   to the state of the evidence, that we have limited

 

 11   data available on the impact of drug-associated

 

 12   weight loss on morbid outcomes.  The Xendos trial

 

 13   with Orlistat in obese patients at risk for type 2

 

 14   diabetes is one recent example of a finding that

 

 15   touches or that addresses the effects of weight

 

 16   loss on that significant outcome.  But we really

 

 17   have no mortality data and we think that that is a

 

 18   big hole.  I think everybody agrees that that is a

 

 19   big hole in our understanding.

 

 20             [Slide]

 

 21             But having said that, opportunities

 

 22   abound.  This is a list of the potential targets

 

                                                                33

 

  1   and mechanistic approaches to the treatment of

 

  2   obesity that are really under development and

 

  3   consideration and research, and the list grows

 

  4   daily with an increasing understanding by those

 

  5   involved in the scientific side of this enterprise,

 

  6   with increasing understanding not only of the

 

  7   physiology of weight maintenance and of energy

 

  8   economy in general, but also the pathophysiology of

 

  9   obesity.

 

 10             [Slide]

 

 11             Let me tell you where we see the path

 

 12   forward to safe and effective obesity drugs from

 

 13   the standpoint of the Center for Drugs.  To do so,

 

 14   I need to tell you a little bit about the modern

 

 15   history of obesity therapeutics; to talk to you

 

 16   about standards of evidence for approval of drugs

 

 17   prior to our 1996 guidance; and the transformation

 

 18   in medical perception of obesity to the way it is

 

 19   looked at today that led ultimately to the

 

 20   development of our standards and rationale in our

 

 21   1996 guidance.  There are multiple areas for

 

 22   discussion.  I will really touch mostly on just one

 

                                                                34

 

  1   of them.

 

  2             These, if you will, constitute some of the

 

  3   barriers which Dr. McClellan asked us to address,

 

  4   as well as a number of unanswered questions that,

 

  5   in our mind, constitute barriers as well, although

 

  6   perhaps not barriers in the same way as regulatory

 

  7   barriers.

 

  8             With regard to the modern history, as I

 

  9   think most people realize, it is a checkered one.

 

 10   It has been fraught with ill-conceived mechanistic

 

 11   approaches, unscrupulous investigators and

 

 12   practitioners and a lot of bad luck along the way,

 

 13   if nothing else.

 

 14             [Slide]

 

 15             It begins in the 1880s with the use of

 

 16   thyroid extract and drug-induced hyperthyroidism as

 

 17   a path to weight loss with its attendant risks,

 

 18   into the 1930s with dinitrophenol which,

 

 19   incidentally, continues to rear its head even today

 

 20   and which, as many of you realize, is one of the

 

 21   poster children in the FDA chamber of horrors that

 

 22   led ultimately to the passage of the 1938 Food,

 

                                                                35

 

  1   Drug and Cosmetic Act, along with the elixir of

 

  2   sulfinamide tragedy, to amphetamines which really

 

  3   came to market in the mid-1930s and, as I will say

 

  4   in a few minutes, dominated the scene with regard

 

  5   to obesity therapeutics over the last half century

 

  6   and their problems related to addiction and CNS and

 

  7   cardiac toxicity.

 

  8             The late 1960s marked really the end of

 

  9   the Rainbow pill problem which had begun some 20 or

 

 10   25 years before.  These were medical regimens which

 

 11   included fixed-dose combinations of digitalis and

 

 12   thyroid hormone but, in the collective, included

 

 13   the addition of thiazide and other diuretics,

 

 14   purgatives as well as amphetamines.  It was that

 

 15   lethal combination of digitalis and thiazides with

 

 16   hypokalemia and accentuated digitalis toxicity that

 

 17   led to numerous tragedies and ultimately to

 

 18   regulatory action against this enterprise.

 

 19             The 1970s saw a mini epidemic in primary

 

 20   pulmonary hypertension, mostly in Europe, related

 

 21   to Aminorex and I think people are aware of the

 

 22   unfortunate case of Redux and the unexpected, but

 

                                                                36

 

  1   in some cases, frankly malignant cardiac

 

  2   valvulopathy that resulted from the use of those

 

  3   drugs.

 

  4             I think it is worth pointing out, and

 

  5   everyone should realize, that in terms of a barrier

 

  6   that this history, on the one hand definitely

 

  7   tempers our approach from a regulatory standpoint

 

  8   to the development of therapeutics in this area,

 

  9   but I also think that it has affected in the past,

 

 10   and continues to affect, the overall integrity of

 

 11   the anti-obesity enterprise and it is something, if

 

 12   you will, that from a public relations standpoint

 

 13   needs to be dealt with.

 

 14             [Slide]

 

 15             This is a list of the centrally-acting

 

 16   anorexigens approved after 1938.  I put it up

 

 17   really to show you that the last 50 years is the

 

 18   half century of amphetamine congeners in obesity

 

 19   research and therapeutics.

 

 20             Two drugs on this list, mazindol and

 

 21   sibutramine, are not amphetamines per se but I

 

 22   think all these drugs are stimulant anorexigens and

 

                                                                37

 

  1   they have all been marketed as controlled

 

  2   substances.  All, except for sibutramine, as I will

 

  3   explain in a moment, were approved and labeled for

 

  4   only short-term use.

 

  5             [Slide]

 

  6             So, what were the standards of evidence

 

  7   that we had to support the use of these drugs prior

 

  8   to 1996?  As I said, all of the drugs approved

 

  9   prior to that time, and so labeled for treatment of

 

 10   obesity were for short-term use.  The trials that

 

 11   supported the efficacy and safety of these products

 

 12   were up to 12 weeks in duration and were limited in

 

 13   size with 200-400 patients.  There were obviously

 

 14   concerns about abuse and addiction potential that I

 

 15   mentioned a moment ago with these products and, as

 

 16   I said, they were labeled for short-term use,

 

 17   really dating back to the late 1960s and early

 

 18   1970s.

 

 19             Their efficacy was modest and, as you will

 

 20   see in a moment, not really all that different from

 

 21   what we have today, with the mean loss of

 

 22   approximately 5 kg for placebo and a range of

 

                                                                38

 

  1   placebo-subtracted means across multiple studies of

 

  2   1-10 kg.

 

  3             [Slide]

 

  4             Although this is an age list epidemic and

 

  5   the observations of its association with chronic

 

  6   morbid and mortal conditions, you know, goes back

 

  7   to the ancients, nevertheless, it took a sort of

 

  8   reexamination to lead to a transformation in the

 

  9   way this disease was perceived and in the way that

 

 10   it ought to be treated.  As I said, today it is

 

 11   looked at as a chronic condition associated with

 

 12   metabolic derangements and conferring the risk for

 

 13   long-term morbid and mortal sequelae.

 

 14             As I said, there is a big problem with the

 

 15   high rate of weight regain following

 

 16   discontinuation of drugs, and there is a

 

 17   recognition that maintenance of healthy weight is

 

 18   critical to reduction in risk for

 

 19   obesity-associated adverse outcomes as opposed to

 

 20   cycling of weight.

 

 21             [Slide]

 

 22             With this recognition or this casting in a

 

                                                                39

 

  1   metabolic light, in 1992 the obesity drugs were

 

  2   transferred to Endocrine and Metabolic, and in

 

  3   1995, before my time, an advisory committee was

 

  4   held to discuss this evolution and a disease model,

 

  5   the standards for lifelong treatment algorithms

 

  6   with these drugs, and discussion of clinical trial

 

  7   design and evidentiary standards.

 

  8             [Slide]

 

  9             In 1996 a draft guidance was issued.  The

 

 10   cardinal features of that draft guidance include

 

 11   the patient populations which are to be targeted,

 

 12   which include those patients who have significant

 

 13   obesity and who are at high risk for sequelae.

 

 14   This is in keeping with the NIH evidence-based

 

 15   treatment guidelines which were issued in that same

 

 16   time frame.

 

 17             The duration of Phase 3 trials which we

 

 18   have adhered to up until now include a first year

 

 19   of placebo-controlled investigation to provide

 

 20   proof or principle of efficacy, followed by an

 

 21   open-label year, in the second year, to provide

 

 22   further information on durable efficacy and safety

 

                                                                40

 

  1   in long-term use.  This harkens back to the

 

  2   historical bad luck to which I referred and,

 

  3   frankly, to the absence of outcomes data with

 

  4   existing drugs and to the fact that we are not

 

  5   requiring any outcomes data for establishing the

 

  6   balance of risk and benefit for these products.

 

  7             [Slide]

 

  8             With regard to the efficacy criteria, it

 

  9   is notable that the FDA's efficacy standard is less

 

 10   rigorous than the European one.  We require either

 

 11   a demonstration of a mean placebo-subtracted weight

 

 12   loss greater than or equal to five percent of

 

 13   baseline body weight, or that the proportion of

 

 14   subjects who lose greater than or equal to five

 

 15   percent of their baseline body weight is greater in

 

 16   the drug than the placebo group.  The EMEA, as you

 

 17   can see, has ten percent cutoffs for both those

 

 18   criteria.

 

 19             [Slide]

 

 20             Three drugs have been approved for

 

 21   long-term treatment under the current guidelines.

 

 22   The first, dexfenfluramine, was withdrawn less than

 

                                                                41

 

  1   18 months after its approval, as I mentioned

 

  2   earlier, related to unexpected cardiac

 

  3   valvulopathy.  Sibutramine, a centrally-acting

 

  4   anorexigen, and Orlistat, a non-absorbed intestinal

 

  5   lipase inhibitor, remain on the market.  These are

 

  6   indicated for long-term use.  As I said before,

 

  7   their efficacy over the loan haul, over the one to

 

  8   two years of exposure in the clinical trials, is

 

  9   about along the lines of the earlier products

 

 10   approved for short-term use.

 

 11             [Slide]

 

 12             With regard to barriers, as I said, I will

 

 13   mention just one, and this relates to the safety

 

 14   exposures that have been required of sponsors

 

 15   working in this area.  The FDA has stated a minimum

 

 16   of 1,500 patients for one year should be exposed to

 

 17   these products prior to submission of an NDA, and

 

 18   that 200-500 patients complete a second year to get

 

 19   an understanding of durable efficacy and safety.

 

 20             Those who have held that this might be too

 

 21   rigorous have evoked the International Conference

 

 22   on Harmonization E1A document on the development of

 

                                                                42

 

  1   drugs for long-term treatment of

 

  2   non-life-threatening conditions which cite 300-600

 

  3   patients for 6 months and 100 for 1 year.  They

 

  4   cite also 1,500 patients total in all of the

 

  5   studies, including Phase I.

 

  6             [Slide]

 

  7             But that document also explains that

 

  8   longer and larger exposures are readily

 

  9   rationalized and perhaps necessary if the benefit

 

 10   of the drug is noted or expected to be small,

 

 11   experienced only by a fraction of treated patients

 

 12   and of uncertain magnitude as in reliance on a

 

 13   surrogate, such as weight loss.

 

 14             I think this characterizes the state of

 

 15   the evidence and the state of the efficacy with

 

 16   these products and it is really our rationale

 

 17   behind requiring larger exposures.  Also, I think

 

 18   we all understand, as has been said many times

 

 19   today, that the magnitude of this epidemic is such

 

 20   that the anticipated target populations in

 

 21   open-market use is absolutely astronomical and it

 

 22   is our responsibility to be as sure as we can be

 

                                                                43

 

  1   that drugs are going to be safe and effective when

 

  2   they go out into these millions and millions of

 

  3   patients.

 

  4             [Slide]

 

  5             With regard to therapeutic gaps and

 

  6   unanswered questions, one of the issues that really

 

  7   we believe bears further investigation is

 

  8   head-to-head comparisons of approved agents.  This

 

  9   is an issue that comes up in a lot of different

 

 10   fields of medical therapeutics and is certainly one

 

 11   in which I think patients and physicians are

 

 12   under-served by the pharmaceutical and clinical

 

 13   investigational communities as a means of providing

 

 14   evidence for individualized, rational choices in

 

 15   treatment.

 

 16             [Slide]

 

 17             Long-term safety and efficacy of older

 

 18   drugs also needs better understanding, particularly

 

 19   phentermine.

 

 20             [Slide]

 

 21             I show you this slide of drug use data

 

 22   from 1991-2002 to demonstrate that throughout these

 

                                                                44

 

  1   last 12-plus years phentermine leads the pack with

 

  2   regard to U.S. prescriptions.  These were projected

 

  3   prescriptions for 2002 but I think they were borne

 

  4   out, and also projected for 2003.  Phentermine

 

  5   prescriptions are double those for sibutramine and

 

  6   Orlistat, yet, this is a drug that is approved only

 

  7   for short-term use.  It is likely that in this

 

  8   context it is being used for long-term use and we

 

  9   really are poorly informed as to its long-term

 

 10   safety and efficacy.

 

 11             [Slide]

 

 12             Studies of combination therapy, in order

 

 13   that we can better label these drugs, are also

 

 14   necessary and, parenthetically, studies of drug

 

 15   cycling which I believe are commonplace in

 

 16   therapeutic interventions in obesity--more

 

 17   information is required for purposes of drug

 

 18   labeling.   Finally, the "Holy Grail" that is the

 

 19   question that we all yearn for an answer about, and

 

 20   that is, do the drugs that we are going to use in

 

 21   this area, both today's and tomorrow's, confer

 

 22   long-term individual and population reductions in

 

                                                                45

 

  1   morbid and mortal sequelae of obesity?

 

  2             [Slide]

 

  3             Finally, or actually next to finally, I

 

  4   want to read you another quote, and this is from J.

 

  5   Diamond, writing an interesting piece that he

 

  6   published in Nature last year.  The piece is really

 

  7   about the worldwide epidemic of type 2 diabetes,

 

  8   diabetes and obesity that humans generally,

 

  9   although some more than others, are programmed as a

 

 10   result of energy economy genes in the aggregate to

 

 11   develop when food is overly abundant.  That is

 

 12   obviously why we are here today.  In discussing

 

 13   this problem he states that an epidemic of a

 

 14   genetic disease waxes because of a rise in

 

 15   environmental risk factors, and then wanes when the

 

 16   number of susceptible potential victims falls, but

 

 17   only because of the preferential deaths of those

 

 18   who are genetically more susceptible.

 

 19             This is a sobering concept and that is why

 

 20   I wanted to bring it to our attention.  However

 

 21   long obesity has been a problem, it is clear that

 

 22   we are still on the waxing side of this story. 

 

                                                                46

 

  1   When the obesity and type 2 diabetes epidemics

 

  2   begin to wane we want it to be because of the

 

  3   success of our interventions and not because of a

 

  4   culling of the susceptibles.

 

  5             [Slide]

 

  6             In conclusion, from the standpoint of the

 

  7   therapeutic subgroup the magnitude of the obesity

 

  8   epidemic, its contribution to chronic disease, its

 

  9   costs to individuals and society, and the absence

 

 10   of broadly effective therapeutics constitute a call

 

 11   to action by the collective medical community,

 

 12   including FDA, and we are certainly committed in

 

 13   that regard.

 

 14             Resolution of issues around real or

 

 15   perceived barriers to development is paramount to

 

 16   advancing the field of obesity therapeutics, though

 

 17   we want to emphasize that this must be without

 

 18   sacrificing the overall quality of the obesity

 

 19   armamentarium.

 

 20             With that, diet and exercise remain the

 

 21   mainstays of prevention and treatment of obesity;

 

 22   drugs are adjunctive to hygienic measures.  They

 

                                                                47

 

  1   were yesterday, they are today and they will be

 

  2   tomorrow we believe.

 

  3             Precedent with older as well as newer

 

  4   drugs, reliance on weight loss alone as a measure

 

  5   of health effects of these products directs a

 

  6   cautious, measured approach in obesity

 

  7   therapeutics.  Questions, among others, of

 

  8   comparative efficacy and safety, long-term clinical

 

  9   outcomes of treatment and effects of combination

 

 10   therapy regimens must be addressed sooner rather

 

 11   than later.  Thank you very much.

 

 12             DR. SHINE:  Thank you very much.  I think

 

 13   we will go ahead and have Dr. Acheson make his

 

 14   presentation and then it looks like we may have a

 

 15   few minutes before the break to inquire about both

 

 16   of these presentations.

 

 17             David Acheson is Director of Food Safety

 

 18   and Security Staff in the Center for Food Safety

 

 19   and Applied Nutrition, and he is going to discuss

 

 20   issues related to obesity and research.

 

 21                        Obesity - Research

 

 22             DR. ACHESON:  Good morning and thank you,

 

                                                                48

 

  1   Dr. Shine, for that introduction.

 

  2             [Slide]

 

  3             What I am proposing to do over the next

 

  4   few minutes is really to describe the process that

 

  5   the obesity subgroup of the FDA obesity work group

 

  6   underwent to begin to address the issue of obesity

 

  7   research.  This clearly is an enormous area and so

 

  8   I want to begin with really just a focus on what

 

  9   the overall approach was for this.  One of the

 

 10   mandates for the obesity work group was to identify

 

 11   the applied basic research needs that include the

 

 12   development of healthier foods, as well as a better

 

 13   understanding of consumer behavior and motivation.

 

 14             [Slide]

 

 15             The overall approach that we took here was

 

 16   really to begin with focusing on research topics

 

 17   that were mission-relevant to FDA.  When we began

 

 18   to think about research in the context of obesity,

 

 19   clearly, there is an enormous amount of research

 

 20   going on and we needed to focus it down and target

 

 21   it towards FDA relevant issues.

 

 22             The approach that we took to try to do

 

                                                                49

 

  1   this was to think through and to document current

 

  2   and relevant research that was related to these

 

  3   mission-relevant topics, and I am going to go

 

  4   through some of those, and based on that, then to

 

  5   identify knowledge gaps.  Essentially, my

 

  6   presentation is set up to look at some of the

 

  7   research issues and subsequent knowledge gaps.

 

  8             [Slide]

 

  9             As we discussed this, we really tried to

 

 10   narrow this down and came up with three principal

 

 11   areas.  The first was in relation to labeling and I

 

 12   would say this is probably one of the largest areas

 

 13   that we discussed.  The labeling was broken down

 

 14   into labeling in relation to restaurants and

 

 15   labeling in relation to the Nutrition Facts Panel.

 

 16             We also considered translational research,

 

 17   and where I am going there is in relation to some

 

 18   of the translation between the basic science and

 

 19   the mission-relevant issues for FDA.  We identified

 

 20   three areas there that are of potential relevance:

 

 21   the first, neonatal imprinting; second, "omics",

 

 22   essentially genomics, proteomics and metabolomics;

 

                                                                50

 

  1   and, thirdly, the impact of caloric restriction and

 

  2   what research there was going on in FDA and other

 

  3   areas that was related to that.

 

  4             The third point was just to consider the

 

  5   other areas.  You just heard from Dr. Orloff

 

  6   extensive discussion about drugs in relation to

 

  7   obesity.  But we also wanted to consider drugs and

 

  8   devices, food additives and dietary supplements

 

  9   and, essentially, those areas were largely excluded

 

 10   from our consideration because they weren't mission

 

 11   relevant research for FDA.  I am not saying that

 

 12   they are not relevant to the quest of tackling the

 

 13   obesity problem but, as you will see, my

 

 14   presentation doesn't cover those in any great

 

 15   detail and the explanation is really that the

 

 16   research in those areas is not relevant to the

 

 17   mission of FDA.

 

 18             [Slide]

 

 19             So, to focus firstly on the labeling

 

 20   research, the current research and some research

 

 21   that was undertaken once the obesity work group was

 

 22   established worked through the root of focus

 

                                                                51

 

  1   groups.  One of the areas that was addressed was

 

  2   restaurant labeling and to determine consumer

 

  3   reactions to menus that include caloric information

 

  4   and, essentially, to ask the question whether, if

 

  5   you provide caloric information on a menu, it makes

 

  6   a difference to consumers' choice.

 

  7             The second area in relation to the food

 

  8   label was to consider consumer reactions to the

 

  9   nutrition facts panel.  Obviously, there is a

 

 10   limited amount of information you can get on a

 

 11   facts panel, but what are the critical elements

 

 12   that one needs to get on?  Some of the areas that

 

 13   were addressed there were the issue of calories of

 

 14   the daily value, what did the consumers understand

 

 15   by that; what the impact would be of eliminating

 

 16   the calories from the fat section of the nutrition

 

 17   facts panel; and then to consider what the impact

 

 18   would be on adding more information on

 

 19   multi-serving packages to show the actual calories

 

 20   and the percent daily value in the package.

 

 21             Where we were going there was essentially

 

 22   that if you look at items that are typically

 

                                                                52

 

  1   consumed in a single serving, such as a muffin, it

 

  2   may be labeled in such a way that it is considered

 

  3   that a muffin is two servings and not many of us

 

  4   going to consume just half a muffin and put it on

 

  5   the side for consuming later.  So, it was more

 

  6   logical to think through the total amount of

 

  7   calories of the serving.

 

  8             Obviously, the third point was to consider

 

  9   messages and to determine what is the most

 

 10   effective message for conveying these nutritional

 

 11   issues.

 

 12             [Slide]

 

 13             As part of this, FDA has been involved in

 

 14   the development of a social sciences model to help

 

 15   determine the factors that influence dietary and

 

 16   weight management.  That has really involved three

 

 17   areas  The first is the review of literature to try

 

 18   to identify factors that affect food behavior and

 

 19   to catalog existing data; the second, to develop a

 

 20   quantitative model really to get at what an

 

 21   individual's decisions are affecting weight.  This

 

 22   works into physical activity and choice of food and

 

                                                                53

 

  1   that, obviously, involves attitudes, behaviors and

 

  2   environmental factors.  Then, to get into the issue

 

  3   of cost benefit analysis and the role of food

 

  4   labeling regulation and the development of policy.

 

  5             [Slide]

 

  6             Some of the consumer perceptions and

 

  7   attitudes--and this is just a brief summary--are

 

  8   listed on this slide.  Some of the things that we

 

  9   learned from this brief study of the research

 

 10   environment was the perception of overweight versus

 

 11   obesity and the fact that, in fact, most or many

 

 12   consumers don't consider overweight as a "problem"

 

 13   and indicate that it is of little consequence to

 

 14   consumers.  It is different with obesity, but just

 

 15   simply being overweight is not a significant

 

 16   consequence.

 

 17             Secondly, the perception of a person's

 

 18   weight and typically adults and teenagers

 

 19   mis-perceive their weight.  Men tend to

 

 20   underestimate their weight and healthy, underweight

 

 21   women tend to overestimate their weight.  Also,

 

 22   parents misjudge the weight of their children and

 

                                                                54

 

  1   will often determine that their children are at

 

  2   healthy weight where, in fact, they may be a little

 

  3   overweight.

 

  4             The third point is what consumers'

 

  5   perception is of their diet, and there is a

 

  6   tendency to think that generally you are eating a

 

  7   more healthy diet than you actually are.  If you

 

  8   analyze the content of the diet, the perception

 

  9   certainly is that you are eating better than, in

 

 10   fact, you are eating.

 

 11             Some of the recent focus groups have

 

 12   really tried to target parents and children.

 

 13   Obviously, part of our thinking here was the

 

 14   research in relation to product obesity and trying

 

 15   to work on that angle of it.

 

 16             The second point there is the perception

 

 17   of obesity, which I have alluded to, in terms of

 

 18   access for information and the perceived barriers

 

 19   and the motivating factors that will allow people

 

 20   to alter these perceptions.

 

 21             The conclusion of all of this was that

 

 22   there is emphasis on incremental change.  I think

 

                                                                55

 

  1   as you have already heard, nothing is going to

 

  2   happen here quickly.  Also, we have to be cautious

 

  3   of over-saturation of consumers.  They obviously

 

  4   want to receive health information but we have to

 

  5   do this in a targeted, judged and careful way.

 

  6   Finally, the focus on child education, I think, was

 

  7   a very clear message as an area of research in

 

  8   relation to this whole consumer aspect that has to

 

  9   be considered as an important focus.

 

 10             [Slide]

 

 11             The knowledge gaps: the first knowledge

 

 12   gap that comes out of this is information used to

 

 13   facilitate consumers' weight management decisions.

 

 14   There is a very clear need for research in this in

 

 15   both a qualitative and quantitative fashion.  I

 

 16   have just summarized three points there.  Firstly,

 

 17   the consumer reaction to the food label.  I have

 

 18   gone over some of the issues there, but what are

 

 19   the advantages of highlighting the calories, or

 

 20   listing the quantitative amounts of nutrients in

 

 21   multi-size packages?  Our initial focus groups

 

 22   indicated that these are important areas.  What we

 

                                                                56

 

  1   need now is to take this into quantitative research

 

  2   to really document the impact that we might get

 

  3   from some of these changes.

 

  4             The second point, the consumer reaction to

 

  5   and the effectiveness of restaurant nutrition

 

  6   information.  Does it make a difference if we list

 

  7   the information about the calories, the fat, the

 

  8   sodium next to the items on the menu list when you

 

  9   go to a fast-food environment?

 

 10             Finally, the consumer's dietary behavior

 

 11   and attitudes toward weight management, which

 

 12   obviously encompasses what I have already talked

 

 13   about but gets into the area of physical activity

 

 14   as well.

 

 15             [Slide]

 

 16             The second knowledge gap is the

 

 17   relationship between obesity and food consumption

 

 18   patterns.  Where we are going there is essentially

 

 19   the relationship between obesity and the frequency

 

 20   of foods consumed in different locations.  The

 

 21   target there is to examine the impact of consuming

 

 22   food in the home environment versus the fast-food

 

                                                                57

 

  1   environment versus a restaurant environment, and

 

  2   does it make a difference in terms of the frequency

 

  3   and the types of foods that are consumed in those

 

  4   environments?

 

  5             Also, we recognize that there is an

 

  6   important impact of both socioeconomic status in

 

  7   this as well as ethnic background, and there is a

 

  8   very clear need to generate data in relation to

 

  9   both of those issues.

 

 10             Finally in this second knowledge gap are

 

 11   the factors that actually contribute to overeating.

 

 12   Obviously, those are encompassed with many of the

 

 13   things I have already discussed, but what is the

 

 14   role of the super-size portion in all of this, and

 

 15   that really needs to be investigated.  I am just

 

 16   using that as an example of factors that would

 

 17   contribute to overeating.

 

 18             [Slide]

 

 19             The second area is in relation to

 

 20   formulation research, and really what this was

 

 21   addressing was what do we know about the factors

 

 22   that will drive reformulation to develop healthier

 

                                                                58

 

  1   foods?  The questions that were posed there were

 

  2   whether current regulations offer a barrier or an

 

  3   incentive to the production of healthier foods.

 

  4   The research that is currently ongoing there is

 

  5   that there are currently discussions with key

 

  6   industry personnel, and this is being done through

 

  7   a third-party contractor, so that we can get some

 

  8   insight into the barrier and regulatory hurdles

 

  9   that may be present that could impact product

 

 10   reformulation to develop healthier food.

 

 11             The third bullet there gets into the

 

 12   issues focused on manufacturers--what they can put

 

 13   on the label; what claims they can make; possible

 

 14   changes in regulations that would facilitate

 

 15   healthier foods; and what incentives we may be able

 

 16   to put in place, as a regulatory agency, that would

 

 17   encourage the development of healthier foods.

 

 18             [Slide]

 

 19             So, the third knowledge gap in relation to

 

 20   this product reformulation is where do we need to

 

 21   go?  What do we need to do?  We really need to

 

 22   further explore these barriers.  As I said, there

 

                                                                59

 

  1   is research that is going to give some pointers but

 

  2   the three key areas there are, firstly, do

 

  3   incentives, e.g., label prominence, impact industry

 

  4   on the development of healthier foods.  What is

 

  5   going to drive them to do that?  Do the barriers,

 

  6   e.g., regulatory hurdles, have an impact on the

 

  7   development of healthier foods?  We really need to

 

  8   understand that, understand what those hurdles are

 

  9   and, if possible, see what we can do to get around

 

 10   them.  Obviously, the third point there, once we

 

 11   have tried to balance the incentives and the

 

 12   hurdles, is how can these be addressed.

 

 13             [Slide]

 

 14             The next area in relation to drugs,

 

 15   devices, food additives and dietary supplements--as

 

 16   I mentioned, this was not a primary focus for the

 

 17   reasons that I have already given.

 

 18             [Slide]

 

 19             However, we did identify one knowledge gap

 

 20   here that we thought was important.  That was the

 

 21   potential for FDA-regulated products to be

 

 22   unintentionally contributing to the obesity

 

                                                                60

 

  1   problem.  The two points there were to consider

 

  2   whether weight gain may be an unintended and

 

  3   unrecognized complication of certain medications.

 

  4   Obviously, there are examples of that.  A research

 

  5   gap here or a research need is that this has not

 

  6   been consistently measured.  It has not been

 

  7   consistently evaluated, and we need to consider

 

  8   whether this should be an adverse effect that has

 

  9   to be taken into account in the approval of a drug.

 

 10             So the sub-bullets there are that, first

 

 11   of all, we have to determine if this is a problem.

 

 12   We identified it as a knowledge gap, and I

 

 13   emphasize knowledge gap.  We have to figure out

 

 14   whether it is a problem that needs to be addressed.

 

 15             Then, obviously, the corollary of that is

 

 16   to develop animal models to study the long-term

 

 17   effects on weight management and medications.

 

 18   Obviously, animal models can go in many other

 

 19   directions too but the issue of unintended

 

 20   consequences of a drug that is taken for a

 

 21   completely unrelated reason could be tested through

 

 22   appropriate animal models.

 

                                                                61

 

  1             [Slide]

 

  2             Finally, there is the basic science

 

  3   component of this.  I mentioned the three areas:

 

  4   Neonatal imprinting, and where we were going there

 

  5   was to try to get a better understanding of the

 

  6   impact of developmental programming, particularly

 

  7   during early development so, obviously, fetal

 

  8   exposure, neonatal exposure, infant exposure when

 

  9   these metabolic pathways are being

 

 10   established--does what mommy eats when she is

 

 11   pregnant, does what the neonate is fed or the young

 

 12   infant fed, what is the impact of that on

 

 13   subsequent development of obesity?  Part of our

 

 14   thinking on neonatal imprinting was the impact of

 

 15   infant formula often on childhood obesity and

 

 16   subsequent adult obesity.  Certainly, an area there

 

 17   that is of interest is the push towards different

 

 18   types of formula, without really I think major

 

 19   consideration on the impact of the obesity issue in

 

 20   relation to new formulas.

 

 21             The second area is obviously the "omics"

 

 22   issue to identify susceptibilities.  This is really

 

                                                                62

 

  1   getting at linking genetic susceptibilities.

 

  2   Obviously, this goes beyond just the susceptibility

 

  3   to obesity but the susceptibility of obese people

 

  4   to develop other problems such as type 2 diabetes.

 

  5   A clear area there is through genomics and

 

  6   subsequently proteomics and then metabolomics to

 

  7   really get a better handle on how that all fits

 

  8   together.

 

  9             Finally, the effects of caloric

 

 10   restriction, and over the last ten years NCTR has

 

 11   placed some emphasis on this.  They have been

 

 12   working on that and have been looking at the effect

 

 13   of caloric restriction, and this is in relation to

 

 14   free radical formation, malignant tumor rates and

 

 15   "less than ad lib" feeding on rapid weight

 

 16   reduction.  so, there is also a need there in terms

 

 17   of further research.

 

 18             [Slide]

 

 19             The fifth knowledge gap relates to this

 

 20   area of translational research, and we felt that it

 

 21   was essential that FDA use basic research to drive

 

 22   and develop regulatory policies.  This is obviously

 

                                                                63

 

  1   going to be especially with NIH but also many or

 

  2   the other stakeholders.

 

  3             Just as a small aside there, I was

 

  4   recently at a meeting at NIH where I presented some

 

  5   of what we have been doing and, interestingly,

 

  6   while there was a lot of discussion about the basic

 

  7   metabolic pathways and many of the potential drug

 

  8   therapies that Dr. Orloff discussed were raised,

 

  9   the group really was beginning to focus on that

 

 10   obviously a lot of this is about calories, and to

 

 11   get a better understanding of caloric management

 

 12   and some of the "social" sciences around food

 

 13   intake.

 

 14             But the knowledge gaps here include

 

 15   obviously the area of getting a better

 

 16   understanding of developmental imprinting, the use

 

 17   of "omics" and the development of animal models for

 

 18   the effects of diet, drug therapy and long-term

 

 19   weight maintenance.  So, there are some common

 

 20   themes there.

 

 21             [Slide]

 

 22             To conclude, obviously, calories are a

 

                                                                64

 

  1   critical element and the research that we were

 

  2   focused on was really how can we, having taken that

 

  3   basic premise that calories are what this is all

 

  4   about--how can we focus our research to get at

 

  5   that.  Probably the most critical element of all of

 

  6   this is understanding consumers.  We need to

 

  7   understand food labeling and how the consumers

 

  8   react to it; their eating habits and their weight

 

  9   management.  When we have a better understanding of

 

 10   that, we can then use food labels, education

 

 11   programs or whatever to try to move in the right

 

 12   direction.

 

 13             The third point there is the development

 

 14   of healthier foods.  I have already discussed that

 

 15   obviously in the context of what can we do as a

 

 16   regulatory agency to encourage healthier food

 

 17   development, and then, finally, the input from

 

 18   basic research in the development of regulatory

 

 19   policy which is always an underpinning, the good

 

 20   science has to be there first to move forward.

 

 21   Thank you very much.

 

 22             DR. SHINE:  Thank you very much.  We have

 

                                                                65

 

  1   an opportunity now, before our break, to engage our

 

  2   three speakers on any issues that the committee

 

  3   would like to raise.  What kinds of questions or

 

  4   issues would you like to inquire about?  Xavier?

 

  5             DR. PI-SUNYER:  I would just like to ask

 

  6   Dr. Orloff--I agree with him completely about the

 

  7   need to do studies of combination therapy to look

 

  8   at either the safety or the efficacy of combination

 

  9   drugs, but as he knows and I know, the drug

 

 10   companies only want to test their own drug and not

 

 11   a combination because of the expense of doing that.

 

 12   So, how would he propose that this get done?

 

 13             DR. ORLOFF:  Well, the first thing is that

 

 14   this is a problem obviously, as you point out,

 

 15   during the patent life of drugs.  I suppose, to

 

 16   some extent, the community would have to give

 

 17   thought to really how large and long the

 

 18   combination therapy trials might actually have to

 

 19   be.  Again, I am just thinking off the top of my

 

 20   head here but it occurs to me that if the long-term

 

 21   safety and efficacy of the individual products has

 

 22   been established as a basis on which they have been

 

                                                                66

 

  1   approved by the FDA, then that principle stands

 

  2   and, obviously, on a case-by-case basis this would

 

  3   have to be considered but it seems reasonable to

 

  4   think that we might be able to prove principle of

 

  5   efficacy and acceptable safety of combinations,

 

  6   perhaps not to the standards of directing labeling

 

  7   but certainly to a standards that would provide

 

  8   some guidance to physicians in this field, thus,

 

  9   standards for publication in peer-reviewed journals

 

 10   which, for better or for worse, is not always the

 

 11   same as standards for labeling.  So, that is one

 

 12   possibility.

 

 13             FDA cannot force drug companies to do

 

 14   trials with drugs other than their own unless, I

 

 15   suppose, there was some clear-cut rationale, for

 

 16   example, that the combination of drug with another

 

 17   was such that it spared toxicity of the proprietary

 

 18   drug and FDA stated that they would be really

 

 19   unwilling to approve--and this would be precedent

 

 20   setting--the proprietary drug at its optimal

 

 21   effective dose but would consider approving it in

 

 22   combination with another product which was still

 

                                                                67

 

  1   effective, the two together, but where the toxicity

 

  2   was spared.  Those are just a few thoughts.

 

  3             DR. SHINE:  Dr. Orloff, just to follow-up

 

  4   on another element here, you quite appropriately

 

  5   showed that obesity is a chronic illness and that

 

  6   it is likely that one might have to think about it

 

  7   much like hypertension in that it may require

 

  8   lifetime treatment.  What do we know about the

 

  9   capacity to select individuals who, in fact, might

 

 10   be most effectively treated with drugs long term in

 

 11   terms of either their behavioral characteristics or

 

 12   their genetic characteristics?  That is, could one

 

 13   stratify the obese population into categories where

 

 14   it would make more sense to make major efforts with

 

 15   drug therapy as opposed to other kinds of

 

 16   approaches?

 

 17             DR. ORLOFF:  I don't think we have that

 

 18   information available to us.  I am certainly not

 

 19   the expert to give the definitive answer but what

 

 20   you have touched on is clearly a problem that is

 

 21   active in all areas of medical therapeutics, and it

 

 22   is the great hope for obesity, as well as you

 

                                                                68

 

  1   suggested for hypertension and other sort of risk

 

  2   factor modification approaches to disease

 

  3   prevention, that we would be better up-front at

 

  4   identifying patients, on the one hand, who are at

 

  5   greatest risk for the sequelae--and we are better

 

  6   and better at doing that for cardiovascular disease

 

  7   risk based on biomarkers and such--but, on the

 

  8   other hand, are likely to benefit most from the

 

  9   drug from the standpoint of, for example,

 

 10   pharmacogenomic directed responsiveness.  I don't

 

 11   know if anybody else around the table--Dr.

 

 12   Pi-Sunyer, if you have any thoughts on where the

 

 13   state of the science is there.

 

 14             DR. PI-SUNYER:  No, I think that is a very

 

 15   good point but I think we are not there in terms of

 

 16   knowledge that we can select people who we know

 

 17   will get a better effect or are less likely to have

 

 18   safety problems with a drug than others.

 

 19             DR. SHINE:  I am fascinated by the

 

 20   implications of the fat gene argument made by Jerry

 

 21   Diamond and a number of other people, including the

 

 22   Rockefeller people, and the question again of

 

                                                                69

 

  1   whether over some period of time we could identify

 

  2   targets that are more likely to be responsive than

 

  3   others.

 

  4             Both of you touched on this, but in terms

 

  5   of the science one of the biggest gaps we have is

 

  6   the research on behavior and how and in what way we

 

  7   can influence behavior.  We know that for a whole

 

  8   variety of other addictions the only way that one

 

  9   is usually successful in dealing with tobacco or

 

 10   alcohol, or whatever, is total cessation.

 

 11   Unfortunately, that doesn't work for obesity.

 

 12             DR. ORLOFF:  Yes, I think it is an

 

 13   interesting point that overall poor or less than

 

 14   satisfactory outcomes in obesity treatment, even in

 

 15   patients who remain on drugs, is a combination

 

 16   likely of at least two factors.  One is perhaps

 

 17   that in truth the efficacy of the drug wanes but

 

 18   probably more than likely because the behavioral

 

 19   components that determine the ultimate success of

 

 20   the intervention are, you know, that the patient

 

 21   falls off the wagon, if you will.  I talked about

 

 22   the concept of drug cycling, which I gather is

 

                                                                70

 

  1   utilized by a number of obesity docs.  The degree

 

  2   to which it is successful after the first couple of

 

  3   cycles I think is in question.

 

  4             DR. SHINE:  Dr. Swanson?

 

  5             DR. SWANSON:  This is a question for Dr.

 

  6   Acheson.  Building on the behavioral issue, we all

 

  7   know that part of the issue is that calories count

 

  8   but it is an intake-output balance that is

 

  9   necessary.  Was the consideration of how to

 

 10   motivate people to expend more energy or some kind

 

 11   of a link between X number of calories--to eat this

 

 12   thing that contains X number of calories you would

 

 13   need to expend so many steps?  Or, was that out of

 

 14   scope because it is kind of out of FDA's purview?

 

 15             DR. ACHESON:  Well, it certainly was

 

 16   discussed, Dr. Swanson.  The issue of caloric

 

 17   balance is obviously input-output.  Unfortunately

 

 18   FDA can't regulate exercise.  If we could, maybe we

 

 19   would solve the problem.  But what we did there, we

 

 20   had a number of presentations from people who are

 

 21   involved in that.

 

 22             For example, the VA has a program that

 

                                                                71

 

  1   they are just initiating called "Move" in which

 

  2   they are essentially identifying their obese at

 

  3   various points through their healthcare system and

 

  4   enrolling them, as much as possible, in some kind

 

  5   of exercise and weight management program.  So,

 

  6   they are trying to tackle it from both sides.  Our

 

  7   approach was, well, what can we do on a label, etc.

 

  8   that is going to have an impact, and that is half

 

  9   the story.  You are right, it is not just

 

 10   understanding caloric intake; it is also output.

 

 11   So, we didn't ignore it.  We need to partner with

 

 12   people to try to get that piece across.

 

 13             DR. SWANSON:  I just think that,

 

 14   considered from a prevention aspect, rather than

 

 15   targeting obese or overweight people and this is

 

 16   what you need to get the pounds off, another

 

 17   approach that I really haven't seen is how do you

 

 18   prevent the pounds from going on, and you can have

 

 19   the super-size meal if you walk to a certain

 

 20   restaurant versus driving.

 

 21             DR. ACHESON:  I totally agree and that is

 

 22   part of understanding consumer behavior.  There is

 

                                                                72

 

  1   no question that that is important.  Also, I think

 

  2   let's try and get in there and prevent the problem

 

  3   before it ever starts.

 

  4             DR. SHINE:  Let me follow-up on that.  The

 

  5   experience with tobacco is that you can do

 

  6   substantial amounts of public education.  You can

 

  7   probably change the overall attitudes of a subject

 

  8   but, in fact, much of the progress made in tobacco

 

  9   was related to taxing tobacco; to changing the

 

 10   environment in which people could smoke, and so

 

 11   forth.  In the case of obesity, clearly there is no

 

 12   population that is at greater risk than children

 

 13   where, on the one hand as Dr. Swanson points out,

 

 14   physical exercise--gym is often gone from the

 

 15   curriculum but, on the other hand, they are being

 

 16   exposed to a substantial amount of fast foods.

 

 17             I was impressed by the way in which in

 

 18   your focus groups you identified that consumers

 

 19   like to get the information about a group of foods

 

 20   that they would likely eat together, the burger

 

 21   example of the combination of fries, Cokes, and so

 

 22   on and so forth.  My question is whether an

 

                                                                73

 

  1   appropriate target would be schools and school

 

  2   administrators around the combination of what kids

 

  3   are eating in school to try to educate them and

 

  4   their parents as to what the risks are in having

 

  5   access to what in many institutions is just awful.

 

  6   Now, some school districts are clearly making an

 

  7   attempt to modify that but changing the environment

 

  8   by virtue of changing what is available to kids

 

  9   might be a very important strategy here, and there

 

 10   the FDA might be able to come up with some labeling

 

 11   activities, similar to the way in which you have

 

 12   grouped the information about burgers, in a way

 

 13   that would be useful to administrators and PTAs.

 

 14             DR. ACHESON:  I agree with you.  It does

 

 15   focus on the product population which is possibly

 

 16   the primary target here.  I think that is one

 

 17   avenue to pursue.  Obviously, schools have many

 

 18   things that they have to deal with and think about,

 

 19   and this would just be one component of managing a

 

 20   child's life, so to speak, to try to control their

 

 21   diet.

 

 22             That speaks also to developing educational

 

                                                                74

 

  1   programs to help parents understand the importance

 

  2   of caloric balance for their children.  Maybe that

 

  3   could be done through the schools as well,

 

  4   potentially working with the school lunch program,

 

  5   for example, to try to think about healthier foods

 

  6   in that context.  So, I agree with you.  It is

 

  7   certainly an avenue that one should consider.

 

  8             DR. SHINE:  What I am arguing about is not

 

  9   just about the education; it is actually changing

 

 10   the environment in a substantial way.  Dr. Roses?

 

 11             DR. ROSES:  I was also going to make the

 

 12   point about the only reason that we eat is so we

 

 13   can burn the calories, and if you are only

 

 14   measuring one side of the equation as part of the

 

 15   studies that are done and as part of the advice we

 

 16   give we may be just dealing with, one might say, a

 

 17   minor part of the problem.

 

 18             I was pleased to hear that there is now an

 

 19   acceptability that we are genetically different and

 

 20   we have different susceptibilities, and some of us

 

 21   will gain weight on different calories and others

 

 22   won't.  But I think, rather than be in the second

 

                                                                75

 

  1   point about "omics" as if there were some magic in

 

  2   applying techniques to biological problems, there

 

  3   is some evidence already that we can stratify

 

  4   populations by their genetic polymorphisms.  For

 

  5   instance, this room could be stratified by your

 

  6   blood types.  However, just in the beginning state,

 

  7   the science called pharmacogenetics is applying

 

  8   that to responders versus non-responders the

 

  9   extremes of a drug trial.

 

 10             With our experience with a recent

 

 11   candidate, in a very small study which is in the

 

 12   public domain and I can show it if you like in a

 

 13   single slide, we were able to put stratifying

 

 14   markers in a very simple way on people who were the

 

 15   big responders and people who could not respond and

 

 16   people who, by the way, had a difference in weight

 

 17   gain if they gained weight on the drug.

 

 18             The third part has to do with head-to-head

 

 19   trials.  Head-to-head trials take the average group

 

 20   of patients and they test them against a drug.  But

 

 21   in the world of stratification comparing one third

 

 22   that might respond that might respond in this group

 

                                                                76

 

  1   with the one third that might respond in this group

 

  2   is not really head-to-head, and it is now possible

 

  3   to stratify people by their metabolic enzymes, by

 

  4   their markers, by a variety of other things so that

 

  5   we can truly do, if you are interested in making

 

  6   that a gold standard, head-to-head trials that at

 

  7   least have some common denominators.

 

  8             DR. SHINE:  Any comments?  If not, I am

 

  9   going to take the chair's prerogative and go to a

 

 10   break.  We are going to have an opportunity after

 

 11   the next speaker to have a continued discussion,

 

 12   and I presume you will be available for further

 

 13   conversation.  Let's go ahead and take a break.  We

 

 14   will reconvene at 9:45.  Thank you.

 

 15             [Brief recess]

 

 16             DR. SHINE:  We will come back to our

 

 17   discussion after the next presentation.  We are

 

 18   pleased that Alan Rulis, Senior Advisor for Special

 

 19   Projects in the Center for Food Safety and Applied

 

 20   Nutrition, will tell us about the highlights of the

 

 21   obesity working group report.  Alan?

 

 22          Highlights of the Obesity Working Group Report

 

                                                                77

 

  1             DR. RULIS:  Thank you, Chairman.

 

  2             [Slide]

 

  3             I am Alan Rulis.  I am currently Senior

 

  4   Advisor for Special Projects in the Center for Food

 

  5   Safety and Applied Nutrition.  I have been involved

 

  6   with the obesity working group writing team and

 

  7   throughout the process of putting that report

 

  8   together.

 

  9             To summarize very briefly, the report

 

 10   recommends a number of thrusts in several different

 

 11   areas that you are all aware of now, in particular

 

 12   the food label and in particular there calories,

 

 13   serving size, claims and so forth, even the issue

 

 14   of carbohydrates.  We have recommendations in the

 

 15   report about enforcement against products with

 

 16   misleading weight loss claims and, as you have

 

 17   heard this morning, there are sections that deal

 

 18   with therapeutics and research.

 

 19             [Slide]

 

 20             What I would like to focus on in my

 

 21   presentation is a couple of other areas that are

 

 22   extremely important to the success of FDA's efforts

 

                                                                78

 

  1   to stem the tide of obesity.  They relate to

 

  2   education and restaurants, under the rubric of

 

  3   trying to find means by which we can get around the

 

  4   table the people involved in these issues, not just

 

  5   the agency but stakeholders, educators, industry,

 

  6   consumer groups, and so forth, to discuss next

 

  7   steps and to move forward, to make some sort of

 

  8   forward progress.

 

  9             In that regard, the report does recommend

 

 10   in fact that the FDA use a third-party facilitator

 

 11   as a convener to essentially create a national

 

 12   dialogue on obesity.  So, what I would like to

 

 13   cover in my remarks this morning are some slides

 

 14   that relate to development of that national

 

 15   dialogue by means of a facilitator to get the

 

 16   discussion going.

 

 17             I looked over my slides and realized that

 

 18   25 of my 30 slides are really questions.  Of the

 

 19   last 12, 9 of them are questions to the Board.  So,

 

 20   my slides will be primarily in that vein, looking

 

 21   forward to your insights, comments, recommendations

 

 22   and feedback to us.

 

                                                                79

 

  1             As I said, the report does in fact

 

  2   recommend that FDA work through a facilitator to

 

  3   provide a forum for stakeholders to seek a

 

  4   consensus-based approach that addresses two

 

  5   specific aspects of obesity in the United States,

 

  6   in particular, developing options for providing

 

  7   voluntary nutrition information for foods consumed

 

  8   away from home, for example in the restaurant

 

  9   setting and, secondly, education to combat product

 

 10   obesity.

 

 11             The reasons are quite obvious.  We know

 

 12   that Americans now spend about 46 percent of their

 

 13   food budget on food eaten outside the home, as our

 

 14   report states.  We also know that body weight and

 

 15   trends towards obesity that begin at puberty or in

 

 16   adolescence are often propagated through adulthood

 

 17   and are very difficult to reverse.  So, we think

 

 18   that those are two prime areas for establishing a

 

 19   dialogue.

 

 20             [Slide]

 

 21             With respect to foods eaten away from

 

 22   home, we imagined putting together a contract for a

 

                                                                80

 

  1   facilitator to start the dialogue and we imagined

 

  2   having the facilitator address the following

 

  3   questions:  What nutrition information would be the

 

  4   most helpful for consumers to have before ordering

 

  5   food in a restaurant?

 

  6             [Slide]

 

  7             What are the best options for providing

 

  8   nutrition information in a restaurant setting?  We

 

  9   have had many discussions with the restaurant

 

 10   industry throughout the course of the obesity

 

 11   working group's efforts focused on this question.

 

 12   It is a complicated question because the restaurant

 

 13   industry is very diverse.  There are quick service

 

 14   restaurants where people walk in and get their meal

 

 15   right away and there are others where there are

 

 16   white tablecloths and meals are prepared to order,

 

 17   and there are a lot of specific changes that are

 

 18   made to menu items by the cook.  It is very

 

 19   difficult to say that there is one set of best

 

 20   options, of course.

 

 21             [Slide]

 

 22             Should nutrition information be listed for

 

                                                                81

 

  1   all menu items or just some items?  What are the

 

  2   practical considerations there?  If we do have

 

  3   restaurants put information on some menu items,

 

  4   then what criteria should determine which items

 

  5   should have nutrition information listed?  We have,

 

  6   as a matter of fact, a very interesting menu right

 

  7   now in the agency from a major chain restaurant

 

  8   that has caloric information next to all of the

 

  9   menu items and it is very interesting, very

 

 10   remarkable to look at because you are not used to

 

 11   seeing it but it can be done and it is there.

 

 12             [Slide]

 

 13             When providing nutrition information in

 

 14   the restaurant setting, what consideration should

 

 15   be given to the differences between chain and

 

 16   non-chain restaurants?  Of course, that relates to

 

 17   the whole question of the diversity of that segment

 

 18   of the industry.

 

 19             [Slide]

 

 20             How should restaurants tailor the kinds of

 

 21   nutrition information presented based on expected

 

 22   clientele?  You can imagine the need there to focus

 

                                                                82

 

  1   the kinds of information that is presented to the

 

  2   type of restaurant and the clientele that frequent

 

  3   that restaurant.

 

  4             [Slide]

 

  5             Number six, should nutrition information

 

  6   be presented in context, for example, as a percent

 

  7   of daily value, comparing for example to a 2,000

 

  8   calorie per day diet or, for example, comparing to

 

  9   other menu items?  This is something that I think

 

 10   many consumers would find very helpful, the notion

 

 11   that when you walk into a restaurant and order an

 

 12   item off the menu, you have some sense of whether

 

 13   consuming that item is going to comprise 20 percent

 

 14   or 80 percent or 150 percent of your normal daily

 

 15   caloric intake.  That sort of feel for what that

 

 16   meal represents would be extremely helpful we think

 

 17   to restaurant patrons.

 

 18             [Slide]

 

 19             Number seven, how should FDA proceed to

 

 20   encourage restaurants to participate in a voluntary

 

 21   pilot program to test various options?  In the

 

 22   obesity working group report we say as part of the

 

                                                                83

 

  1   recommendations that we would like to see a pilot

 

  2   study conducted that would get into the question,

 

  3   in specific terms, about how such nutrition

 

  4   information, caloric information for example, could

 

  5   be placed at the point of sale for consumers to

 

  6   use, and we envision the restaurant industry coming

 

  7   with ideas about this.  We don't envision the FDA

 

  8   funding and creating such a pilot study out of thin

 

  9   air.  This is the kind of thing that would need to

 

 10   be done around the table, in communication with the

 

 11   industry and, thus, again the idea of a third-party

 

 12   facilitator.

 

 13             [Slide]

 

 14             Number eight, how can industry and Food

 

 15   and Drug Administration measure the effectiveness

 

 16   of providing nutrition information to consumers in

 

 17   restaurants?  One of the things we learned in our

 

 18   deliberations in the obesity working group is that

 

 19   information itself doesn't really necessarily

 

 20   answer the concern; that imparting information to

 

 21   people can be done but it is not necessarily

 

 22   absorbed and, once absorbed, it does not

 

                                                                84

 

  1   necessarily change behavior.  So, I think a

 

  2   pertinent question that we would pose to our

 

  3   third-party facilitator would be to get at the

 

  4   answer to this question.

 

  5             [Slide]

 

  6             On the subject of pediatric

 

  7   nutrition/obesity education, we have similar

 

  8   questions that we would like a facilitator to help

 

  9   us address.  On what age groups is it most

 

 10   appropriate for Food and Drug Administration to

 

 11   focus education efforts?  This is a sociological

 

 12   question as much as a pharmacodynamic one.

 

 13             [Slide]

 

 14             What are the most appropriate settings,

 

 15   for example school or home, health settings, social

 

 16   organizations or clubs, for such educational

 

 17   efforts?  Again, those of us who were on the

 

 18   obesity working group are well aware that there are

 

 19   many groups which have spent years working on these

 

 20   kinds of issues and know a lot about imparting

 

 21   information to children, to families and the

 

 22   pitfalls of trying to create an awareness about

 

                                                                85

 

  1   such subjects as obesity and then to change

 

  2   behavior.  It is very complicated.  It is almost an

 

  3   art form.  It is something that I think many of us

 

  4   at the agency are feeling like we really do need to

 

  5   have a participatory discussion about and, again,

 

  6   is another reason for having a third-party

 

  7   facilitator bring in people with different areas of

 

  8   expertise to get around this question.

 

  9             [Slide]

 

 10             Another question on the pediatric

 

 11   nutrition/obesity education issue is how important

 

 12   is it for education efforts to be conducted using

 

 13   mass media, for example television, radio and

 

 14   print?  When I think of adolescents today, they are

 

 15   wired, they are electronic, they are not reading

 

 16   newspapers; they are plugged in and they can be

 

 17   reached very effectively in many ways through the

 

 18   Internet, through the media, through the various

 

 19   things that they are tuned into constantly.  So, we

 

 20   need to be contemporaneous here.  We can't be

 

 21   thinking in terms of 20th century communication

 

 22   tools.

 

                                                                86

 

  1             [Slide]

 

  2             Over what time period should an education

 

  3   effort be extended to achieve optimal impact and

 

  4   lasting effects?  Another thing we learned in our

 

  5   deliberations in the group was that education is

 

  6   really not a short-term phenomenon.  It is possible

 

  7   to generate messages, to send them out and, you

 

  8   know, clean the dust off your hands and walk away

 

  9   and affect absolutely nothing.  What has to happen

 

 10   is that there needs to be a long-term effort that

 

 11   is continuous, that is reinforced and that has

 

 12   mid-course corrections to make it more effective.

 

 13             [Slide]

 

 14             What types of messages are the most

 

 15   effective, and in which age groups, for educating

 

 16   children about nutrition and health?  Again, this

 

 17   ties back into the question of prevention, the

 

 18   notion that if we can prevent adolescents or young

 

 19   people from starting on a path of being overweight

 

 20   we have done a whale of a lot more than we can do

 

 21   by worrying about how to get people who are

 

 22   currently overweight as adults to lose some weight.

 

                                                                87

 

  1   That is also important but it is extremely

 

  2   important to realize that once that pattern is set

 

  3   it is very hard to reverse.

 

  4             [Slide]

 

  5             To what extent should education and/or

 

  6   other types of messages be tailored to different

 

  7   ethnic and/or socioeconomic groups?  This is

 

  8   another issue we heard strong signals on in our

 

  9   facilitated discussions during the course of our

 

 10   obesity working group.  We are a heterogeneous

 

 11   nation, extremely so and becoming more so.  We have

 

 12   large numbers of immigrants coming to our country

 

 13   from different cultures where eating patterns and

 

 14   signals about what is right to eat and what is

 

 15   appropriate to eat, what is appropriate to feed

 

 16   your family are very, very different.  Even those

 

 17   of us who have been here a number of generations

 

 18   across our country have very different views about

 

 19   how we eat and what is appropriate.  So, we need to

 

 20   be able to tailor our efforts and I think our

 

 21   facilitator needs to be able to help us to do that.

 

 22             [Slide]

 

                                                                88

 

  1             Then, what are the effective means that we

 

  2   might be able to find for partnering in the public

 

  3   and private sectors to develop and deliver obesity

 

  4   education?  The Department of Health and Human

 

  5   Services has published a proposal in the Federal

 

  6   Register, last summer, that invited comments and

 

  7   suggestions on how to create public/private

 

  8   partnerships on a number of health issues that face

 

  9   the country, and this is one of them.  We are I

 

 10   think open to the question.  We would put the

 

 11   question to our third-party facilitator.  Let's get

 

 12   to the essential factors that help us partner with

 

 13   those stakeholder segments out there, the industry

 

 14   segment and the consumer segment and the citizen

 

 15   segment of our country, to get everybody around the

 

 16   table to chew on this issue.

 

 17             It is not simple because the FDA, as a

 

 18   regulatory agency, needs to be careful about how it

 

 19   does those things so it does not present either the

 

 20   appearance or the actuality of favoritism to any

 

 21   one company over other companies, and so forth.

 

 22   But we also do see the value of partnering.  A lot

 

                                                                89

 

  1   can be done that isn't regulatory in the

 

  2   traditional sense.  Talking to and working with

 

  3   effective partners on the outside can be extremely

 

  4   effective, and we would like our facilitator to

 

  5   help us uncover effective examples that are

 

  6   currently operating, and there are some.  We, at

 

  7   the FDA, are very familiar with the "Fight Back"

 

  8   campaign that was addressing the issue of microbial

 

  9   contamination of food and that is a very effective

 

 10   program that has educated a lot of people and

 

 11   prevented a lot of illness in this country.  It is

 

 12   a nice example of how that can work.  There are

 

 13   undoubtedly many others and we want to find out

 

 14   what they are, learn about what makes them

 

 15   successful and then adopt the aspects of them that

 

 16   make them successful to the programs that we would

 

 17   generate.

 

 18             [Slide]

 

 19             That brings me then to my last dozen

 

 20   slides or so on which there are still nine more

 

 21   questions, and these are really questions that go

 

 22   to the Board, and you have all seen them in your

 

                                                                90

 

  1   materials and I hope you have given them some

 

  2   thought.  They are focused on the two prongs of the

 

  3   issue as I have presented them here, namely, the

 

  4   scope of work that we would present to our

 

  5   contractor or third-party facilitator relating to

 

  6   food eaten away from home, and work on pediatric

 

  7   obesity education.

 

  8             Chairman, I would I guess defer to you in

 

  9   terms of how you want to proceed.  I can go through

 

 10   these questions quickly if you would like me to

 

 11   just to remind folks of what they are, and then we

 

 12   can kind of revisit them.

 

 13             DR. SHINE:  Why don't you go through them?

 

 14             DR. RULIS:  Okay.

 

 15             [Slide]

 

 16             Number one, are FDA's proposed questions

 

 17   and issues likely to provide appropriate

 

 18   information to proceed with a pilot program with

 

 19   restaurants?  In other words, are we asking the

 

 20   right questions here?  Are we missing something

 

 21   obvious?  We really need your thoughtful input and

 

 22   your recommendations about that.  If we haven't hit

 

                                                                91

 

  1   the target right on the head, then can you think of

 

  2   some other questions or issues that should be

 

  3   addressed and that we should have our facilitator

 

  4   focus on?

 

  5             [Slide]

 

  6             Secondly, what kind of evaluation is

 

  7   appropriate to assess the effectiveness of a pilot

 

  8   program?  As I mentioned, we wanted to get together

 

  9   and have the restaurant industry create some sort

 

 10   of program by which this can occur.  I should say

 

 11   very quickly that these programs are already going

 

 12   on out there.  You know, McDonalds and other

 

 13   companies have been in the news recently about

 

 14   programs that they are putting together to move the

 

 15   country in the right direction in terms of

 

 16   increased physical activity and wise food choices.

 

 17   So, we are well aware of that.  We want to engage

 

 18   with them on something specific in this context and

 

 19   so how do you evaluate the effectiveness of such a

 

 20   program?  I think we need your help on that.

 

 21             [Slide]

 

 22             What advice would you have for a

 

                                                                92

 

  1   facilitator?  If we were to go forward and contract

 

  2   out this work, what advice would you have for a

 

  3   facilitator concerning the basis for evaluating

 

  4   recommendations on providing nutrition information

 

  5   in a restaurant setting?  Again, are we targeting

 

  6   this right?  Have we asked the right questions or

 

  7   are we missing something obvious?

 

  8             [Slide]

 

  9             Fourth, what research would be helpful for

 

 10   a facilitator to know about to help them provide

 

 11   the best guidance to the agency on this subject?

 

 12   Again, you all, on the Board, have many different

 

 13   areas of research that you are familiar with.

 

 14   Perhaps you are aware of some that could be of

 

 15   value for us to hear about on the record today that

 

 16   could help us focus this in the right direction.

 

 17             [Slide]

 

 18             Fifth, in view of the materials that you

 

 19   have been provided, is there any other advice or

 

 20   information you believe is important to give the

 

 21   FDA on this issue?

 

 22             [Slide]

 

                                                                93

 

  1             That also goes for the pediatric obesity

 

  2   issues as well, and I will go through those

 

  3   questions briefly.  Are FDA's proposed questions

 

  4   and issues likely to provide appropriate

 

  5   information to guide the development of useful and

 

  6   understandable nutrition/obesity education efforts?

 

  7             I will tell you why I put

 

  8   nutrition/obesity on this slide.  In our

 

  9   discussions with people who have been doing this

 

 10   for years, they say one of the things you don't do

 

 11   when you talk to adolescents about obesity is use

 

 12   the word "obesity."  As I say, it is an art form

 

 13   and children are extremely interested in knowing

 

 14   how to live healthy lives, and they are very

 

 15   conscious of their bodies, their body weights and

 

 16   their physical appearance, and they very definitely

 

 17   want to be healthy.  But if you come at them with

 

 18   information that talks about obesity, it is a

 

 19   turnoff.  These are things that are sort of the

 

 20   subtleties of this issue that we have to get around

 

 21   and understand.

 

 22             [Slide]

 

                                                                94

 

  1             What research would be helpful for a

 

  2   facilitator to know about?  Again, this is the same

 

  3   as in the other aspect, to provide the best

 

  4   guidance to the agency on this subject.

 

  5             [Slide]

 

  6             What other questions should FDA be asking

 

  7   a facilitator to explore in order to help the

 

  8   agency develop effective educational strategies?

 

  9             [Slide]

 

 10             In view of the materials you have been

 

 11   provided, is there any other advice or information

 

 12   you believe is important to give FDA on this issue?

 

 13             [Slide]

 

 14             Let me finish by saying just two things

 

 15   here.  I have a couple of quotes.  One is from Dr.

 

 16   Crawford: "We're going back to basics, designing a

 

 17   comprehensive effort to attack obesity through an

 

 18   aggressive, science-based, consumer-friendly

 

 19   program with the simple message that 'Calories

 

 20   Count.'"  That really in a sentence summarizes what

 

 21   it is all about on that subject.

 

 22             [Slide]

 

                                                                95

 

  1             Our Secretary, Tommy Thompson:  "Counting

 

  2   calories is critical for people trying to achieve

 

  3   and maintain a healthy weight.  This new report

 

  4   highlights FDA's overall strategy for getting

 

  5   consumers accurate, helpful information that allows

 

  6   them to make wise food choices at home, at

 

  7   supermarkets and in restaurants.  Taking small

 

  8   steps to eat a more balanced diet and to stay

 

  9   physically active can go a long way to reversing

 

 10   the epidemic of obesity that harms far too many

 

 11   Americans."

 

 12             I think we are at a point where we have

 

 13   written the report and we have delivered the

 

 14   report.  The report has recommendations and we now

 

 15   want to move forward with those recommendations to

 

 16   take the next steps.  What I have described by way

 

 17   of third-party facilitated national dialogue on

 

 18   these two main issues about restaurants and

 

 19   pediatric obesity are concrete first steps that I

 

 20   think we can take beyond just delivering a report.

 

 21   We look forward to your feedback on these questions

 

 22   and your good guidance to the agency.  That is my

 

                                                                96

 

  1   presentation.  Thank you.

 

  2        Questions and Discussion with the Board/Presenters

 

  3             DR. SHINE:  Thank you very much, Dr.

 

  4   Rulis.  I know there are a couple of questions that

 

  5   we were going to come back to with our first two

 

  6   speakers, and we will do that at the end of this

 

  7   session, but I would like to focus over the next

 

  8   few minutes on the challenge from Dr. Rulis with

 

  9   regard to commenting on the charge to the

 

 10   facilitator.  I gather he is not asking us the

 

 11   answer to those questions.  He is asking us are

 

 12   those the right questions and are there other

 

 13   questions or other approaches that would be

 

 14   important for FDA to undertake.  We also have a

 

 15   written copy of these questions.  Jim, why don't

 

 16   you go ahead?

 

 17             DR. RIVIERE:  I just have one comment.

 

 18   Focus groups seems to be the primary mechanism that

 

 19   you are going to ask this facilitator to address

 

 20   these questions, and just that there be a lot of

 

 21   concern about the makeup of those focus groups.  It

 

 22   seems trivial, but even from personal experience

 

                                                                97

 

  1   with focus groups, people who will go to focus

 

  2   groups, there is a selection process in that area,

 

  3   especially for some of the questions on teens--and

 

  4   I still have two teenagers.  One has a problem in

 

  5   this area and the other one doesn't.  You know,

 

  6   same environment; obviously different genetics--but

 

  7   the point really is in looking at who would

 

  8   participate in this and how you would get them to

 

  9   participate because otherwise your results are

 

 10   going to be strongly biased to people who may not

 

 11   even have a problem to begin with.  And I agree, if

 

 12   you say it is an obesity focus group you are not

 

 13   going to get the right target population you want,

 

 14   but just to try to look at some clinical trial

 

 15   sampling protocols to make sure you have a

 

 16   representative group.

 

 17             DR. RULIS:  Thank you.  Let me just add in

 

 18   response, if I might, that in the course of our

 

 19   deliberations we did have the opportunity to do

 

 20   some focus groups and we did them, and they

 

 21   contributed to the report.  But we were all very

 

 22   much aware that, yes, indeed, they are not really

 

                                                                98

 

  1   research; they are focus groups, and that what

 

  2   needs to happen is research that has a much broader

 

  3   and deeper sort of foundation and a long-term

 

  4   lasting effect.  So, yes, thank you.  I think it is

 

  5   a very important point and we need to keep that

 

  6   very clearly in front of us.

 

  7             DR. SHINE:  Susan?

 

  8             DR. HARLANDER:  When you mentioned that

 

  9   you were going to get a third-party facilitator

 

 10   involved, I am assuming that that is going to go

 

 11   way beyond consumer-based focus groups.  My

 

 12   understanding is that that facilitator would also

 

 13   be engaging the other stakeholders, like the

 

 14   restaurant industry or the food industry--

 

 15             DR. RULIS:  Very definitely.

 

 16             DR. HARLANDER:  --and I think it is

 

 17   critically important to involve stakeholders

 

 18   because food companies and restaurants understand

 

 19   their consumer base and they do a tremendous amount

 

 20   of proprietary research internally that they might

 

 21   be quite willing to share with you under certain

 

 22   circumstances.  So, I think industry involvement is

 

                                                                99

 

  1   critical.

 

  2             Personally, I tend to believe that the

 

  3   market is going to sort itself out on this issue.

 

  4   You already see that certain restaurants, if they

 

  5   perceive that their consumers are interested in

 

  6   more healthy alternatives, are including them on

 

  7   the menu already.  So, you know, I think that they

 

  8   can bring a tremendous amount of knowledge to what

 

  9   you are trying to do.  I guess my understanding is

 

 10   we are going way beyond consumers and will involve

 

 11   the affected industry as well.  That is true?

 

 12             DR. RULIS:  Yes, thank you.

 

 13             DR. SHINE:  Susan, given your background

 

 14   in food science, what is your general reaction to

 

 15   the set of questions that have been raised?  Are

 

 16   these the right questions, do you think?

 

 17             DR. HARLANDER:  Well, there is one

 

 18   critical question that I would add.  I would agree

 

 19   with all the questions that you have but I think

 

 20   one key area is that all of this information that

 

 21   will be provided is not free, and nowhere in the

 

 22   research that I have reviewed prior to this do we

 

                                                               100

 

  1   ask consumers if they are willing to pay for

 

  2   additional information.  If we are going to expect

 

  3   the food industry to change their labels, we have

 

  4   to understand that that is not free.  You know, it

 

  5   costs money to make all those changes, particularly

 

  6   if analytical work is going to be required.  The

 

  7   same will be true for restaurants.  They are not

 

  8   typically giving that kind of information to

 

  9   consumers so either they are going to have to use

 

 10   some sort of software package that is going to

 

 11   predict this, which they haven't typically used in

 

 12   the past, or they are going to have to do

 

 13   analytical--they are going to have concerns about

 

 14   liability.

 

 15             So, I think one question I would add is if

 

 16   there are costs associated with that, are consumers

 

 17   willing to pay.  I just spoke with one gentleman

 

 18   and we talked about, you know, maybe consumers

 

 19   would be willing to pay more for a smaller bag of

 

 20   French fries than for a larger bag of French fries.

 

 21   If those costs were there, would that influence

 

 22   what consumers would buy?  Because I think that

 

                                                               101

 

  1   kind of information would be very helpful as you

 

  2   approach restaurants to try to get them involved.

 

  3   So, I think if there is a cost associated with

 

  4   this, we need to understand that.

 

  5             DR. SHINE:  Other comments?  Yes, John?

 

  6             DR. THOMAS:  I would like to make some

 

  7   comments with respect to focusing on our youngsters

 

  8   and the various inequities in school systems across

 

  9   the country.  Certainly, it seems to me, and I am

 

 10   generalizing now because I am sure some schools are

 

 11   much more advanced than others and maybe this is

 

 12   more detail than you are really searching for at

 

 13   this point in time, but establishing under the

 

 14   rubric of PTAs, for example, some sort of

 

 15   nutritional council where, in fact, they bring the

 

 16   PE teacher, the health educator, other dieticians,

 

 17   assuming that particular school board has access to

 

 18   that because I realize there are going to be some

 

 19   small schools that may not have those--I know, for

 

 20   example, a lot of schools have begun to put

 

 21   restrictions on school vending machines which

 

 22   heretofore was a major source of discretionary

 

                                                               102

 

  1   monies for the school principal where he or she

 

  2   could go out and buy books, or whatever, which

 

  3   otherwise was not funded by their particular

 

  4   budgets.

 

  5             Also, building into that overall concept

 

  6   some sort of notion of nutritional incentive.

 

  7   Weigh these kids at the beginning of the year and

 

  8   see what happens at the end of the year.  You know,

 

  9   give them a goal to shoot for.  Don't just talk

 

 10   about it on the first day and then forget about it.

 

 11             We can't change the busing system with

 

 12   respect to physical activities.  We all live in the

 

 13   suburbs now so that one is taken away from the

 

 14   pediatric cohort.

 

 15             Finally, I think there needs to be a

 

 16   reemphasis on individual sports in our school

 

 17   systems.  Team sports have obviously taken

 

 18   precedence but they need to have lifelong physical

 

 19   activities and we need to encourage them through

 

 20   the physical education departments and whatever

 

 21   structure they have to go forth with lifelong,

 

 22   single competition sports.  Nowadays you can't even

 

                                                               103

 

  1   get kids to run out to the ball field because it

 

  2   has to be organized.  There is no such thing as

 

  3   getting a group of youngsters just to play ball for

 

  4   the fun of it.  It has to be a lesson or it has to

 

  5   be a league.  Somehow we need to encourage tennis,

 

  6   golf and other things that they are going to do for

 

  7   the rest of their life.  Again, I am sure there are

 

  8   schools that are already doing this but it has to

 

  9   be a coordinated effort for these various skill

 

 10   sets.

 

 11             DR. SHINE:  Thank you.  Other comments?

 

 12   Yes, Cato?

 

 13             DR. LAURENCIN:  Well, I would like to echo

 

 14   some of the thoughts that were said earlier.  I

 

 15   think that a number of groups are already trying to

 

 16   do this; a number of large chains are already doing

 

 17   this.  My one comment is that I think the FDA can

 

 18   be very helpful in terms of young people by trying

 

 19   to keep it simple.  I went to one restaurant where

 

 20   the place mats actually had all the nutritional

 

 21   information for all the different foods that they

 

 22   had.  I have two doctorate degrees and I was just

 

                                                               104

 

  1   about able to get through it, so I think that a

 

  2   young person might have a difficult time getting

 

  3   through it.

 

  4             We are trying a pilot program at our

 

  5   university where we are labeling the foods in the

 

  6   vending machines with green, yellow and red.  The

 

  7   foods that are labeled red have actually five

 

  8   percent surcharge that goes to research.  So, these

 

  9   sorts of methodologies are where perhaps the FDA

 

 10   can be helpful in terms of being able to decide

 

 11   what is green, what is yellow and what is red and

 

 12   also, of course, the possibility of recommendations

 

 13   in terms of how we can disseminate this sort of

 

 14   information in terms of what the different levels

 

 15   are, and things like that.

 

 16             One, I think it is important to try and

 

 17   keep it simple in terms of actually trying to help

 

 18   young people.  Number two, we can even place some

 

 19   monetary incentives and make that a part of it, and

 

 20   I think it would be good.

 

 21             DR. SHINE:  Thank you.  Josephine?

 

 22             DR. GRIMA:  In recent years the public has

 

                                                               105

 

  1   been bombarded with information about low

 

  2   carbohydrate diets, and although this is not a

 

  3   trend that has been endorsed by the AMA or

 

  4   government associations, the fact of the matter is

 

  5   that that information is out there in the public.

 

  6   I think one of the important things to address is

 

  7   how much information is really the consumer taking

 

  8   in, and I think the facilitator has to use that in

 

  9   their plans in order to educate the public on this.

 

 10             DR. RULIS:  Yes, I will just respond

 

 11   briefly on the carbs issue.  The carbs issue is

 

 12   front and center right now.  It is on a lot of

 

 13   packages we see in the stores and we are well aware

 

 14   that this is an issue that is really crying out for

 

 15   some clarification.  As we have stated in our

 

 16   report, we are currently in possession of some

 

 17   petitions that are intending to try to clarify some

 

 18   of these statements on labels and we are working

 

 19   very hard.  Those of us who have spent many years

 

 20   at FDA, we relish the opportunity to beat our head

 

 21   against hard problems--

 

 22             [Laughter]

 

                                                               106

 

  1             --and this is a difficult one because, you

 

  2   know, what is a carb, first of all, and then how do

 

  3   you impart information in a way that is not

 

  4   misleading and, yet, doesn't impinge on people's

 

  5   right to say things under the First Amendment?

 

  6   These are difficult questions but we look forward

 

  7   to trying to solve them.

 

  8             DR. SHINE:  Susan?

 

  9             DR. HARLANDER:  I just have one reaction

 

 10   to what Cato brought up.  I think that there is a

 

 11   lot of concern about labeling foods as good foods

 

 12   or bad foods, and that you will get a lot more

 

 13   cooperation from the food industry and the

 

 14   restaurant industry if any food, whether it is a

 

 15   green dot, yellow dot or a red dot, can fit into a

 

 16   balanced diet, and it has a lot to do with how much

 

 17   you are going to consume of that.  But I think

 

 18   there is a lot of concern about is something going

 

 19   to be categorized as a bad food as a result of some

 

 20   of these efforts, and it might create some lack of

 

 21   willingness to cooperate.

 

 22             DR. SHINE:  Yes, Xavier?

 

                                                               107

 

  1             DR. PI-SUNYER:  I think you get around

 

  2   that by talking about total calories, and you get

 

  3   around the carbohydrate issue also by talking about

 

  4   total calories, which I think is what the FDA is

 

  5   trying to do.  I think the really important thing

 

  6   is how many calories people are eating in relation

 

  7   to how much exercise they are doing.

 

  8             I would just like to say a couple of

 

  9   things.  Number one is that I think it would be

 

 10   nice if the FDA would collaborate with other HHS

 

 11   agencies on these campaigns.  For instance, CDC is

 

 12   very much involved with the physical activity

 

 13   aspect of trying to educate the public, and it

 

 14   would seem to me that eventually, if and when the

 

 15   FDA goes out with an educational program for

 

 16   raising the consciousness of the American people or

 

 17   to raise the consciousness of the restaurants, or

 

 18   whatever, that there be kind of a concerted effort

 

 19   with agencies like the CDC which are working on the

 

 20   other side, which is the expenditure side.  That is

 

 21   number one.

 

 22             Number two, I think that the main emphasis

 

                                                               108

 

  1   really ought to be on prevention.  I agree with Dr.

 

  2   Swanson completely that weight loss is extremely

 

  3   difficult, and it is expensive, and it is hard to

 

  4   do and it is hard to maintain.  What I think the

 

  5   message needs to be for children and for adults is

 

  6   to control their weight.  The average American is

 

  7   gaining an enormous amount of weight every year and

 

  8   over a decade they are gaining between 10 and 20

 

  9   pounds.  So, what we want to do is to prevent that

 

 10   weight gain from age 21 or age 18 on, and I think

 

 11   that is where the focus really ought to be of the

 

 12   campaign.

 

 13             DR. SHINE:  Dr. Crawford is going to

 

 14   comment, but again, looking at the questions that

 

 15   you were asked, are these the right questions for a

 

 16   facilitator?  Are you comfortable with the

 

 17   direction that this is taking?

 

 18             DR. PI-SUNYER:  Well, I am comfortable

 

 19   with that direction.  I think we need to know more

 

 20   about behavior but, you know, the trouble is that

 

 21   we do know quite a bit about behavior already,

 

 22   particularly from other campaigns with tobacco and

 

                                                               109

 

  1   other substances of abuse, and I think changing

 

  2   behavior is very hard.  I am not sure that these

 

  3   focus groups are going to give you the answers

 

  4   totally that you are looking for.

 

  5             I do think talking to the focus groups,

 

  6   particularly about the labeling, is very important

 

  7   because clearly, as Cato says, you don't want to

 

  8   give them a label that they are not going to be

 

  9   able to read or that they are going to throw up

 

 10   their hands and say I don't understand this.  So, I

 

 11   think the whole label reading aspect of this focus

 

 12   group initiative is very good.

 

 13             DR. CRAWFORD:  Your question about

 

 14   coordination within HHS was a good one.  The way

 

 15   Secretary Thompson dealt with this as he moved this

 

 16   towards the top of his priority list was that, as I

 

 17   mentioned, about a year ago he caused NIH, CDC and

 

 18   FDA to put together these in-depth studies, headed

 

 19   up by working groups chaired by the deputies at

 

 20   each one of those organizations.  I was the one who

 

 21   chaired the FDA one.

 

 22             Then, one week about three months ago each

 

                                                               110

 

  1   of the agencies presented their findings to the

 

  2   public.  It was obesity week for Secretary Thompson

 

  3   and he had three separate and then one unified

 

  4   press conference.  At that point, the Department of

 

  5   Health and Human Services took over the public

 

  6   education initiative.  FDA's role will be to feed

 

  7   into that, as will the CDC's.  That initiative of

 

  8   education has begun with an ad council campaign.

 

  9   Then it will be followed up with some more in-depth

 

 10   approach as we attempt to reach all strata of

 

 11   American society.  The message will be refined.  It

 

 12   will be more sophisticated as it moves forward from

 

 13   the base, which is like a cartoon type presentation

 

 14   which is called sometimes the "body parts"

 

 15   presentation because in the most famous one of

 

 16   those ads someone is walking through a supermarket

 

 17   aisle and there is some protoplasm on the floor,

 

 18   and a little girl asks her parent what is that on

 

 19   the floor, and the parent responds it looks like

 

 20   someone lost their double chin from eating well.

 

 21             [Laughter]

 

 22             It is a very catchy campaign.  I am

 

                                                               111

 

  1   compelled to say so and that is how we get

 

  2   coordinated.

 

  3             DR. SHINE:  Let me just follow-up on this

 

  4   for a minute.  I think there is a real question

 

  5   here to understand the niche of the FDA in this

 

  6   area.  I think one needs to explore very carefully,

 

  7   not only in terms of the federal agencies but state

 

  8   health departments, medical associations and others

 

  9   who are confronting this problem at local

 

 10   communities.  Changing this with national publicity

 

 11   creates a certain kind of environment, if you will.

 

 12   But where the rubber hits the road is going to be

 

 13   concerted efforts in communities that will address

 

 14   all of the elements.  We have talked about

 

 15   restaurants and schools but what about company

 

 16   cafeterias and the whole question of whether, in

 

 17   fact, it is economically desirable to a company

 

 18   which has X amount of turnover to be paying Y

 

 19   amount of dollars in order to minimize the obesity

 

 20   that goes on in that company because it might help

 

 21   them save healthcare costs with diabetics and

 

 22   hypertensives, but that depends on turnover.

 

                                                               112

 

  1             So, the kinds of programs that we are

 

  2   talking about are going to be partnerships.  They

 

  3   are going to be efforts to get the media, to get

 

  4   the schools, to get industry to relate to this

 

  5   issue of everything from bike lanes to exercise or

 

  6   fitness programs in companies.

 

  7             My point is that I think the extent to

 

  8   which the facilitator can really hone in--the

 

  9   agency is famous for its capacity to analyze

 

 10   science and to find science-based information which

 

 11   could form the basis of all of these programs.

 

 12   Articulating that, modifying that, working on that

 

 13   so that it is part of these overall programs is

 

 14   going to be key.  Therefore, I would urge them to

 

 15   look fairly broadly as to what we are talking about

 

 16   and I think, again, I would not exclude state

 

 17   health departments.  I wouldn't exclude both urban

 

 18   and rural environments as places to understand what

 

 19   the niche is.

 

 20             I would also suggest to you that

 

 21   increasingly in 8th grade biology there is an

 

 22   interest of young people about their bodies, and so

 

                                                               113

 

  1   forth.  Anorexia-bulimia has been a major target

 

  2   for those educational programs.  The question is

 

  3   whether those educational programs could provide a

 

  4   balanced view of diet, exercise, and so forth, and

 

  5   is the FDA an ideal source of information packages

 

  6   and materials that could be used in public schools?

 

  7   With all due respect to USDA, I worry about the

 

  8   USDA's way of presenting that.  Perhaps between the

 

  9   two agencies one might be able to come up with

 

 10   material that would be part of the curriculum in

 

 11   terms of that.

 

 12             Finally, I want to emphasize, as I

 

 13   mentioned before about tobacco, that everything we

 

 14   have learned about changing behavior has to do with

 

 15   not just the information but changing the

 

 16   environment, whether it is because you pay more or

 

 17   whether because something is accessible or not.

 

 18   Therefore, when you talk about children, I happen

 

 19   to think that is where an enormous amount of the

 

 20   focus should be.  I think the public cares about

 

 21   their kids.  I think they will often do one thing

 

 22   and do something else for their kids.  So, as far

 

                                                               114

 

  1   as they are concerned, starting in kindergarten,

 

  2   the environment in which they are living will make

 

  3   an enormous difference as to what their lifetime

 

  4   habits are.  So, I don't think you can start too

 

  5   early.  Although I have focused on the 8th grade

 

  6   biology course, the fact is that if a second grader

 

  7   sees vending machines all around with high cal food

 

  8   or high fat food, they are going to assume that it

 

  9   is part of the environment in which they live.  So,

 

 10   I think the emphasis on pediatrics is extremely

 

 11   important but that one ought to think about it in

 

 12   terms of how and in what way you can use the data

 

 13   that you have to change the environment in terms of

 

 14   what is available to people.  Katherine?

 

 15             DR. SWANSON:  Kind of building on the

 

 16   notion that behavior is important, I personally

 

 17   think that your question related to how do you

 

 18   measure effectiveness is the most important one.

 

 19   If you go down the path of trying all of these

 

 20   different concepts and you don't have a way to

 

 21   measure behavior change--not just what people say

 

 22   they will do but what they will do--you really

 

                                                               115

 

  1   won't be able to target what is going to have the

 

  2   biggest impact.  So, I would make sure that that

 

  3   question might be thought of first with every

 

  4   strategy that you are looking at, how would we

 

  5   impact the magnitude of the change.

 

  6             Another thing to consider with regard to

 

  7   the restaurants, listing the calories I think is

 

  8   very interesting.  The segregation out of healthy

 

  9   choices is another.  Another option that would be

 

 10   very interesting to explore that would be

 

 11   applicable to the white tablecloth restaurants as

 

 12   well would be smaller portion sizes.  I mean, many

 

 13   of us who are on the road all the time and you go

 

 14   to the restaurant and you simply cannot eat all of

 

 15   the food that is put on your plate, and would you

 

 16   be able to pay not half as much because there are

 

 17   labor costs there, but offering multiple service

 

 18   sizes might be a very interesting thing to study

 

 19   because if you reduce it by half you have cut your

 

 20   calory intake in half.

 

 21             One more question that you might want to

 

 22   add is, is there a way that you can link the

 

                                                               116

 

  1   caloric intake piece to the caloric output piece in

 

  2   some kind of a message?

 

  3             DR. SHINE:  Thank you, Katherine.  I would

 

  4   suggest that I would like a facilitator to create a

 

  5   model for continuous quality improvement in this

 

  6   area.  What I mean by that is we don't know what

 

  7   works.  We don't know what will not work.  We need

 

  8   a concept that there is a lot of experimentation

 

  9   going on to learn from that what impact it has, and

 

 10   then constantly reassess how and in what way we are

 

 11   using our activity.  I think the notion is that it

 

 12   is for the long haul.  I think that looking at that

 

 13   in terms of socioeconomic status, ethnic groups,

 

 14   and so forth, is going to be pretty central

 

 15   because, in fact, they may behave very differently

 

 16   and it is not at all clear to me, once you get the

 

 17   data and put something in place, that it will work

 

 18   in the same way in a variety of settings.  So, I

 

 19   think that notion of what is the long-term model

 

 20   for constantly reassessing where one is and where

 

 21   do you get the data, how do you get the data, what

 

 22   are you trying to measure in order to make those

 

                                                               117

 

  1   decisions would be an important part of how to

 

  2   conceptualize this.

 

  3             Incidentally, we were talking at the break

 

  4   about differences in terms of environment and

 

  5   culture.  You might be interested to know that the

 

  6   Japanese, about a year or two ago, redid the

 

  7   height/weight tables for boys because the boys are

 

  8   getting so much bigger and putting on more weight.

 

  9   They are also getting higher cholesterol levels,

 

 10   incidentally.  But girls are not.  The culture in

 

 11   Japan is so focused on young women being thin that

 

 12   they have shown no change in the height/weight

 

 13   environment.  So, these cultural elements make an

 

 14   enormous difference in terms of how people behave.

 

 15   Other comments?

 

 16             DR. THOMAS:  Just a couple of follow-up

 

 17   points, and these are certainly not revelations but

 

 18   I would strongly urge as you look at behavioral

 

 19   profiles that you make every effort to get a

 

 20   quantifiable endpoint.  That is almost a

 

 21   contradiction when you are dealing with behavior,

 

 22   but as you go into this I think you really need to

 

                                                               118

 

  1   look at those endpoints.

 

  2             The other thing, I was struck by the

 

  3   simplicity of the color coding that Cato mentioned.

 

  4   While it has a downside and you can get into the

 

  5   good and bad foods, I think the general public

 

  6   would be more inclined to relate to that that as

 

  7   opposed to getting hung up on numbers.  So, a plea

 

  8   would be that if you try to quantify these sorts of

 

  9   things and use a color code, keep it simple.  Even

 

 10   though there are some downsides to that, I would

 

 11   encourage your work groups to look at that.

 

 12             DR. RULIS:  Great, thank you.

 

 13             DR. SHINE:  What I heard, particularly

 

 14   from Xavier's comments, is that the color code

 

 15   might have more to do with caloric density, for

 

 16   example, than value judgments about bad and good,

 

 17   and I think that is an important observation.

 

 18             DR. PI-SUNYER:  There is actually quite a

 

 19   lot of research on color coding, mostly out of Les

 

 20   Epstein's lab at University of Syracuse.  He has

 

 21   done a lot of work on treating children for weight

 

 22   loss and weight maintenance using color codes for

 

                                                               119

 

  1   children, which for them is a lot simpler, and he

 

  2   has gotten very nice results doing that.  That is

 

  3   an observation.

 

  4             DR. SHINE:  This is a little bit of a

 

  5   digression because this is a question Allen Roses

 

  6   wanted to raise before.  Allen wanted to show just

 

  7   one slide which was relevant to our earlier

 

  8   discussion about interventions.  Why don't we just

 

  9   take a look at that?  Cecil, why don't you ask your

 

 10   question while they are setting up?

 

 11             DR. PICKETT:  It was really a comment in

 

 12   response to Dr. Orloff's presentation.  I really

 

 13   just wanted to compliment the FDA for being really

 

 14   proactive in revisiting the guidelines for the

 

 15   treatment of obesity.  I strongly encourage the FDA

 

 16   to really have the advisory committee in late 2004.

 

 17   I think that would be very, very useful, very

 

 18   beneficial.

 

 19             In terms of unanswered questions that Dr.

 

 20   Orloff discussed, particularly with head-to-head

 

 21   comparisons of approved agents for the treatment of

 

 22   obesity, I think that will happen.  I think that

 

                                                               120

 

  1   will happen in Phase IV studies that will occur,

 

  2   and market dynamics will basically drive those

 

  3   studies in terms of companies trying to position

 

  4   obesity therapy out in the marketplace, as we are

 

  5   seeing in other areas in terms of hyperlipidemia

 

  6   for example where these comparative studies have

 

  7   been done.

 

  8             Combination therapy is a little more

 

  9   difficult because of intellectual property issues

 

 10   with approved agents but, again, if in fact

 

 11   combination therapy provides benefit to patients,

 

 12   then I think companies, because of commercial need,

 

 13   will find a way to develop combination therapy for

 

 14   the treatment of obesity.   So, yes, those are

 

 15   unanswered but I see those areas as less of an

 

 16   issue.

 

 17             DR. SHINE:  To what extent, Cecil, do you

 

 18   think, given that the NIH is also going to make a

 

 19   major move on obesity, they ought to be into, for

 

 20   example, combination trials and things of this sort

 

 21   as opposed to the industry?  What do you think the

 

 22   balance is in terms of what the NIH ought to be

 

                                                               121

 

  1   doing and what industry can do in this area?

 

  2             DR. PICKETT:  It certainly could provide a

 

  3   benefit here, but generally the size of the trial

 

  4   designs that would have to be done to show efficacy

 

  5   and safety, particularly of combination therapy, I

 

  6   think is really something the industry should

 

  7   undertake.

 

  8             DR. SHINE:  And, in terms of the advisory

 

  9   committee that is being constituted for later this

 

 10   year, what do you think is the principal kind of

 

 11   issue that it should be taking on in terms of

 

 12   revisiting the situation?

 

 13             DR. PICKETT:  Well, this is obesity

 

 14   therapy and drug development has had a real jaded

 

 15   past, but I think it is important for the advisory

 

 16   committee to take a look at the size of the trials

 

 17   and the efficacy endpoints that would be required,

 

 18   other than just simply weight loss, and also the

 

 19   size of the studies to show long-term safety.  I

 

 20   think this is something that is still a bit of an

 

 21   issue, at least in my own company, as we think

 

 22   about development of drugs to treat obesity.  So, I

 

                                                               122

 

  1   think that would be extremely useful.

 

  2             DR. SHINE:  Thank you very much.  Allen,

 

  3   you wanted to show us a slide?

 

  4             DR. ROSES:  As a scientist, when I

 

  5   mentioned "omics" I saw a lot of blank faces and I

 

  6   think a picture is worth 10,000 words and I just

 

  7   wanted to show you some the ways that are currently

 

  8   being used.

 

  9             [Slide]

 

 10             It doesn't really matter what this

 

 11   molecule is but it is a molecule that is being

 

 12   tested for weight loss in obese people.  If you

 

 13   look at this, the people on the capsules are in red

 

 14   over the course of the trial and the people on the

 

 15   placebo are in blue.  If you look to your far right

 

 16   where the weight loss is between 4 and 10 percent

 

 17   of weight during this particular interval, there is

 

 18   a spike of people who are hyper-responders.

 

 19             Interestingly, if you look to the far

 

 20   left, people who took this drug during the course

 

 21   of the trial gained less weight than people who

 

 22   were on placebo.  So, we also have that kind of

 

                                                               123

 

  1   information.

 

  2             But in this case it was fairly simple to

 

  3   find several polymorphisms, ABO blood group.  In

 

  4   this case it is not the ABO blood group, but it is

 

  5   a 1, 1 or 1,2 or 2,2 polymorphisms from 3 different

 

  6   genes that have something to do with weight loss

 

  7   that segregate or enrich these folks.  So, the 2,2

 

  8   patients are the hyper-responders; the 1,1 would be

 

  9   those that wouldn't seem to have that much of a

 

 10   response; and the 1,2 are those in the middle.

 

 11             From the point of view of taking something

 

 12   with a partial response, if you want to go into

 

 13   Phase III trials, partial response requires larger

 

 14   trials.  But, in fact, if you can segment the

 

 15   population, and I think we are going to hear about

 

 16   that later this afternoon from Dr. Temple, but if

 

 17   you can segment the population and withdraw from

 

 18   your selection the non-responding population or the

 

 19   1,1, you are more likely to get an effect with

 

 20   fewer people, a shorter period of time and a better

 

 21   proof of principle that the molecule has true

 

 22   efficacy.  This is "omics."  It is called

 

                                                               124

 

  1   pharmacogenomics and it is being applied now.

 

  2             DR. SHINE:  Thank you, Allen.  I didn't

 

  3   know that Allen had that slide but it is relevant

 

  4   to this notion that, given the necessity for folks

 

  5   to be on these agents I suspect for a long time

 

  6   given the way this chronic problem persists,

 

  7   finding ways to stratify the population, on

 

  8   whatever basis, would be important in terms of

 

  9   minimizing the risks.  Dan?

 

 10             DR. CASCIANO:  I am just curious, is there

 

 11   a phenotype associated with that hyper-responder?

 

 12             DR. ROSES:  Not that we could see

 

 13   prospectively that there was a genotype.

 

 14             DR. SHINE:  Xavier?

 

 15             DR. PI-SUNYER:  I would like to comment on

 

 16   that further and also on something Dr. Orloff said,

 

 17   and that has to do with weight gain with drugs.  I

 

 18   really do believe that that is another problem that

 

 19   the FDA really needs to look at very closely.

 

 20   These very active, very good antipsychotic drugs

 

 21   are having an enormous impact on weight in a number

 

 22   of people.  We see people who have gained 60, 70

 

                                                               125

 

  1   pounds on the psychotropic drugs.  They don't want

 

  2   to go off them because their mental state is so

 

  3   much improved by these drugs.  Maybe the kind of

 

  4   research that Dr. Roses just commented on would be

 

  5   important in that, that is to say, not the

 

  6   responders for the efficacy of the drug but the

 

  7   responders for the side effects of the drug which

 

  8   are really pretty bad for some people.  I think

 

  9   certainly in the label of these drugs a lot more

 

 10   should be said about the side effect of weight

 

 11   gain.  I think every psychiatrist today should have

 

 12   a scale in his office and weigh his or her patients

 

 13   every time they come.  You know, if you talk to

 

 14   psychiatrists about that, there isn't a scale in a

 

 15   psychiatrist's office, I don't think anywhere.

 

 16             DR. SHINE:  Your comment is very well

 

 17   taken and I think very important.  Dr. Orloff, do

 

 18   you want to make any response to that?  No?  But

 

 19   you are, in fact, going to be looking closely at

 

 20   this issue in terms of the identification and

 

 21   potential labeling in terms of drugs which are

 

 22   associated with weight gain.  Any other comments on

 

                                                               126

 

  1   any of the material that we have heard this morning

 

  2   on obesity?  John?

 

  3             DR. THOMAS:  Just a quick note, certainly

 

  4   the troika of obesity is exercise, diet and drugs

 

  5   and my concern, as we go forward, would be in the

 

  6   drug development area and that we don't lead people

 

  7   into a false expectation.  I mean, finding a good

 

  8   anti-obesity drug would be like finding the "Holy

 

  9   Grail."  In fact, until that is found we want to

 

 10   make sure that there is continued emphasis on

 

 11   exercise and diet.  Everyone would love to have

 

 12   that magic bullet or pill so they can still be a

 

 13   couch potato but that is not going to happen for a

 

 14   while.

 

 15             DR. SHINE:  Let me just summarize.  I

 

 16   think we have seen very good evidence that obesity

 

 17   is both a national and an international problem.

 

 18   You might be interested to know that if you go to

 

 19   Beijing today, close to 20 percent of the residents

 

 20   in Beijing are obese.  Twenty-five years ago you

 

 21   never saw obese Chinese.  But gravitating to the

 

 22   city, losing the capacity to bicycle or work in

 

                                                               127

 

  1   agriculture, the availability of fast foods, the

 

  2   movement from a diet that was rich in rice and in

 

  3   some places fish to one that has shown

 

  4   extraordinary increases in pork consumption and

 

  5   beef consumption has produced a significant number

 

  6   of obese Chinese.

 

  7             We, in this country, are suffering from

 

  8   all of the effects of being able to afford to eat

 

  9   as much as we want and to travel in vehicles

 

 10   everywhere we want to go, and we have made some

 

 11   very poor investments.  On the one hand, as John

 

 12   pointed out, we have invested in vending machines

 

 13   to produce more income for schools at the same time

 

 14   that we did away with gym and a number of other

 

 15   physical exercise programs.

 

 16             What we have heard I think is that the FDA

 

 17   has a critically important role in dealing with a

 

 18   multifactorial problem which the FDA in itself is

 

 19   not going to solve.  But given the capacity to

 

 20   understand the data, to refine that and to provide

 

 21   good information, the challenge, it seems to me, is

 

 22   going to be providing that information to the right

 

                                                               128

 

  1   people at the right time so that they can make the

 

  2   right kinds of decisions.  That includes not just

 

  3   the individual consumer but includes school boards,

 

  4   PTAs, employers, health departments and others who

 

  5   can use that information as part of a broader

 

  6   activity, whether it is involved in color coding

 

  7   calory density or something else.

 

  8             So, I think the work that I have seen and

 

  9   the report on "Calories Count" is very useful.  I

 

 10   do like the way in which the focus groups responded

 

 11   to the various ways to present the information.

 

 12   And I think that doing further trials and creating

 

 13   a sense that this is a long-term, continuous

 

 14   quality improvement process will be the way in

 

 15   which we can contribute the most to this activity.

 

 16   I want to thank the presenters this morning, and I

 

 17   would encourage the members of the committee, if

 

 18   you have additional thoughts as you digest--and

 

 19   that is not meant to be a pun--digest this

 

 20   information, please communicate it because I think

 

 21   the staff would like to get as much input and

 

 22   perspective as they can.  If you might come into

 

                                                               129

 

  1   some restaurant in your travels that does an

 

  2   exemplary approach to this, you might even let us

 

  3   know.  Thank you again.

 

  4             We will go on to our presentation prior to

 

  5   the public hearing.  John Marzilli, who is Deputy

 

  6   Associate Commissioner for Regulatory Affairs, is

 

  7   going to give us an update on the Office of

 

  8   Regulatory Affairs peer review process.  John?

 

  9              Update on Office of Regulatory Affairs

 

 10                       Peer Review Process

 

 11             DR. MARZILLI:  Thank you, Dr. Shine and

 

 12   members of the Board.

 

 13             [Slide]

 

 14             I am John Marzilli.  I am from the Office

 

 15   of Regulatory Affairs, FDA's field organization,

 

 16   and I am here this morning to give you an update of

 

 17   our peer review of our pesticide and industrial

 

 18   chemicals program.

 

 19             [Slide]

 

 20             With me today is Dr. John Specchio.  Dr.

 

 21   Specchio is ORA's senior science advisor and

 

 22   professor of food science at Montclair State

 

                                                               130

 

  1   University in Montclair, New Jersey.

 

  2             [Slide]

 

  3             Briefly, the objectives of our peer review

 

  4   of the pesticides and industrial chemical program

 

  5   in the Office of Regulatory Affairs are to assess

 

  6   the quality of science across our organization,

 

  7   from program planning with the Center for Food

 

  8   Safety, our inspectional program, investigations,

 

  9   laboratory analysis, regulatory actions taken by

 

 10   the agency and across the entire system our quality

 

 11   management system.  Since we are a science-based

 

 12   regulatory agency, the quality management system is

 

 13   an underpinning for all of the activities that we

 

 14   undertake.

 

 15             We are also taking the opportunity to look

 

 16   at the adequacy of resources for this program in

 

 17   particular, the skills and expertise of our staff

 

 18   across the country, the technologies employed in

 

 19   terms of laboratories, equipment information

 

 20   systems utilized, as well as our organizational

 

 21   infrastructure, with a keen view toward the mission

 

 22   relevance of this program for the Office of

 

                                                               131

 

  1   Regulatory Affairs in particular and the Food and

 

  2   Drug Administration in its mission.

 

  3             [Slide]

 

  4             I would like you to focus your attention

 

  5   on the last sentence here in FDA's mission

 

  6   statement which we feel is an important aspect for

 

  7   us in looking at this program.  It is helping the

 

  8   public to get the accurate science-based

 

  9   information that they need to use medicines and

 

 10   foods to improve their health.  One of the

 

 11   underpinnings of this study is to make sure that

 

 12   our information is accurate, cutting-edge science

 

 13   and timely that we get to our constituents, to the

 

 14   regulated industry and to the public as well.

 

 15             [Slide]

 

 16             The goal of the ORA peer review of the

 

 17   pesticides program in particular has been to

 

 18   establish a roadmap for future improvement of this

 

 19   program and coordination of the pesticide program

 

 20   across the ORA field organization.  Also, we want

 

 21   to use this as a model for the future review of

 

 22   additional programs, scientific programs within the

 

                                                               132

 

  1   Office of Regulatory Affairs.

 

  2             [Slide]

 

  3             As I mentioned, our team is a

 

  4   cross-section of the Office of Regulatory Affairs.

 

  5   As the Deputy Associate Commissioner for Regulatory

 

  6   Affairs, I serve as the executive sponsor for this

 

  7   study and our future studies.  Our senior advisor

 

  8   to the team is Susan Setterberg, our regional

 

  9   director from the central region.  Co-chairing

 

 10   along with John Specchio, our science advisor, is

 

 11   Pat Schafer, Director of Compliance from New

 

 12   Orleans.  On the team we also have Tom Gardine,

 

 13   District Director from Philadelphia, Sandra

 

 14   Whetstone, from our headquarters Office of

 

 15   Enforcement, Michael Ellison, a national food

 

 16   expert with our Division of Field Investigations.

 

 17   We also have a representative of the import program

 

 18   at FDA from the New England District, Frank

 

 19   Mazzoni, and for administrative support, the New

 

 20   Orleans District has been gracious enough to have

 

 21   Barbara George working with us, and we thank the

 

 22   District for her assistance.

 

                                                               133

 

  1             [Slide]

 

  2             Our team members from the lab side, as I

 

  3   said and I will introduce him shortly, Dr.

 

  4   Specchio, our senior science advisor for the

 

  5   Division of Field Science is co-chair of the peer

 

  6   review team.  From our Division of Field Science

 

  7   here, in Rockville, we have Tom Savage, the Deputy

 

  8   Director.  We have two senior science advisors,

 

  9   Larry D'Hoostelaere and Charlie Parfitt

 

 10   participating on the team, and representing our

 

 11   Pacific Regional Office, is Tom Sidebottom,

 

 12   assistant to the regional director, and formerly

 

 13   from our Southwest Regional Office, who has since

 

 14   retired, Meredith Grahn participated in some of the

 

 15   work that we began a year ago in this endeavor.  I

 

 16   would like to acknowledge the work done by our

 

 17   senior science advisor for the Office of Regulatory

 

 18   Affairs who retired at the end of the calendar

 

 19   year, Richard Baldwin, who was an active member of

 

 20   this team and the original chair for this endeavor

 

 21   before it was handed over to John Specchio and

 

 22   myself at the beginning of the calendar year.

 

                                                               134

 

  1             [Slide]

 

  2             I would just like to share with you the

 

  3   breadth of the Office of Regulatory Affairs.  We

 

  4   are 190 officers are located across the country.

 

  5   We are present in 49 states, the Commonwealth of

 

  6   Puerto Rico and the United States Virgin Islands.

 

  7   The only state where the FDA doesn't happen to have

 

  8   an office is the State of Wyoming, to which we can

 

  9   easily commute from our other states.  But we are

 

 10   present in 190 cities with 4,000 employees

 

 11   nationwide.

 

 12             [Slide]

 

 13             The laboratory support for the work that

 

 14   we do in the Office of Regulatory Affairs is

 

 15   coordinated across 13 field laboratories for the

 

 16   Office of Regulatory Affairs.  We have five

 

 17   multi-purpose laboratories that are responsible for

 

 18   the analysis of all FDA-regulated products, and

 

 19   those laboratories are located in New York,

 

 20   Atlanta, Jefferson, Arkansas, Los Angeles and

 

 21   Seattle.  These laboratories are the underpinning

 

 22   of our pesticide program as are our pesticide

 

                                                               135

 

  1   servicing laboratories.  With have eight specialty

 

  2   laboratories for which Kansas City, which is the

 

  3   sixth laboratory that we included in the lab study

 

  4   portion of the peer review, is our total diet

 

  5   laboratory for the FDA, and that is co-located with

 

  6   our Kansas City district office.

 

  7             Now I would like to turn the podium over

 

  8   to Dr. Specchio, our science advisor, to give you

 

  9   an overview of the program.

 

 10             DR. SPECCHIO:  Thank you, John, and thank

 

 11   you to the FDA Science Board for inviting me.

 

 12             [Slide]

 

 13             One thing I have heard a lot today was a

 

 14   lively discussion of obesity and, no matter which

 

 15   way the FDA goes, more food, less food, high fat

 

 16   food, low fat food, we are going to make sure that

 

 17   it is free of pesticides and industrial chemicals.

 

 18   So, hopefully, we will be on our path to doing

 

 19   that.

 

 20             Just a few other comments, as we all know,

 

 21   ORA's program responsibilities are extremely

 

 22   diverse and very inter-disciplinary.  In order to

 

                                                               136

 

  1   approach the peer review process systematically,

 

  2   our assessment really focused on the pesticide and

 

  3   industrial chemicals program area.

 

  4             [Slide]

 

  5             The components of the peer review process

 

  6   were designed and based upon design and

 

  7   implementation of a data review process.  I will

 

  8   talk about that briefly in a short while.  We also

 

  9   looked at a comprehensive work product review

 

 10   pesticide and industrial chemical data collected

 

 11   for one entire fiscal year.  We also had structured

 

 12   discussions with managers and technical experts.

 

 13             We actually developed a database research

 

 14   model and a list of questions of in-depth and

 

 15   focused interviews based on our developed research

 

 16   model.  We conducted a thorough examination of

 

 17   major programs in food areas in the pesticide and

 

 18   industrial chemicals total diet study and dioxant

 

 19   programs.

 

 20             [Slide]

 

 21             To give you an overview of the complexity

 

 22   of the research model that was developed by our

 

                                                               137

 

  1   committee, there were eight district offices

 

  2   visited by our site review teams.  There were six

 

  3   ORA laboratories visited.  John mentioned the

 

  4   location of most of those, and there were

 

  5   additional 12 district offices included in the

 

  6   study that were not in the site visits.  We wanted

 

  7   to make sure that we included all the districts in

 

  8   the ORA system.  The district offices and labs

 

  9   visited were picked because of their past and

 

 10   present involvement with the ORA pesticide and

 

 11   industrial chemical program.

 

 12             [Slide]

 

 13             Our on-site visits included review of

 

 14   many, many different things that are important to

 

 15   the program.  For instance, local SOPs for domestic

 

 16   and imported work.  We looked at sample collection

 

 17   reports.  We looked very, very in-depth at the lab

 

 18   worksheets.  We looked at the establishment

 

 19   inspection reports; the compliance actions; the

 

 20   data systems, including FACTS and OASIS, and for

 

 21   those members who are not familiar with those

 

 22   acronyms, the acronym of FACTS, which I had to

 

                                                               138

 

  1   learn myself, was Field Accomplishment Compliance

 

  2   Tracking System which captures all field

 

  3   investigations, sample analytical results and

 

  4   compliance records of FDA regulatory work.  OASIS

 

  5   stands for the Operational and Administrative

 

  6   System for Import Support.  All import entries of

 

  7   FDA-regulated products, nearly eight million this

 

  8   year, are tracked through this system.  We looked

 

  9   at all the current guidance for the pesticide and

 

 10   industrial chemical program.  We looked at

 

 11   historical documents and earlier studies, and we

 

 12   interviewed managers and technical experts and

 

 13   calculated their responses.

 

 14             [Slide]

 

 15             The database research model which was

 

 16   developed by the team was utilized to validate the

 

 17   on-site reviews.  The team reviewed over 357 work

 

 18   products, as I outlined before.  We focused on all

 

 19   violative work products and reviewed a portion of

 

 20   non-violative as well.  We interviewed over 150

 

 21   individuals, both in terms of management and lab

 

 22   and science experts.  We had additional comments

 

                                                               139

 

  1   received from all interested individuals.  After

 

  2   consolidation, the committee received nearly 100

 

  3   pages of comments which were reviewed by the

 

  4   committee as well.

 

  5             The comments that we received had a

 

  6   working knowledge of the pesticide and industrial

 

  7   chemicals program and, again, the committee had

 

  8   over 500 comments to review, to consider

 

  9   established trends and to develop ideas for

 

 10   improvement of the program.

 

 11             [Slide]

 

 12             As we progressed with the analysis of the

 

 13   data five key areas emerged and we are still

 

 14   working on this, and hopefully our recommendations

 

 15   will center around these five key areas.  One is

 

 16   program management.  We are already seeing several

 

 17   types of major recommendations that may be on the

 

 18   horizon.  In terms of program management, some

 

 19   possibilities would be redesign of the work

 

 20   distribution for the domestic and imported programs

 

 21   around our laboratory system.

 

 22             We spent a lot of time on laboratory

 

                                                               140

 

  1   science issues.  Some questions we are looking at

 

  2   are, are we using the right methods?  Are the

 

  3   methods current?  Is our instrumentation adequate

 

  4   for the job at hand?  How does FDA stand versus

 

  5   other organizations in both our compliance and also

 

  6   our lab science?

 

  7             In terms of the productivity and

 

  8   timeliness, are we checking the right foods?  Are

 

  9   we looking at imports differently than we are

 

 10   looking at domestic foods?  Are we getting the

 

 11   results back in a timely fashion so that we can

 

 12   adequately protect the consumer?  Again, are we

 

 13   looking at the type of foods versus the consumption

 

 14   of the population, the proportion of foods that are

 

 15   out there versus consumption patterns?  Are we

 

 16   targeting the right types of foods?

 

 17             Resources--we are looking at lab

 

 18   capabilities.  We are looking at the lab

 

 19   assignments and the personnel.  Again, we are

 

 20   looking at do we have the right equipment?  Do we

 

 21   need to improve our training?  Do we need to look

 

 22   at our budgets for this particular program too or

 

                                                               141

 

  1   is the budget adequate?  Of course, compliance and

 

  2   regulatory policies are going to play a major role

 

  3   in looking at recommendations, whether or not we

 

  4   need to address this and are the compliance and

 

  5   regulatory policies effectively meeting the

 

  6   original task our original task that it was

 

  7   intended to do?

 

  8             [Slide]

 

  9             Finally, what are our next steps?  Well,

 

 10   we are in the process right now of finalizing the

 

 11   review.  The committee met several seeks ago to

 

 12   start writing the preliminary report and analyzing

 

 13   most of the data.  We are going to meet again in a

 

 14   few weeks to continue this process.  In addition to

 

 15   that, we will design a timeline for execution of

 

 16   proposed improvements.  As John mentioned, the

 

 17   purpose of this is to propose improvements to the

 

 18   pesticide and industrial chemical program.  We will

 

 19   look at a timeline and we will, hopefully, make

 

 20   recommendations to the people who will move forward

 

 21   with our recommendations.  Our final report will be

 

 22   finished in the summer of 2004 and we intend to

 

                                                               142

 

  1   make a full presentation to all of you, the Science

 

  2   Board at the fall, 2004 meeting.

 

  3             [Slide]

 

  4             I am very, very pleased to tell you that

 

  5   the committee was a very, very good committee.  We

 

  6   all worked very well together.  I think there was

 

  7   great cooperation and I think we are on the right

 

  8   track for looking at our proposed objective, which

 

  9   was to look at the state of science in ORA of the

 

 10   pesticide and chemical contaminants program.  With

 

 11   that, I will close and I thank you for your time.

 

 12             DR. SHINE:  Thank you.  Questions?

 

 13   Observations?  Yes, Jim?

 

 14             DR. RIVIERE:  One observation, this

 

 15   committee seems to have been made up primarily of

 

 16   FDA people.  Why weren't there more external

 

 17   people, especially for an assessment of the state

 

 18   of the science?  I am just curious because most

 

 19   other center reviews I have seen involve outside

 

 20   people.

 

 21             DR. ALDERSON:  Let me address this.  This

 

 22   part of this review, what they are reporting on, is

 

                                                               143

 

  1   the first step of the process.  This is their

 

  2   internal assessment.  What they are doing, what

 

  3   will be presented to the Board is what is used to

 

  4   go to the next steps for the external, and Dr.

 

  5   Shine will appoint an outside committee this fall

 

  6   and do the external review, just like we have done

 

  7   with the other three Centers.

 

  8             DR. SHINE:  Other observations?  John?

 

  9             DR. THOMAS:  I am just curious as to

 

 10   whether you have added more chemicals or more

 

 11   pesticides to your list of monitoring, and have you

 

 12   changed any of the levels of residues?

 

 13             DR. MARZILLI:  Only God can add to the

 

 14   list of residues--God and the EPA--

 

 15             [Laughter]

 

 16             I think one thing that we have done, not

 

 17   in terms of adding to the list of industrial

 

 18   chemicals or pesticides that we are reviewing, is

 

 19   we have brought more improved communications across

 

 20   the field organization here, and I think life in

 

 21   general has brought new challenges to our program

 

 22   in terms of looking at residues and contaminants

 

                                                               144

 

  1   that we weren't looking at a few years ago, such as

 

  2   chloramphenicol residues and the dioxant work that

 

  3   has been ramped up as well.  You have seen recent

 

  4   coverage of that in the news.  Our organization has

 

  5   ramped up to address these new challenges and

 

  6   brought forward the equipment and the personnel and

 

  7   gotten them trained, working in collaboration with

 

  8   the Center for Food Safety and the Center for

 

  9   Veterinary Medicine to get these programs added to

 

 10   the existing programs in the field laboratories.

 

 11   So, every day new challenges do face us.

 

 12             DR. THOMAS:  I was just going to add has

 

 13   there been a shift insofar as the analysis of, say,

 

 14   border versus non-border?

 

 15             DR. MARZILLI:  Actually, border is a funny

 

 16   term to discuss when you are talking about the

 

 17   import program because, for instance, for us right

 

 18   now the major border location could be a city like

 

 19   Louisville, Kentucky--and I just use that as an

 

 20   example--where you would have plane loads of

 

 21   produce from anywhere in the world where a plane

 

 22   would touch down in Miami or Newark, New Jersey,

 

                                                               145

 

  1   and the final destination would be Louisville or

 

  2   any other city in the middle of the country, and

 

  3   that becomes a border location for us and we have

 

  4   to deploy investigators to get out there, collect

 

  5   samples, have the samples shipped to the

 

  6   laboratory, and we have a commitment to get timely

 

  7   results out so that, especially in the case of

 

  8   fresh produce, that product can be distributed into

 

  9   the marketplace.

 

 10             So, we have incredible new challenges as

 

 11   an agency.  Years ago our border locations were our

 

 12   major port cities along the east and west coast and

 

 13   the border between our partners here in the North

 

 14   American continent.  But those borders have moved

 

 15   all over the United States now.  It has been a

 

 16   tremendous challenge for us, but that has been the

 

 17   underpinning of our program probably for the past

 

 18   ten years to get timely results to the customers

 

 19   that are waiting to get the produce to market.

 

 20             DR. SHINE:  Clearly, food safety has been

 

 21   one of the issues in dealing with terrorism.  The

 

 22   agency has ramped up its activities in this regard.

 

                                                               146

 

  1   Is your analysis taking into consideration the

 

  2   potential for materials to be introduced into the

 

  3   food supply?

 

  4             DR. MARZILLI:  Yes, sir, absolutely.  As a

 

  5   matter of fact, from the foundation of our

 

  6   pesticides and industrial chemicals program we have

 

  7   ramped up across eight of our field laboratories,

 

  8   in the chemistry area, a food emergency response

 

  9   network.  The focus for those efforts in terms of

 

 10   methods and instrumentation has been collaborative

 

 11   efforts with other government agencies, and we have

 

 12   ramped from a food safety to a food security

 

 13   program in our chemistry labs so that we can

 

 14   provide this.

 

 15             At some point in the near future I would

 

 16   like to share with the Science Board the investment

 

 17   that we are bringing on-line now with our mobile

 

 18   laboratories that can be deployed anywhere in the

 

 19   country.  We have two that we have designed now,

 

 20   that have been designed under contract with the

 

 21   Department of Defense and will have a biological

 

 22   platform for handling bio agents, and the other

 

                                                               147

 

  1   will have a chem platform for handling chem agents,

 

  2   and they can be deployed anywhere in the country.

 

  3             So, FDA has a hundred years of experience

 

  4   that we are using as a foundation for this work

 

  5   but, as you know, the challenges grow every day.

 

  6             DR. SHINE:  Susan, did you want to make a

 

  7   comment?

 

  8             DR. HARLANDER:  Is this review process for

 

  9   all of the Centers?  Is this something we will look

 

 10   forward to at each meeting?

 

 11             DR. ALDERSON:  It is an ongoing process

 

 12   across the Centers and CBER, CDRH and CFSAN have

 

 13   already undergone their reviews.  So, ORA was next

 

 14   in line and that will be followed CDER.

 

 15             DR. SHINE:  Any other comments or

 

 16   questions?  Observations?  We look forward to a

 

 17   report in the fall and also for working out next

 

 18   steps in terms of the external portion of this

 

 19   review.  Thank you very much.

 

 20                       Open Public Hearing

 

 21             We will now move to an open public

 

 22   hearing.  I have been instructed to read the

 

                                                               148

 

  1   following statement for the record:  Both the Food

 

  2   and Drug Administration and the public believe in a

 

  3   transparent process for information gathering and

 

  4   decision-making.  To ensure such transparency at

 

  5   the open public hearing session of the advisory

 

  6   committee meeting, FDA believes that it is

 

  7   important to understand the context of an

 

  8   individual's presentation.  For this reason, FDA

 

  9   encourages you, the open public hearing speaker, at

 

 10   the beginning of your written or oral statement to

 

 11   advise the committee of any financial relationship

 

 12   that you may have with any company or any group

 

 13   that is likely to be impacted by the topic of this

 

 14   meeting.  For example, the financial information

 

 15   may include a company's or a group's payment of

 

 16   your travel, lodging or other expenses in

 

 17   connection with your attendance at the meeting.

 

 18   Likewise, FDA encourages you at the beginning of

 

 19   your statement to advise the committee if you do

 

 20   not have any such financial relationships.  If you

 

 21   choose not to address this issue of financial

 

 22   relationships at the beginning of your statement,

 

                                                               149

 

  1   it will not preclude you from speaking.

 

  2             We have three individuals who will be

 

  3   making particulars.  We also have received a

 

  4   written document from Robert Rheinhart on behalf of

 

  5   the AIDS Vaccine Advocacy Coalition and the San

 

  6   Francisco AIDS Foundation, speaking to the Critical

 

  7   Path issue that we will be discussing this

 

  8   afternoon.  That statement will be posted on the

 

  9   web site and will be available for public scrutiny.

 

 10   We have two statements that we know about with

 

 11   regard to the obesity working group report and one

 

 12   with regard to the Critical Path.

 

 13             In regard to the obesity working group

 

 14   report, we will ask Richard Atkinson, M.D.,

 

 15   President of the American Obesity Association and

 

 16   Past President of the North American Association

 

 17   for the Study of Obesity and the American Society

 

 18   for Clinical Nutrition, to make a statement.  We

 

 19   want to limit the statements to five minutes.  The

 

 20   committee may have questions and we would

 

 21   appreciate it if the speakers would use the

 

 22   microphone so that we can get their comments on

 

                                                               150

 

  1   record.  Is Dr. Atkinson here?  No?  Well, we have

 

  2   a letter from Dr. Atkinson indicating that he was

 

  3   going to be here.  If there is no objection, I

 

  4   think that letter could be placed in the record as

 

  5   well.

 

  6             The next speaker was Arthur Frank, M.D.,

 

  7   from the George Washington University Weight

 

  8   Management program.  Dr. Frank, why don't you

 

  9   proceed?

 

 10             DR. FRANK:  My name is Arthur Frank.  I am

 

 11   a physician and the Medical Director of the George

 

 12   Washington University Weight Management Program in

 

 13   Washington, D.C.

 

 14             I would like to offer some additional

 

 15   perspective or clinical perspective because I work

 

 16   with patients who are trying to manage the disease

 

 17   of obesity.  It is a very challenging world of

 

 18   individual patients who are struggling with this

 

 19   disease.  I don't want to sound skeptical; I don't

 

 20   want to sound petulant, but perhaps I can offer a

 

 21   perspective from the viewpoint of the individual

 

 22   physician who is dealing with the individual

 

                                                               151

 

  1   patient, two people sitting in a room, talking

 

  2   about obesity.  I want to make some observations; I

 

  3   want to raise some questions.  I don't think I have

 

  4   very many answers and I don't think any of us have

 

  5   very many answers.

 

  6             What is noteworthy about the disease of

 

  7   obesity is obvious to us all, that it is a very

 

  8   difficult disease; it is very difficult to control.

 

  9   Our efforts, for the most part, have been very

 

 10   unsuccessful but I would also like to emphasize the

 

 11   enormous amount of effort that is devoted to this

 

 12   task by patients.  These are individual patients;

 

 13   these are good people.  They work very hard to

 

 14   manage this disease, and they want desperately to

 

 15   succeed; they care very much.  They know much of

 

 16   what they need to do.  They know they have to eat

 

 17   less and they know they have to cut down their

 

 18   calories.  They are not uninformed.  They may be

 

 19   inconsistently informed; they may be informed with

 

 20   bad information but they are not uninformed.  They

 

 21   are not careless; they are not indifferent; and

 

 22   they are not defiant people.

 

                                                               152

 

  1             The therapeutic mandate seems very simple,

 

  2   eat less and exercise more.  This simple and really

 

  3   very valid instruction has been, for the most part,

 

  4   a monumental failure--eat less and exercise more.

 

  5   Patients do know they need to do this.  This

 

  6   information they already have.  They understand it,

 

  7   but it seems extraordinarily difficult for them to

 

  8   implement this simple set of rules, particularly as

 

  9   a lifelong effort.  I think it is fair to ask why

 

 10   is it so difficult to do what seems so simple--all

 

 11   you have to do is just eat less.  Perhaps it is

 

 12   because it assumes that eating is merely a matter

 

 13   of choice when much of what we know about eating

 

 14   suggests that the control of eating behavior is

 

 15   much more involved than just willful behavior.

 

 16   Much of eating is a highly regulated phenomenon

 

 17   with an elaborate set of complex neurochemical and

 

 18   peripheral signaling systems which tenaciously

 

 19   control a survival-dependent biological function.

 

 20   I have to emphasize this is a survival-dependent

 

 21   biological function and it is very hard to control,

 

 22   and the idea that someone is going willfully to

 

                                                               153

 

  1   override and superimpose on that mechanism may, in

 

  2   fact, be a relatively naive kind of assumption.

 

  3             When you talk to patients it does not take

 

  4   long to appreciate the intensity and the sincerity

 

  5   of their effort, but it soon appears that telling

 

  6   an obese patient to eat less is like telling a

 

  7   depressed person to just pull yourself together, or

 

  8   telling an asthmatic just breathe easy.  If I could

 

  9   pull myself together I wouldn't be depressed.  If I

 

 10   could breathe easy I wouldn't have asthma.  And,

 

 11   the obese patient says if I could eat less I

 

 12   wouldn't be obese.

 

 13             It appears to be as difficult to control

 

 14   eating in a sustained way, or may be as difficult

 

 15   to control eating in a sustained way as it is to

 

 16   control sleeping or breathing.  I have had the

 

 17   draft of the obesity working group report, and I

 

 18   looked at the report and many of the

 

 19   recommendations of the working group deal with

 

 20   efforts to change behavior, and I am very

 

 21   respectful of that.  Yes, we must change behavior.

 

 22   We must do this in a sophisticated way.  We must

 

                                                               154

 

  1   simplify that task as much as possible, and we must

 

  2   understand how to do that as effectively as

 

  3   possible.  But from the perspective of a physician

 

  4   who is trying to help the patients, these

 

  5   recommendations create a sense of merely shifting

 

  6   the deck chairs on the deck of the Titanic,

 

  7   particularly with severely overweight patients.

 

  8   Severely overweight patients, they do know they

 

  9   need to eat less.

 

 10             Do we want to spend our resources in a

 

 11   fight over which micronutrients to consume or how

 

 12   to reword the label, or might we be better devoting

 

 13   our resources in trying to understand how we can

 

 14   modify neuropeptide Y?  Some of the recommendations

 

 15   tend to reinforce the sense of blaming the victim.

 

 16   If you could simply control yourself you would be

 

 17   better, and we will try to help you control

 

 18   yourself but you must control yourself, and you and

 

 19   I both know that the problem is more complicated,

 

 20   that eating is a regulated phenomenon.  Yes, it is

 

 21   important that we understand behavior; it is

 

 22   important that we teach our children: it is

 

                                                               155

 

  1   important that we know how to count calories; it is

 

  2   necessary that we change labels and we change

 

  3   diets.  But these will not have any effect on

 

  4   changing the basic dysfunctional regulatory system,

 

  5   which is probably a neurochemical regulatory

 

  6   system.

 

  7             Perhaps obesity is mostly a neurochemical

 

  8   disease and, like diabetes of hyperlipemia, is not

 

  9   primarily a nutritional disease.  Even if we could

 

 10   change eating behavior, we would still have to

 

 11   change neurochemistry.  My suggestion is not that

 

 12   we avoid or neglect changing behavior but that

 

 13   somewhere greater emphasis be placed on the fifth

 

 14   item in the set of recommendations, what is labeled

 

 15   therapeutics, and what I and my patients need is a

 

 16   better understanding of the regulatory system and

 

 17   appreciation of the complexity and the redundancy

 

 18   of the regulatory system, a better understanding of

 

 19   whether it is possible that changes in behavior can

 

 20   affect the regulatory system, perhaps more

 

 21   pharmacotherapy, more sophisticated ways of

 

 22   modifying the regulatory system.

 

                                                               156

 

  1             Perhaps obesity is like diabetes.  Its

 

  2   management does depend upon controlling diet and

 

  3   exercise but its best control derives from

 

  4   understanding and manipulating the hormonal

 

  5   regulation of the biochemistry of blood sugar.  We

 

  6   will not solve the problem merely by telling people

 

  7   that they must change their behavior when they may

 

  8   be at the limit of what they can willfully change.

 

  9   There is just so much that they can willfully

 

 10   change, particularly in a sustainable way.  We

 

 11   might do better if we can understand the regulatory

 

 12   system a little more effectively and if we can

 

 13   develop ways of affecting that system, perhaps

 

 14   through pharmacotherapy, and it might make more

 

 15   successful the mandate that you all have to do is

 

 16   to eat less and exercise more.

 

 17             DR. SHINE:  Thank you, sir.  Anyone want

 

 18   to comment with regard to this statement?

 

 19             DR. CRAWFORD:  Just an aside, I thought

 

 20   when he was talking about the basically

 

 21   dysfunctional regulatory system he was talking

 

 22   about something other than what he was, and I am

 

                                                               157

 

  1   relieved to know it wasn't the FDA!

 

  2             DR. SHINE:  I guess my response is that by

 

  3   no means do I disagree with the notion that there

 

  4   are a group of individuals who have enormous

 

  5   clinical problems and clearly the agency has

 

  6   identified the notion of therapeutics as an

 

  7   important goal, and neurochemistry is an essential

 

  8   portion of that, and that problem is not going to

 

  9   be solved solely by the FDA.  That is going to

 

 10   require a concerted effort by both basic and

 

 11   applied scientists to deal with it.

 

 12             I think the question that we have as an

 

 13   agency concerned with the health of our public is

 

 14   what are the most cost-effective ways in order to

 

 15   create a healthier society and there, sir, I would

 

 16   argue that creating the proper environment, just as

 

 17   we have done to reduce smoking of about half of

 

 18   adults when I was growing up to about a quarter of

 

 19   adults right now so that we don't end up with lung

 

 20   cancer, is at least as important as the efforts to

 

 21   develop neuropharmacologic agents.  The emphasis I

 

 22   think on information, behavior and environment is

 

                                                               158

 

  1   predicated on the concept that we would like to see

 

  2   whether we can't minimize the number of patients

 

  3   that come to you in your practice, but we know

 

  4   damned well you are going to still have plenty of

 

  5   patients in the foreseeable future.

 

  6             We will move next to a statement by

 

  7   Elizabeth Jacobson.  Elizabeth Jacobson, Ph.D. is

 

  8   Executive Vice President for Technology and

 

  9   Regulatory Affairs at AdvaMed in Washington, and

 

 10   she is going to make certain comments on the

 

 11   Critical Path.  We have not discussed that but the

 

 12   committee has read the material and, hopefully, is

 

 13   knowledgeable about this so we look forward to your

 

 14   comments.

 

 15             DR. JACOBSON:  Good morning.  I am hear

 

 16   representing the Advanced Medical Technology

 

 17   Association, or AdvaMed.  AdvaMed is the world's

 

 18   largest association of manufacturers of medical

 

 19   devices, diagnostic products and medical

 

 20   information systems.  We have more than 1,100

 

 21   members who manufacture nearly 90 percent of the

 

 22   devices and diagnostics that are purchased annually

 

                                                               159

 

  1   in the United States, and about 50 percent of the

 

  2   products that are purchased annually around the

 

  3   world.

 

  4             Although we are the largest device trade

 

  5   association, our members range from the largest to

 

  6   the smallest companies.  Nearly 70 percent of our

 

  7   members are small businesses, with fewer than 30

 

  8   million dollars annually in sales.

 

  9             We would like to thank you for the

 

 10   opportunity to comment on FDA's white paper on the

 

 11   Critical Path.  Our bottom line is that we support

 

 12   FDA's efforts to identify and address issues that

 

 13   prevent innovative products from reaching patients

 

 14   and we have four general points that we would like

 

 15   to make about the paper that you are all going to

 

 16   be talking about this afternoon.

 

 17             First, the paper's underlying assumption

 

 18   about device innovation is not really supported by

 

 19   the data on device submissions.  The paper states

 

 20   in several places that its findings of stagnation

 

 21   apply to drugs, biological products and medical

 

 22   devices.  But the illustration that there is

 

                                                               160

 

  1   stagnation in the industry is really based on

 

  2   metrics for devices and biologics over the past ten

 

  3   years and, in fact, there is a graph that shows

 

  4   that there has been a steady ten-year decline in

 

  5   submissions for these products.  But FDA's own

 

  6   statistics don't demonstrate a similar decline in

 

  7   the number of medical device submissions over the

 

  8   same time period and, in fact, there has been a

 

  9   statistically significant increase in both PMA and

 

 10   IDE submissions over the past ten years, although

 

 11   for devices the numbers do bounce around more than

 

 12   they do for drugs and biologics.

 

 13             We think this is important because in any

 

 14   effort to identify opportunities to move products

 

 15   along in their development it is really critical to

 

 16   understand the key differences between the

 

 17   industries.  These differences may be important in

 

 18   identifying solution strategies.  Moreover, it may

 

 19   be that some device-specific regulatory approaches

 

 20   could be useful in addressing concerns about the

 

 21   developmental process for pharmaceuticals, and the

 

 22   agency and the pharmaceutical industry may, in

 

                                                               161

 

  1   fact, want to look at that.

 

  2             Most important to the device industry are

 

  3   the areas where improvements could further

 

  4   facilitate the movement, obviously, of innovative

 

  5   devices to the patient's bedside, and we are

 

  6   interested in identifying and addressing these

 

  7   areas with the agency and other players, and we are

 

  8   looking forward to the discussion this afternoon,

 

  9   especially to hear more about the proposed Critical

 

 10   Path opportunities list.

 

 11             Our second point is that the unique

 

 12   characteristics of device innovation are really key

 

 13   to understanding Critical Path opportunities for

 

 14   devices, and I would like to go into those a little

 

 15   bit.  Device development has been characterized as

 

 16   a continuous iterative process.  It is

 

 17   characterized by constant product changes made in

 

 18   response to user needs and preferences, and it

 

 19   really distinguishes device innovation from

 

 20   pharmaceutical development.

 

 21             There is also a learning curve associated

 

 22   with practitioner use of device technologies that

 

                                                               162

 

  1   may be longer than that with drugs.  Importantly,

 

  2   innovations in devices are not restricted to the

 

  3   premarket phase of their development.  Instead,

 

  4   actual use of devices by practitioners in the

 

  5   clinical setting typically spurs additional

 

  6   refinements and improvements.  So, the clinical use

 

  7   of new devices stimulates feedback from medical

 

  8   practitioners, device redesign use, more feedback

 

  9   and, in fact, also leads to ides for breakthrough

 

 10   technologies as well.

 

 11             In addition, medical device refinements

 

 12   often result from advances in other industries, in

 

 13   material sciences and bioengineering, molecular

 

 14   biology and information system, just to mention

 

 15   some.  A lot of technologies are adaptations from

 

 16   other fields and many were developed through the

 

 17   interdisciplinary work of clinicians, physicists,

 

 18   biologists, engineers, computer scientists and

 

 19   others.  So, this interdisciplinary character also

 

 20   contributes to the evolutionary nature of device

 

 21   development and it lends a degree of

 

 22   unpredictability to the process.

 

                                                               163

 

  1             Our third point is that the principles of

 

  2   device regulation to date have been based on these

 

  3   unique characteristics of devices and device

 

  4   innovation.  Congress recognized the broad

 

  5   diversity of devices and realized that the

 

  6   one-size-fits-all of drug regulation probably

 

  7   wouldn't work for devices.  Accordingly, in 1976,

 

  8   Congress based the device regulatory scheme on the

 

  9   degree of risk, with the lowest risk devices

 

 10   subject to only basic requirements and the highest

 

 11   risk devices subject to more extensive premarket

 

 12   review.

 

 13             More recently, in '97, the Food and Drug

 

 14   Modernization Act codified certain medical device

 

 15   policies that enabled more streamlined review of

 

 16   devices, things like exemption for the many of the

 

 17   lowest products, early collaboration meetings,

 

 18   collaborative review processes and other

 

 19   provisions.

 

 20             Perhaps most relevant to a discussion of

 

 21   Critical Path FDMA also contained a least

 

 22   burdensome provision that required FDA to identify

 

                                                               164

 

  1   and utilize the most expedient means to market for

 

  2   novel technologies that would still assure device

 

  3   safety and effectiveness and FDA has found a lot of

 

  4   opportunities to apply least burdensome methods to

 

  5   device review, and I am sure you will hear some of

 

  6   them from the device speakers this afternoon,

 

  7   including the use of Bayesian statistics to reduce

 

  8   the number of subjects required in clinical

 

  9   studies; reliance on valid non-U.S. data in lieu of

 

 10   clinical data from U.S. populations; use of

 

 11   previously submitted information; data from

 

 12   published literature; and the use of objective

 

 13   performance criteria.

 

 14             Among the reasons for this congressional

 

 15   focus on risk-based regulation was recognition that

 

 16   the device industry differs in significant ways

 

 17   from that of the pharmaceutical industry.  The vast

 

 18   majority of device companies is small.  The life

 

 19   cycle of the average device is about 18 months,

 

 20   after which the device is replaced by newer

 

 21   technology.  Devices typically do not benefit from

 

 22   extended patent protection, and medical devices

 

                                                               165

 

  1   encompass a huge range of products, from bandages

 

  2   and wheelchairs to in vitro diagnostic products, to

 

  3   implanted defibrillators and artificial joints and

 

  4   drug-coated stents.

 

  5             For these reasons, there was a need for a

 

  6   regulatory system that could be flexible as well as

 

  7   efficient, and since '76 FDA has looked for ways to

 

  8   improve its pre- and postmarket handling of medical

 

  9   devices.  Most recently, it converted its GMP

 

 10   regulation, good manufacturing practices, to a

 

 11   quality system approach that was closely harmonized

 

 12   to the internationally accepted ISO quality systems

 

 13   standard, and it required the industry to apply

 

 14   risk management principles to medical device

 

 15   design.

 

 16             Our final point is that there is always

 

 17   room for improvement in any endeavor, including the

 

 18   regulation of medical devices.  FDA's white paper

 

 19   proposes that FDA, industry and academia work

 

 20   together to ensure that products move along the

 

 21   Critical Path of development and it proposes that

 

 22   the development of a Critical Path opportunities

 

                                                               166

 

  1   list.

 

  2             We certainly support the desired endpoint

 

  3   here and we see the potential for improvement in

 

  4   processes issues and in science issues.  For

 

  5   example, we think the science used in device review

 

  6   could benefit from a critical look at what are the

 

  7   scientific expectations for new and novel

 

  8   technologies, and how can we feed those into an

 

  9   appropriate clinical trial design.  So, we have had

 

 10   some early thoughts on potential candidates for

 

 11   this critical opportunities list but before

 

 12   proceeding any further to refine our list we really

 

 13   want to hear some more specifics in today's

 

 14   discussion about how is the agency thinking about

 

 15   this and how does it intend to proceed with this

 

 16   effort.  So, we are very much looking forward to

 

 17   this afternoon.  Thank you very much.

 

 18             DR. SHINE:  Thank you very much for your

 

 19   comments.  I know, Janet, you are going to be

 

 20   talking about the Critical Path this afternoon.  Do

 

 21   you want to make any observations about this

 

 22   question whether devices are following the same

 

                                                               167

 

  1   track as biologics and drugs?

 

  2             DR. WOODCOCK:  I put a slide in the

 

  3   presentation on the PMA submissions so that will be

 

  4   available and we can discuss that.  I think we did

 

  5   acknowledge in the report, although because we had

 

  6   so many things to talk about it was brief, that

 

  7   devices, as Liz just said, have a more iterative

 

  8   development process and you are going back and

 

  9   forth from the clinic with many improvements and

 

 10   engineering technology allows that to happen versus

 

 11   drug development technology.

 

 12             So, it is different and we believe that we

 

 13   need to develop somewhat different approaches, and

 

 14   I think we all agree with that.

 

 15             DR. SHINE:  Thank you.  Any other public

 

 16   testimony?  I have a special admiration for the

 

 17   device industry.  As a young cardiologist I took

 

 18   care of a patient who had aortic insufficiency and

 

 19   had a bird-cage valve put in, a so-called Hoofnagel

 

 20   valve.  Probably no one in the room here has ever

 

 21   seen one.  It was a valve that was placed in the

 

 22   aorta, just behind the trachea, and it made a

 

                                                               168

 

  1   clicking sound every time it opened and closed.  If

 

  2   the patient opened his or her mouth--they were

 

  3   mostly males--you could hear it clicking across the

 

  4   room.  As long as the patient was in sinus rhythm,

 

  5   a regular rhythm, the patients could tolerate it.

 

  6   This young man developed atrial fibrillation and

 

  7   the randomly irregular sound drove him to suicide.

 

  8   He was not the only case.  But the incremental

 

  9   improvement in heart valves and technique which

 

 10   eventually allowed one to put in heart valves which

 

 11   are essentially completely silent so even the

 

 12   patient can't hear them is one of the examples of

 

 13   devices which came a long way.  So, I have a

 

 14   special respect for incremental changes in devices,

 

 15   and we will talk more about that this afternoon.

 

 16             Are there any other items?  Janet, could

 

 17   we start at one o'clock?  Would that work for you?

 

 18   We do have some speakers who aren't here yet and I

 

 19   am afraid if we start much before that they may not

 

 20   be here.  But we will reconvene at 1:00.  Do any

 

 21   members of the committee have any other comments

 

 22   they want to make before we adjourn for lunch?  If

 

                                                               169

 

  1   not, why don't we recess and we will reconvene at

 

  2   one o'clock?

 

  3             [Whereupon, at 11:30 a.m., the proceedings

 

  4   were recessed for lunch, to reconvene at 1:00 p.m.]

 

                                                               170

 

  1             A F T E R N O O N  P R O C E E D I N G S

 

  2             DR. SHINE:  In open session one of our

 

  3   presenters lost so much weight that he became

 

  4   invisible!  He has now reappeared in proper form

 

  5   and we want to give him an opportunity to make a

 

  6   statement.  So, if we can reconvene, at 12:55 we

 

  7   will go ahead and we will be in open session.  I

 

  8   have given Dr. Atkinson a copy of the instructions

 

  9   which I read so that for the record he has heard

 

 10   that.  Richard Atkinson is the Director of the

 

 11   Obesity Institute at MedStar Research Institute in

 

 12   Washington, and he is going to take about five

 

 13   minutes to make a presentation as part of our

 

 14   discussion on obesity.

 

 15             DR. ATKINSON:  Thank you very much, Dr.

 

 16   Shine.  Sorry, I had another appointment and was

 

 17   confused about the time I was supposed to be here.

 

 18             First the financial disclosure, I have

 

 19   consulted at least for pretty much every company

 

 20   that makes an obesity drug and a whole bunch of

 

 21   them that don't and would like to, so I am

 

 22   completely conflicted and take everything I say

 

                                                               171

 

  1   with a grain of salt.  So, that is my conflict of

 

  2   interest--

 

  3             DR. SHINE:  No, no, not with a grain of

 

  4   salt--

 

  5             [Laughter]

 

  6             DR. ATKINSON:  I am currently the

 

  7   President of the American Obesity Association, and

 

  8   Past President of the North American Association

 

  9   for the Study of Obesity and the American Society

 

 10   of Clinical Nutrition, but I am not really here

 

 11   today to represent them; I am here as a physician

 

 12   who has treated obese people for more than 30

 

 13   years.  I started my first weight reduction program

 

 14   in 1973.

 

 15             I am a little bit concerned about the

 

 16   direction that I see the federal government, or at

 

 17   least the emphasis that I see the federal

 

 18   government is taking, and I want to just point out

 

 19   some things, and I will try to be brief because I

 

 20   understand Dr. Frank also said the same thing this

 

 21   morning.  But just to talk about obesity as a

 

 22   chronic disease, multiple causes and obviously all

 

                                                               172

 

  1   of them have excess adipose tissue, but the

 

  2   critical point I think is that the biochemistry of

 

  3   the body of obese people is different from that of

 

  4   lean people.  If an obese person loses weight down

 

  5   to that of a lean person their biochemistry is

 

  6   still not that of a lean person.  They are poised

 

  7   to regain weight and they have terrible hunger.  If

 

  8   you have not tried going on about a third of your

 

  9   calories for about two weeks and see if you can do

 

 10   that for the rest of your life, and that is,

 

 11   indeed, what obese people do, they have those

 

 12   protective mechanisms.

 

 13             That is why I think the standard treatment

 

 14   of diet, exercise and behavior modification has not

 

 15   worked.  We have decades of research to show that

 

 16   it really does not work well.  That is not to say

 

 17   that all the things that are coming out are not

 

 18   really important.  We do need to look at what are

 

 19   kids are eating and get at least milk into the

 

 20   vending machines.  We need to increase the

 

 21   activity, and so forth.  So, all those things are

 

 22   very important but terribly important for skinny

 

                                                               173

 

  1   people too; it is not just for fat people and it is

 

  2   not enough.

 

  3             I will point out that the treatment of

 

  4   choice for new onset type 2 diabetes and new onset

 

  5   of essential hypertension in the absence of any

 

  6   obvious renal disease is diet and exercise and both

 

  7   of those work very well.  In 80 percent-plus people

 

  8   the blood pressure comes down; their blood sugar

 

  9   comes down.  Why aren't the first words out of the

 

 10   mouth of the physician, okay, I am going to put you

 

 11   on a diet for a year and then we will see if we can

 

 12   use drugs?

 

 13              So, I realize that the drugs that we have

 

 14   for obesity now are not terribly effective but we

 

 15   have not been very creative in using those drugs in

 

 16   different ways, and we have also not, I think,

 

 17   spent the kind of money that needs to be spent from

 

 18   the period from 1973 to 1994 so there were no

 

 19   obesity drugs released on the market.

 

 20             So, I come here to point that out.  I

 

 21   think it is great to do these behavior things.

 

 22   These preventive measures are very important, but I

 

                                                               174

 

  1   would hate to see such huge amounts of money go to

 

  2   those and not to developing drugs to treat the

 

  3   disease of obesity.  I think I will stop there.

 

  4   Thank you very much.

 

  5             DR. SHINE:  Thank you very much for your

 

  6   comments.  Does anyone want to make any comment

 

  7   with regard to the presentation?  I think, as with

 

  8   Dr. Frank, none of us denies the critical

 

  9   importance of dealing with those people who are

 

 10   particularly morbidly obese and drug development

 

 11   and we hope that is going to happen as a

 

 12   consequence of concerted efforts, not only by FDA

 

 13   in terms of what its role is, but the NIH which has

 

 14   increasingly identified obesity as a public health

 

 15   target.  I think we agree that a balanced approach

 

 16   to this is likely to be required.  Thank you, Dr.

 

 17   Atkinson.

 

 18             Let's move back to our agenda.  We are

 

 19   going to be taken down the Critical Path by our

 

 20   next speaker.  Janet Woodcock I think is known to

 

 21   many of you.  She is the Acting Deputy Commissioner

 

 22   for Operations here, at the FDA, and we are looking

 

                                                               175

 

  1   forward to hearing from her about the concept of

 

  2   the Critical Path.  While they are tuning up, we

 

  3   are going to welcome Gail Cassell who is going to

 

  4   speak to us but who is also a member of this

 

  5   committee, and we acknowledge that she is now

 

  6   present.

 

  7                  Introduction to Critical Path

 

  8             DR. WOODCOCK:  Thank you.  Good afternoon.

 

  9             [Slide]

 

 10             I am going to set up this afternoon's

 

 11   presentations on the FDA's Critical Path initiative

 

 12   and I would like to say up front that we are just

 

 13   starting this initiative so one of the

 

 14   purposes--you have probably heard the questions we

 

 15   have for the Science Board--is to get some input.

 

 16   This is a very complicated subject and this is

 

 17   really the first time it has been framed in this

 

 18   manner, to our knowledge, by any agency or

 

 19   organization.

 

 20             As we have been rolling this out and

 

 21   discussing with various groups, it has become clear

 

 22   that people have different parts of the elephant. 

 

                                                               176

 

  1   This is a very complex issue and there are many

 

  2   different disciplines involved, many different

 

  3   perspectives.  So, what we have set up this

 

  4   afternoon is to hear from a variety of different

 

  5   perspectives, the basic science perspective, the

 

  6   clinical perspective, the whole range of

 

  7   development perspectives.  So, we don't expect a

 

  8   definitive answer today from the Board.  We would

 

  9   like some provocative questions and help in moving

 

 10   this initiative along, but we are just in the

 

 11   beginning stages.  So, let me just get started, and

 

 12   I am going to leave some time after my presentation

 

 13   for questions from the Board.

 

 14             [Slide]

 

 15             The real challenge, if you get down to the

 

 16   basics, and you have been talking about this, this

 

 17   morning to some extent, is that there are multiple

 

 18   serious diseases that afflict our population and

 

 19   really need better treatments.  Everything from

 

 20   autism to obesity that has been discussed today,

 

 21   multiple sclerosis--just a huge number of diseases

 

 22   that people are suffering from, schizophrenia,

 

                                                               177

 

  1   stroke, and so on--increasing incidence of chronic

 

  2   disease.

 

  3             [Slide]

 

  4             Prevention is seems to be even more of a

 

  5   challenge.  Obviously, there is a greater

 

  6   opportunity in prevention but primary prevention

 

  7   still eludes us in many areas and early detection

 

  8   and intervention, thus prevention of progression,

 

  9   is also something that raises huge challenges for

 

 10   us.

 

 11             [Slide]

 

 12             From the perspective of society--and FDA

 

 13   doesn't have the total role but for society there

 

 14   is really an urgency of need for timely development

 

 15   of new technologies driven by the aging of our

 

 16   population, mounting burden of illnesses being

 

 17   experienced and the benefits of prevention versus

 

 18   secondary intervention that we are all going to

 

 19   have to be coping with, say, with the obesity

 

 20   epidemic that was discussed this morning.

 

 21             But, at the same time, society requires a

 

 22   high degree of certainty related to performance of

 

                                                               178

 

  1   these medical technologies.  In other words, people

 

  2   want to have things that work.  They want

 

  3   interventions that do prevent obesity or treat

 

  4   obesity.  They want certainty about safety.  Maybe

 

  5   these interventions, these technologies are not

 

  6   going to be 100 percent safe but we want to know

 

  7   what their safety profile is like before we turn

 

  8   them loose on the population.  Also, society is

 

  9   facing tremendous challenges, as you all know, with

 

 10   providing access to technologies that are

 

 11   available, and then affordability of those

 

 12   technologies that are going to be developed.  This

 

 13   is kind of the framework under which we are looking

 

 14   at the product development process.

 

 15             [Slide]

 

 16             There is tremendous optimism though that

 

 17   we will surmount these challenges.  We have

 

 18   sequenced human genome and other animal genomes.

 

 19   We have new genomic and proteomic technologies to

 

 20   really probe body systems at the cellular and

 

 21   subcellular level.  With have systems biology to

 

 22   look at the system, the organ system or cellular

 

                                                               179

 

  1   system.  There are advances in medical imaging that

 

  2   are just stunning.  And, we have some presentations

 

  3   recently internally at the FDA about how this

 

  4   imaging technology can be used in development.

 

  5   Nanotechnology in many of our areas has tremendous

 

  6   promise for delivery of devices, drugs, and so

 

  7   forth; tissue engineering; and then the advances in

 

  8   drug discovery, way on the left side of the

 

  9   pipeline, that have really increased the number of

 

 10   drug candidates that are available and out there

 

 11   for evaluation.

 

 12             [Slide]

 

 13             So, there has been a tremendous amount of

 

 14   optimism.  Fueling this have been ten-year

 

 15   investment trends and biomedical research.  The NIH

 

 16   funding has been doubled over the past five years.

 

 17   Pharmaceutical R&D investment is following the same

 

 18   trajectory as far as rate of rise, and there have

 

 19   been major investments in biotechnology of all

 

 20   kinds which are not as easily trackable but they

 

 21   have been significant.

 

 22             [Slide]

 

                                                               180

 

  1             This shows ten-year trends in biomedical

 

  2   research spending, reflected by just U.S.

 

  3   pharmaceutical R&D spending and total NIH budget

 

  4   spending increases.  You can see these basically

 

  5   parallel one another.

 

  6             [Slide]

 

  7             As a result of all this new knowledge, new

 

  8   basic science breakthroughs, as well as the R&D

 

  9   investment there has been expected a matching

 

 10   acceleration of product development and really a

 

 11   flood of new products coming through the pipeline

 

 12   that we hope to see.

 

 13             [Slide]

 

 14             These are the trends for major drug and

 

 15   biologic product submissions to FDA over the

 

 16   matching ten years.  The numbers do bounce around,

 

 17   and so forth, but we see the reverse of the trend

 

 18   that we are seeing in the investment side.

 

 19             [Slide]

 

 20             To get to Liz Jacobson's point that was

 

 21   made this morning, here is the trend for device

 

 22   premarket applications.  The PMAs are the most

 

                                                               181

 

  1   complicated devices that require special

 

  2   submissions with special data, and so forth.  This,

 

  3   was alluded to, is an upward trend but I wouldn't

 

  4   say this is an explosion of new technology either.

 

  5             As we said, devices are different.  Even

 

  6   these PMAs may represent incremental changes to

 

  7   existing products, and so forth.  But we don't have

 

  8   as good a handle, I think, on the device world and

 

  9   it is clear that devices are more innovative right

 

 10   now.  There is more innovation actually coming out

 

 11   of the pipeline than there is for pharmaceuticals.

 

 12   And we agree with that.

 

 13             [Slide.]

 

 14             Now, in addition to this picture that I

 

 15   have just showed you, medical-product development

 

 16   costs are escalating very rapidly.  The cost of

 

 17   bringing a successful drug to market is estimated

 

 18   between $0.8 billion and $1.7 billion per single

 

 19   successful drug marketed.  This loads on the costs

 

 20   of all the failures that we discuss in the report.

 

 21   There are a lot of candidates that are taken into

 

 22   clinical development and, perhaps, $500 million may

 

        at                                                                 182

 

  1   be spent and then they fail late in development.

 

  2   This total cost to get a single successful product

 

  3   loads in those failure costs.

 

  4             These cost estimates are controversial.

 

  5   Nevertheless, I think there is uniform agreement

 

  6   that it is very expensive.  It is very expensive

 

  7   and it is getting much more expensive.  This gets

 

  8   back to the issue of availability, access and

 

  9   affordability which is one of the societal

 

 10   challenges as we develop new technologies for all

 

 11   the diseases that our population is suffering.

 

 12             In addition to this escalating costs, we

 

 13   do see a higher failure rate in the pharmaceutical

 

 14   world than traditionally, say, than a decade and a

 

 15   half ago when more compounds that got into early

 

 16   clinical trials made it successfully through the

 

 17   development process.

 

 18             It is hypothesized, at least, that this is

 

 19   related to the fact that more difficult diseases,

 

 20   in general, are being treated.  Easier diseases

 

 21   such as certain infectious disease, certain acute

 

 22   diseases, and so forth, are actually easier to

 

        at                                                                 183

 

  1   address than some of the chronic diseases, or

 

  2   diseases such as schizophrenia, or whatever, where

 

  3   we don't really understand the underlying etiology.

 

  4             [Slide.]

 

  5             So what is the diagnosis of this problem?

 

  6   If we agree there seems to be a problem, what is

 

  7   the diagnosis?  Basically, the central thesis of

 

  8   our report, the stagnation report that we have put

 

  9   out, is that we think investment and progress in

 

 10   the basic biomedical science has surpassed the

 

 11   investment and progress in the medical-product

 

 12   development process.

 

 13             So, at the left side of the pipeline,

 

 14   there is this tremendous explosion of basic

 

 15   scientific knowledge.  But I am going to walk you

 

 16   through, now, how we feel it hasn't been applied to

 

 17   actually the process of getting these products

 

 18   developed.

 

 19             This process, which is called the

 

 20   development process, is on the critical path to

 

 21   getting these products to the patients.  We think

 

 22   it is becoming a serious bottleneck to delivery of

 

        at                                                                 184

 

  1   new products as the basic science enables more

 

  2   discovery and more candidates to be identified. We

 

  3   are using both the evaluation tools and the

 

  4   infrastructure of the last century to develop this

 

  5   century's advances.  I think, from the FDA, we

 

  6   think there is no doubt about this although it is

 

  7   spotty and we certainly have advances in certain

 

  8   areas.  Let me go through this a little bit more.

 

  9             [Slide.]

 

 10             Our prescription for this diagnosis, which

 

 11   is the central part of this report, is that we

 

 12   believe the society, we collectively, should

 

 13   utilize the new scientific knowledge not only to

 

 14   discover products but to improve the development

 

 15   process and make it more effective.

 

 16             We need to develop robust applied research

 

 17   programs into these critical-path science areas to

 

 18   lead to generalized knowledge that all developers

 

 19   can pick up and use as they are trying to bring a

 

 20   product through the path.  We need to strengthen

 

 21   the academic bases for these critical-path

 

 22   disciplines--and I will discuss this more in a

 

        at                                                                 185

 

  1   minute--and we need to intensify FDA involvement in

 

  2   critical-path research and standards development to

 

  3   make this happen because we feel the kind of

 

  4   knowledge is central to helping us move along.

 

  5             [Slide.]

 

  6             Now, what do I mean by the critical path

 

  7   for medical-product development.  This schematic

 

  8   shows a very generalized product-development path

 

  9   that kind of includes devices and drugs and so

 

 10   forth, so it is overly generalized.  But,

 

 11   basically, you start with basic research

 

 12   information and move into, for drugs, what is

 

 13   called the discovery phase, finding candidates and

 

 14   targets.

 

 15             For devices, you are designing prototypes.

 

 16   You move into a phase called preclinical

 

 17   development where you take your selected candidate

 

 18   or candidates and you work them up and you try to

 

 19   select the most promising ones.  If you have a

 

 20   promising candidate, at some point, you can move

 

 21   into the clinic and there you are going to really

 

 22   be spending big bucks and you are going to start

 

        at                                                                 186

 

  1   doing progressive clinical testing, evaluating the

 

  2   product and seeing whether or not it has those

 

  3   characteristics of performance, the effectiveness,

 

  4   the safety that you are looking for.

 

  5             We put the critical path starting

 

  6   somewhere in the middle of that prototype, design

 

  7   or discovery phase and moving all the way through

 

  8   to getting the product onto the market.

 

  9             [Slide.]

 

 10             There are really three dimensions that we

 

 11   have identified from the basis of our knowledge in

 

 12   overseeing tens of thousands of these development

 

 13   programs.  First of all, you have to assess safety

 

 14   progressively, as you move down the path.  When it

 

 15   is a twinkle in the eye, an idea in the laboratory,

 

 16   it is not that critical.  But, very quickly, you

 

 17   have to start thinking about, is this intervention

 

 18   going to be safe and how do we evaluate the safety

 

 19   of this, first predictively and then

 

 20   confirmatively.

 

 21             Second of all, you want to show, as we

 

 22   said earlier, the product works.  The whole reason

 

        at                                                                 187

 

  1   people are going to pay for this, give you money,

 

  2   is that it would be effective and would treat their

 

  3   condition.  From the very earliest phases,

 

  4   developers are evaluating the candidates and trying

 

  5   to predict are they going to work.  This is very

 

  6   difficult to select those candidates or prototypes

 

  7   that actually will be effective.

 

  8             The third dimension, which is really

 

  9   ignored by a lot of folks in the science community

 

 10   because they don't have to deal with it, is the

 

 11   industrialization aspect.  You may have the

 

 12   greatest idea in the world and, if you can't

 

 13   mass-produce it, you are not going to have a

 

 14   product at the end of the day that you can market.

 

 15             So, from the very earliest stages, you

 

 16   have to be tailoring that product and scaling it up

 

 17   and designing it in a way that it can be reliably

 

 18   manufactured.  That is an area where FDA puts a

 

 19   great deal of emphasis because we see, at the end

 

 20   of the day, a lot of failures of products that

 

 21   cannot be reliably manufactured.

 

 22             [Slide.]

 

        at                                                                 188

 

  1             Now, the complexity of this and the

 

  2   problem of explaining this and the reason you are

 

  3   going to hear a lot of different perspectives this

 

  4   afternoon is this critical path is extremely

 

  5   complicated for any given product line, shall we

 

  6   say.  These three dimensions each have whole

 

  7   departments, huge departments, in companies devoted

 

  8   to them and there are actually whole industries

 

  9   that work in little areas here such as

 

 10   contract-toxicology or clinical-research

 

 11   organizations, or all sorts of things,

 

 12   contract-manufacturing organizations and so on,

 

 13   that function throughout these dimensions of the

 

 14   critical path.

 

 15             But, basically, you are working very early

 

 16   during the prototype design or discovery.  You are

 

 17   trying to predict safety and you have a variety of

 

 18   ways that you try to do that.  You try to select

 

 19   materials that have already been known to be safe.

 

 20   You try to look at structure-activity relationship,

 

 21   say, on a computer or other ways that you can

 

 22   predict safety.  Medical utility; back in the

 

        at                                                                 189

 

  1   prototype design or discovery area, you are really

 

  2   looking at test-tube models, in vitro models, to

 

  3   see if the compound, if it is a drug, intervenes on

 

  4   a pathway of interest and what the in vitro

 

  5   findings are.

 

  6             You might do consumption modeling for a

 

  7   device.  At the same phase, you are working with

 

  8   that physical design of the product.  Then you move

 

  9   later into animal testing.  You are trying to do

 

 10   the same thing.  Finally, you move into human

 

 11   testing.  So there will be a great deal of

 

 12   discussion from different perspectives this

 

 13   afternoon from all our presenters.  Many of them

 

 14   will just focus on one area on this critical path

 

 15   in one of these three dimensions.

 

 16             [Slide.]

 

 17             Why do I say that the science base hasn't

 

 18   been robust enough and that is our diagnosis.

 

 19   Well, the science necessary to evaluate and predict

 

 20   safety and effectiveness and to enable

 

 21   manufacturing is actually from the science that

 

 22   generates the new ideas.  It is a different kind. 

 

        at                                                                 190

 

  1   It is more applied science.

 

  2             In general, NIH and academia do not focus

 

  3   their research in this area.  It has been primarily

 

  4   done in the private sector.  Critical-path research

 

  5   is complementary to basic and translational

 

  6   research but it results in the creation of new

 

  7   tools for product development, and usually

 

  8   generalized tools, not very specific tools.  Let me

 

  9   talk about this a little bit more.

 

 10             The basic research feeds into all these

 

 11   types of research, obviously, because basic science

 

 12   research is foundational.  Translational research,

 

 13   which NIH is now focusing more on its road-map

 

 14   initiative is typically involved in a specific

 

 15   product or type of products and moving those along

 

 16   from discovery into the early clinical development.

 

 17   If you read the literature, there are lots of

 

 18   definitions of translational research but that is

 

 19   sort of the most consensus definition.

 

 20             Critical-path research, we feel, underlies

 

 21   many of these later phases but is a fundamentally

 

 22   different kind of enterprise.  So I am going to

 

        at                                                                 191

 

  1   talk a little bit about what kind of tools might be

 

  2   developed by using critical-path research to give

 

  3   you a better idea.

 

  4             [Slide.]

 

  5             We call these, in general, evaluative

 

  6   tools because what the developer is trying to do is

 

  7   figure out whether or not this product is going to

 

  8   work and whether it will be safe.  In the early

 

  9   stages, the developers used scientific tools to

 

 10   select candidates that they predict will have a

 

 11   high probability of safety and effectiveness.  This

 

 12   is because the failure rate is such a big problem.

 

 13             If you develop your product all the way

 

 14   into the clinic and then find out it doesn't work,

 

 15   you are burdening the system with a tremendous

 

 16   number of failed products and you are driving up

 

 17   the costs.  Typically, developers use laboratory

 

 18   tests, consumption models and animal studies to

 

 19   make these predictions of safety and effectiveness.

 

 20             [Slide.]

 

 21             In the later stages of development, human

 

 22   testing is used to confirm these predictions.  But

 

        at                                                                 192

 

  1   the very early human safety-and-efficacy testing

 

  2   isn't extensive enough to do that, Phase I, Phase

 

  3   II.  So their preliminary estimates are made, "We

 

  4   hope this product is going to work," based on

 

  5   biomarkers, various markers that can be used to

 

  6   look at human response.

 

  7             Then, if you get into a Phase III trial or

 

  8   a confirmatory trial, then you would finally be

 

  9   sure that your predictions were correct.  So these

 

 10   are the general types of tools we are talking

 

 11   about.

 

 12             [Slide.]

 

 13             To get into specific examples, what would

 

 14   be a predictive safety tool.  This is something we

 

 15   don't have right now.  What if you could use a

 

 16   genomic-expression system of maybe liver cells to

 

 17   evaluate a compound's impact on liver-cell

 

 18   function.  This would help a lot, say, in looking

 

 19   at hepatotoxicity.

 

 20             Right now, over the last decade, we have

 

 21   developed liver-cell assays that actually can tell

 

 22   how the liver metabolizes drug compounds and

 

        at                                                                 193

 

  1   predicts hepatic metabolism.  This has been

 

  2   extremely helpful in screening out candidates that

 

  3   have unfavorable metabolic profiles, drug-drug

 

  4   interactions, and so forth.  But right now we don't

 

  5   have a way to screen, say, on a genomic basis, for

 

  6   potential liver toxicology.

 

  7             This is an example of an evaluative tool

 

  8   that everyone could use.  You could use it for

 

  9   device constituents, biomaterials.  You could use

 

 10   it for drugs and biologics and help weed out

 

 11   compounds that, much later, would be found to be an

 

 12   hepatotoxin.

 

 13             [Slide.]

 

 14             What about another predictive safety tool.

 

 15   CBER has been trying to develop some of this,

 

 16   reference standards and test systems for

 

 17   gene-therapy vector potency.  It is obviously

 

 18   extremely important for gene-therapy vectors as a

 

 19   safety issue that you have a very good handle on

 

 20   the potency of those vectors.  That is a

 

 21   standardized safety tool that is needed, so you can

 

 22   compare your lots of your vector in a standard

 

        at                                                                 194

 

  1   assay to make sure you are hitting the right

 

  2   target.

 

  3             [Slide.]

 

  4             What about predictive efficacy tools.  One

 

  5   of the problems with devices is they are

 

  6   continuously being modified and those modifications

 

  7   can stack up behind human testing because the

 

  8   engineers can work a whole lot faster than the

 

  9   doctors.  If we had better computer models that

 

 10   could model and predict the outcomes of these

 

 11   device modifications, that tool could be used very

 

 12   extensively to accept certain levels of changes in

 

 13   devices without going to human testing.  Actually,

 

 14   our device reviewers feel that these tools could be

 

 15   developed.  They think this is possible.

 

 16             [Slide.]

 

 17             Another predictive efficacy tool would be

 

 18   a quantitative biomarker that could be used both in

 

 19   animal and early human trials to indicate the

 

 20   effect of the drug, give us that good predictive

 

 21   test early and guide dose and regimen decisions, so

 

 22   you are not floundering around in the dark until

 

        at                                                                 195

 

  1   you get up into the efficacy trials.

 

  2             We have had very few new biomarkers being

 

  3   emerging in the last decade.  It is one of the

 

  4   problems with the science base.

 

  5             [Slide.]

 

  6             Another kind of safety tool, and you might

 

  7   not think of this as a safety tool, but we need

 

  8   standardized, acceptable trial designs to assess

 

  9   specific safety risks, a  consensus view on, okay,

 

 10   if you do this trial design and you run your

 

 11   compound through it, you do this trial design and

 

 12   you run your compound through it, you have

 

 13   addressed this question, this uncertainty, to the

 

 14   degree that you need to; for example,

 

 15   hepatotoxicity, electrocardiographic changes that

 

 16   may cause cardiac arrhythmias, and so forth.

 

 17             We don't have enough of these standardized

 

 18   trial designs out there.  So each developer is

 

 19   forced to work with the FDA and try and figure out

 

 20   how this question will be addressed each time and

 

 21   how much residual uncertainty would be acceptable.

 

 22   So this is a different kind of tool.

 

        at                                                                 196

 

  1             [Slide.]

 

  2             I think Rob Califf will be talking about

 

  3   this this afternoon, but another confirmatory tool

 

  4   would be an available clinical-trial network that

 

  5   you could run your compound through to rapidly and

 

  6   efficiently answer specific safety queries using a

 

  7   large simple-trial format; in other words, a

 

  8   network in which compounds could be plugged into to

 

  9   answer these questions.

 

 10             Right now, again, the clinical-trial

 

 11   infrastructure in the United States, the developers

 

 12   are having to--each time, they have to create the

 

 13   infrastructure in the trial network to answer these

 

 14   questions.  It is very laborious.  It is very

 

 15   time-consuming, adds years, often, to a development

 

 16   program.

 

 17             [Slide.]

 

 18             A confirmatory efficacy tool that everyone

 

 19   wants to have but I am going to get into later how

 

 20   much actual design work and scientific work has to

 

 21   go into this, would be an FDA guidance document of

 

 22   how to use a specific technology as an accepted

 

        at                                                                 197

 

  1   surrogate marker for a condition with a specific

 

  2   clinical-trial framework.

 

  3             So the question is, you do this trial and

 

  4   you use this marker in this fashion, and then that

 

  5   is acceptable as a marker for efficacy in this

 

  6   condition for this claim.  Everyone probably who is

 

  7   a product developer would like to have access to a

 

  8   tool like that, but we have very few of them and

 

  9   there are not that many on the horizon.

 

 10             [Slide.]

 

 11             Devices has actually done this one in one

 

 12   case, and we have it in the paper, to have a

 

 13   consortium-based trial framework to allow

 

 14   manufacturers to pool resources in a single trial

 

 15   to answer a specific efficacy question pertaining

 

 16   to a class of devices or drugs, or a specific

 

 17   safety question.

 

 18             In the example in the report, they pooled

 

 19   studies for digital mammography to look at was

 

 20   there an advantage over plain-film mammography.

 

 21   Several manufacturers were able to pool their data

 

 22   to attempt to answer that question.  But this is,

 

        at                                                                 198

 

  1   again, something that isn't at hand for people

 

  2   right now.

 

  3             [Slide.]

 

  4             Another tool, and I hope Rob will talk

 

  5   about this a little, would be to standardize the

 

  6   clinical infrastructure more so that we have

 

  7   standardized case-report forms and data-collection

 

  8   and data-format standards for clinical trials so

 

  9   that developers are not constantly inventing new

 

 10   case-report forms, new data standards, the

 

 11   investigators are not having to deal with this each

 

 12   time different--this would be a tremendous benefit

 

 13   to the clinical-research enterprise.

 

 14             [Slide.]

 

 15             So those are examples.  You could see it

 

 16   is a very wide range of examples, all the way from

 

 17   new laboratory tests of different kinds to

 

 18   clinical-trial networks and data standards.  I

 

 19   think the presenters this afternoon will go over

 

 20   all the different aspects of this in different

 

 21   ways.

 

 22             I just have a few more.  I want to finish

 

        at                                                                 199

 

  1   up so we have some time for questions, but I want

 

  2   to talk about our initiative and how this fits in.

 

  3   The first part of my talk was really to frame this

 

  4   problem and we seek input on whether this is a

 

  5   correct definition, diagnosis, framing of the

 

  6   problem.

 

  7             This is what we are doing now.  Our

 

  8   initiative is a serious attempt to bring attention

 

  9   and focus to the need for targeted scientific

 

 10   efforts to modernize these techniques and methods

 

 11   that are used to evaluate the safety, efficacy and

 

 12   quality of the medical products as they move from

 

 13   selection and design all the way to the bedside.

 

 14   So it is this evaluation pathway.

 

 15             [Slide.]

 

 16             We are trying basically to address the

 

 17   problem I presented at the beginning of my talk.

 

 18   We need to get more innovative products to

 

 19   patients.  We want the fruits of the biomedical

 

 20   revolution to actually translate into better

 

 21   health.  We want to achieve robust

 

 22   product-development pathways that are efficient and

 

        at                                                                 200

 

  1   predictable and I can tell you we simply do not

 

  2   have that now.  That is what is driving the cost

 

  3   and taking the time.

 

  4             We think we need to develop new tool kits

 

  5   that bring the scientific advances into the

 

  6   development process, not just the discovery

 

  7   process.  We, and others, we feel, should perform

 

  8   research on tools that remove specific identified

 

  9   obstacles in product development.  That is how we

 

 10   are planning to address this.

 

 11             The question is why--and we have gotten

 

 12   this when we issued the report--like, why did FDA

 

 13   issue this report?  What role do you have?

 

 14             [Slide.]

 

 15             I would like to point out FDA scientists

 

 16   are involved in the review during the product

 

 17   development.  We are there soon, actually, often,

 

 18   right before, these products get into people.  The

 

 19   scientists are involved in evaluation all during

 

 20   the development process and then the review

 

 21   process.  Then, once the products are out on the

 

 22   market, sometimes, they experience safety failures

 

        at                                                                 201

 

  1   even at that time.

 

  2             But, during development, our scientists

 

  3   see the successes, failures and the missed

 

  4   opportunities that are occurring.  FDA guidance

 

  5   documents, we have noticed, are known to foster

 

  6   innovation and improve chances of success, the

 

  7   existence of these guidance documents, and they

 

  8   seem to.  Where there is clarity in a development

 

  9   pathway, in a critical path, it fosters attention

 

 10   and innovation and investment in that product area.

 

 11   So, where developers see a clear path forward, they

 

 12   will focus their innovation in that area.

 

 13             We have, in the past, had a convening and

 

 14   coordinating role for new biomarker and

 

 15   clinical-methods development and, when we have done

 

 16   that, it has been extremely successful; for

 

 17   example, in the HIV area in stimulating and helping

 

 18   that development move forward efficiently.

 

 19             [Slide.]

 

 20             This is in the Critical Path Report.  It

 

 21   is a little too complicated to explain totally in a

 

 22   slide, but what we see happening is, on the

 

        at                                                                 202

 

  1   left-hand corner up there, during the application

 

  2   review, either the investigational product

 

  3   oversight or the marketing application, the

 

  4   problems arise.  That is what we are always dealing

 

  5   with.  If there are no problems in product

 

  6   development, then things just go right through.

 

  7             But we are seeing all these problems that

 

  8   arise; difficulty in prediction, unexpected safety

 

  9   problems that arise, difficulty in determining the

 

 10   correct dose or design.  As we identify these

 

 11   problems and if they become generalizable--in other

 

 12   words, we see them across more than one product--we

 

 13   often try to refer them, through scientific

 

 14   research, to academia.  We take them to our

 

 15   advisory committees, try to get a discussion going

 

 16   about what the problem is and how it can be

 

 17   surmounted.

 

 18             We go back and forth between public input

 

 19   and research and, hopefully, we achieve some

 

 20   solutions.  You will hear about that from some of

 

 21   our presenters, the FDA presenters, this afternoon.

 

 22   We achieve solutions in many areas, but it is

 

        at                                                                 203

 

  1   limited by the amount of resources we can put

 

  2   against it.

 

  3             Eventually, if we have recommended a

 

  4   scientific approach, as we take these to our

 

  5   advisory committees or we publish guidance, we have

 

  6   a public process for discussion and then that

 

  7   becomes a public standard that developers can use.

 

  8   So they can pick up that standard, if they have a

 

  9   product, and they can just apply it.  They don't

 

 10   have to develop it.  They don't have to agonize

 

 11   over it.  That is the standard they can use.  We

 

 12   find that this really facilitates development.

 

 13             [Slide.]

 

 14             Let me just use an example, and this slide

 

 15   is out of order.  So skip to the next one.  For

 

 16   biomarker or surrogate-marker development, what

 

 17   usually occurs now.  And you are in the scientific

 

 18   community.  This is what I think occurs; right?  A

 

 19   marker is developed by an academic or industrial

 

 20   scientist as part of a research project.

 

 21             They publish the method and it get picked

 

 22   up in additional laboratories and people

 

        at                                                                 204

 

  1   start--they are interested in this marker, whatever

 

  2   it is, some blood test or metabolic test or

 

  3   whatever.  Then it begins to be adopted by academic

 

  4   clinicians and it might be in a kind of home-brew

 

  5   format; in other words, it is not an FDA-approved

 

  6   test.  It is something that is available and people

 

  7   use.

 

  8             Then this biomarker gets into widespread

 

  9   clinical use and people start trying it on their

 

 10   patients in the clinic, not usually in trials,

 

 11   maybe series; we tested this in people and they

 

 12   progressed and here it is, a ten-patient series,

 

 13   100-patient series.  Then gradually it begins to be

 

 14   used in trials.  People think, maybe this is a

 

 15   promising biomarker.  We will put it our trial and

 

 16   we will use it.

 

 17             The sponsors will present it to FDA to

 

 18   say, we have this biomarker in our trial.  We don't

 

 19   know what it means, but here are the results of

 

 20   this biomarker.  Then publicly, and in scientific

 

 21   journals, there are calls for us, as a biomarker or

 

 22   a surrogate marker, to use this biomarker, okay,

 

        at                                                                 205

 

  1   because everybody has gotten used to it and think

 

  2   it should be used.  It might be promising.

 

  3             But then we get stuck as a society.  What

 

  4   happens next?  There are calls to use it.  We have

 

  5   had biomarkers that have been in this status for

 

  6   twenty years.

 

  7             [Slide.]

 

  8             Now I will get back to that other slide.

 

  9   The question is how do you accumulate this existing

 

 10   data into knowledge.  We have all these

 

 11   publications about this biomarker.  People have

 

 12   kind of used it and everything, and like it, but

 

 13   how do you turn it into something that is actually

 

 14   knowledge or a generalized principle that you can

 

 15   actually use and rely upon.

 

 16             That is really one of the issues here.

 

 17   Who is responsible for doing this?  That is

 

 18   something that we are raising in the critical-path

 

 19   arena.  I am using biomarkers as an example because

 

 20   they are so important to this endeavor.

 

 21             Who is going to pool all the data and

 

 22   analyze it, do this cross-series and cross-study

 

        at                                                                 206

 

  1   analysis?  Who is going to evaluate the primary

 

  2   data, not just published summary data, but who is

 

  3   going to look at the primary data and say, how does

 

  4   this really stack up?  Who is going to identify the

 

  5   gaps?

 

  6             Usually, what you find--everybody is

 

  7   talking about the biomarker.  They say it is great.

 

  8   When you really get to look at the data and you

 

  9   look at the outcomes, you find gaps.  There are

 

 10   gaps in our knowledge.  We don't really have

 

 11   generalizable knowledge.  We don't have principles

 

 12   yet.

 

 13             Who is going to conceive and conduct

 

 14   research that would actually close these gaps and

 

 15   make this into a biomarker that developers can rely

 

 16   upon or a true surrogate marker that could be used

 

 17   for approval?

 

 18             I am using biomarker as an example here

 

 19   because I think this really summarizes the problem.

 

 20   This is the development of an evaluative tool to a

 

 21   level where it can be used in product development.

 

 22   I think our thesis is, right now, nobody is in

 

        at                                                                 207

 

  1   charge of doing this.  And this is one of the

 

  2   problems because then it doesn't happen.

 

  3             So we will skip on.

 

  4             [Slide.]

 

  5             Now, why could FDA play a role here?  We

 

  6   believe, and we have been told by Congress, that

 

  7   access to medical technology, providing that is

 

  8   part of our mission.  The FDA is responsible to

 

  9   advance the public health by helping to speed

 

 10   innovation.  This is from one of our publications.

 

 11   We are in a health-promotion role as well as a

 

 12   health-protection role at the FDA and so we feel

 

 13   not only are we integral in the process because we

 

 14   see all these problems, but improving this process

 

 15   is part of our mission.

 

 16             [Slide.]

 

 17             So, what we have done, we have published

 

 18   this initial report called The Innovation

 

 19   Stagnation Report that was announced by

 

 20   Commissioner McClellan and Duputy Commissioner

 

 21   Crawford on March 16.  Today's presentation to the

 

 22   Science Board is really our science kickoff of this

 

        at                                                                 208

 

  1   in the sense of having a substantive discussion.

 

  2             We have been started extensive discussions

 

  3   with a lot of stakeholder groups, industry,

 

  4   academia, government and the patient groups are

 

  5   very important.  We feel that patient groups really

 

  6   need to have a voice in this.  We have one letter

 

  7   written, I think, by one of the HIV activist

 

  8   groups.  We agree.  We agree that, when you are

 

  9   talking about biomarkers and outcome measures and

 

 10   clinical-trial design and with claim, the patient

 

 11   groups must also have a real voice in this.

 

 12             We have had really positive feedback so

 

 13   far from all these groups about the fact that we

 

 14   have identified a problem that needs to be

 

 15   addressed, but we really seek your input today.

 

 16             [Slide.]

 

 17             What we plan to do, in concrete terms, is

 

 18   we can't take on this whole problem.  We think

 

 19   identifying it is extremely helpful.  We plan to

 

 20   identify and prioritize the most severe barriers,

 

 21   development barriers and problems, in the areas

 

 22   that provide the greatest opportunity by soliciting

 

        at                                                                 209

 

  1   input from a wide variety of sources.

 

  2             Then we are going to construct a national

 

  3   critical-path opportunities list because we think

 

  4   identifying these barriers and opportunities will

 

  5   give us something that will be concrete enough for

 

  6   people to make this real.  We will publicize this

 

  7   list.

 

  8             We are also really making sure we focus

 

  9   our internal activities as far as our process, make

 

 10   sure we have efficient ways of surfacing and

 

 11   identifying these problems.  We can't solve them

 

 12   all but we need to surface them up and make them

 

 13   public and identify them in a way that the

 

 14   community can deal with them.  And then we seek

 

 15   community concurrence on additional steps once we

 

 16   get our final list together which we hope we should

 

 17   do by early fall.

 

 18             [Slide.]

 

 19             Conclusions; I think FDA's Critical Path

 

 20   Report raises serious concerns about the ability of

 

 21   the current development process to get innovations

 

 22   to patients rapidly and efficiently.  We believe

 

        at                                                                 210

 

  1   this is becoming more serious with the pressure on

 

  2   the basic-science side.  Preliminary discussions

 

  3   with key experts in industry and academia are

 

  4   validating this analysis of the development

 

  5   problem.

 

  6             [Slide.]

 

  7             We are continuing our dialogue with a wide

 

  8   range of stakeholders to try and reach agreement on

 

  9   the problem scope and the problem definition.  So

 

 10   we are still early.  We are also working on

 

 11   defining specific opportunities to overcome these

 

 12   hurdles with concrete deliverable steps that could

 

 13   be accomplished.

 

 14             [Slide.]

 

 15             We have just opened a web address and a

 

 16   docket.  I have these here and they are in the

 

 17   handouts for people.  So we welcome comments both

 

 18   to our docket and people can refer to our web

 

 19   address, and we will be updating that with events

 

 20   and other information.

 

 21             Thank you.

 

 22             DR. SHINE:  Janet, thank you very much.

 

        at                                                                 211

 

  1             I think it is worth spending a few minutes

 

  2   for questions for Janet that you might have on the

 

  3   way she has laid out these issues.

 

  4             Janet, a couple of things I would put on

 

  5   the table.  One is you have shown us data for ten

 

  6   years.  It would be very helpful to have a

 

  7   long-term view of how much of this is cyclical,

 

  8   have we seen examples of ups and downs over time,

 

  9   what is the periodicity, and so forth.

 

 10             The second question I would have is, one

 

 11   of the major changes in the '90's was the move to

 

 12   genetics, genomics, and so forth.  It was clear in

 

 13   talking to many of my colleagues who are in the

 

 14   pharmaceutical business that they really thought

 

 15   that it was going to be pretty easy to identify

 

 16   targets as the genome went forward and that it was

 

 17   going to be a slam-dunk in terms of getting

 

 18   products out.

 

 19             It turned out that was very hard.  I am

 

 20   wondering, and I think I would like to hear from

 

 21   some of our other speakers about this issue as

 

 22   well, how much of the downturn that you have

 

        at                                                                 212

 

  1   described in the '90's is, in fact, betting on the

 

  2   wrong paradigm and that there is a fundamental

 

  3   problem with that paradigm that will require

 

  4   evolution of the paradigm if it is going to produce

 

  5   new products.

 

  6             Finally, you have pointed out that a great

 

  7   deal of the difficulty arises out of having the

 

  8   methodologies that allow development and

 

  9   association of efficacy, safety and so forth, to

 

 10   develop.  In a number of other industries--I am

 

 11   thinking now about the roadmap in the

 

 12   semi-conductor industry.

 

 13             SemiTech in the computer industry, in

 

 14   fact, put together resources around common

 

 15   technologies.  They still maintain their

 

 16   proprietary interest in the drug that they were

 

 17   developing, but when there was a need for having

 

 18   some methodology which was the infrastructure, have

 

 19   you had any discussions about the concept of an

 

 20   industrial public-private kind of enterprise which

 

 21   would, if you will, recapitulate, and I am using

 

 22   SemiTech as an example.  There are things that are

 

        at                                                                 213

 

  1   similar.  There are things that are different.  I

 

  2   understand.  But I would be interested in your

 

  3   comments.

 

  4             DR. WOODCOCK:  I actually violently agree

 

  5   with that.  I think that this is a matter of almost

 

  6   industrial policy in the United States, this

 

  7   industry, the medical-product industry and its

 

  8   research base which is applied research as well as

 

  9   basic-science research.

 

 10             We have looked, in the context of our

 

 11   manufacturing initiative, our GMP initiative--we

 

 12   looked at the collaborations in the semi-conductor

 

 13   industry.  In fact, this is a very good model in

 

 14   how that improved quality and the speed, agility,

 

 15   of that industry and so forth.  We have had

 

 16   preliminary discussions with the manufacturing

 

 17   sector of medical products around this very

 

 18   concept.  I think this is a very important concept

 

 19   for us to explore.

 

 20             As far as your second question, we think

 

 21   that the downturn is not the whole story here.  We

 

 22   recognize that is multifactorial and might have

 

        at                                                                 214

 

  1   resulted from corporate mergers.  It might have

 

  2   resulted from the fact that, in our estimation, I

 

  3   think our technical estimation, and I will ask some

 

  4   of the CDER scientists in the room, that genomics

 

  5   or any of these new technologies take about fifteen

 

  6   to twenty years before they really start paying

 

  7   off.

 

  8             But I think the problem we see is here are

 

  9   these tremendous societal needs and expectations

 

 10   out there and this is what we are getting out of

 

 11   the pipeline right now.  And the causes of that you

 

 12   can debate.  But the question is what can we do

 

 13   about it, right now?

 

 14             DR. HARLANDER:  I really applaud FDA for

 

 15   creating this Critical Path Document because I

 

 16   think it identifies precisely the issues that they

 

 17   are facing.  But I think it also opens up--puts

 

 18   tremendous pressure on the agency, itself,

 

 19   because--and this is my first meeting, so I haven't

 

 20   been able to tour all of the centers that would be

 

 21   involved in providing the kind of scientific

 

 22   support that you would need to really provide the

 

        at                                                                 215

 

  1   foundation for policy development, standards and

 

  2   guidance development.

 

  3             Do you have the scientific expertise and

 

  4   the financial resources that you would really need

 

  5   to have in order to support the development of

 

  6   these kinds of technologies?

 

  7             DR. WOODCOCK:  We do what we can with what

 

  8   we have.  No.  I mean, we are doing what we can now

 

  9   with what we have.

 

 10             DR. HARLANDER:  But you don't have a lot.

 

 11             DR. WOODCOCK:  We do not have a lot.  Say,

 

 12   in  certain areas like the drugs area, there is

 

 13   virtually almost no laboratory support available.

 

 14   But we don't conceive of this initiative as all

 

 15   being done internal to FDA.  We believe one of our

 

 16   roles is really being able to see and generate and

 

 17   identify all these problems and that a wide variety

 

 18   of stakeholders needs to work together, as was just

 

 19   alluded to, to kind of try to address some of

 

 20   these.

 

 21             But, even to do that role effectively, in

 

 22   a broad way, would require more scientific

 

        at                                                                 216

 

  1   resources than we have available to us now.

 

  2             DR. SHINE:  Cecil?

 

  3             DR. PICKETT:  Again, Janet, I would like

 

  4   to echo Susan's remarks, particularly about

 

  5   complementing, again, the FDA on taking up this

 

  6   initiative.  I think it is going to be very

 

  7   valuable.  I think it will be a framework that both

 

  8   the FDA and industry and other stakeholders can

 

  9   have a rationale conversation about how to improve

 

 10   the development of new drugs.

 

 11             Just a couple of comments.  One of the

 

 12   things that I have seen missing in the

 

 13   documentation has to do with regulatory guidelines

 

 14   and harmonization of regulatory guidelines.  As you

 

 15   know, we oftentimes have slightly different

 

 16   guidelines depending on whether or not we are

 

 17   filing in the European Union or Japan or here in

 

 18   the U.S.  I think that is one area that can

 

 19   certainly help speed up overall drug development.

 

 20   So I would hope that could somehow be part of the

 

 21   discussion.

 

 22             DR. WOODCOCK:  What we did here was to--we

 

        at                                                                 217

 

  1   wanted, in the critical-path part, to have a

 

  2   discussion of the science because I believe that if

 

  3   we--and we agree that regulatory streamlining, or

 

  4   whatever, is another effort that is a continuous

 

  5   challenge and we need to keep working on and we are

 

  6   working on.

 

  7             But, if you default your discussion or

 

  8   start your discussion, frankly, around regulatory

 

  9   standards, then people tend to forget that there is

 

 10   a basic science infrastructure that must be in

 

 11   place.  They tend to forget the point of this

 

 12   report and they default to the issue of, well, it

 

 13   is just regulatory requirements and everything.

 

 14             So I think we all have to be careful

 

 15   because, if it is just regulatory requirements,

 

 16   then there is no science problem.  If we agree

 

 17   there is a science problem, then we really to

 

 18   address the science problem.

 

 19             DR. PICKETT:  But, again, regulatory

 

 20   requirements are based upon sound science.

 

 21             DR. WOODCOCK:  Agreed.  The more robust

 

 22   applied scientific infrastructure we have available

 

        at                                                                 218

 

  1   to us, the more rationale and targeted and actually

 

  2   less conservative our requirements can be because

 

  3   it drives more certainty.

 

  4             DR. PICKETT:  I just want to follow up on

 

  5   Ken's comment about whether or not it is the wrong

 

  6   paradigm in terms of drug discovery and

 

  7   development.  I don't think the paradigm is wrong.

 

  8   I think what has been incorrect is the expectation

 

  9   part.

 

 10             DR. SHINE:  Much like gene therapy, the

 

 11   expectation is that it would come very quickly.

 

 12             Let's go to John and then I think, Gail,

 

 13   we are going to let you talk and you can engage in

 

 14   the conversation at that point.  John?

 

 15             DR. THOMAS:  Establishing priorities is a

 

 16   noble adventure and certainly some companies are

 

 17   going to stake out their area based on their

 

 18   expertise.  To some extent, we have already done

 

 19   that.  If you just want to be so crass as to go

 

 20   down the list of diseases and discover how much we

 

 21   spend per patient, that could translate back to

 

 22   what a society can afford to pay for.

 

        at                                                                 219

 

  1             But then you get into the predicament of

 

  2   diabetes melitis, for example, probably one of the

 

  3   most expensive diseases to treat because of all the

 

  4   other ramifications that you have.  So there you

 

  5   are not really treating one disease.  You are

 

  6   treating several, a constellation, of diseases.

 

  7             The other thing, in establishing

 

  8   priorities in terms of therapeutics, it seems to me

 

  9   you have go to accommodate short-term versus

 

 10   long-term therapy and then something, which we

 

 11   already have in place, is to deal with orphan

 

 12   drugs.  That has got to be given some consideration

 

 13   as you go forth in establishing priorities.  I

 

 14   don't have the answer to that, but just

 

 15   observations that throw money at one disease versus

 

 16   another disease.  I guess the empty tin can rattles

 

 17   the loudest and that, in some cases, historically,

 

 18   has determined what would constitute resources

 

 19   going towards a given pathology or disease entity,

 

 20   which you are not going to be able to exclude.

 

 21             DR. WOODCOCK:  That is an intriguing

 

 22   suggestion, that we look at the burden of disease,

 

        at                                                                 220

 

  1   economic burden or other burden of disease, in

 

  2   thinking about this.  Many of these technologies,

 

  3   these evaluative technologies, will cut across many

 

  4   products and diseases but, in the later stages,

 

  5   obviously for the effectiveness prediction, then

 

  6   you are narrowing it down to a specific disorder.

 

  7             DR. SHINE:  Janet, I know you are going to

 

  8   stay around because one of the questions--the

 

  9   report emphasizes that the strategies used for

 

 10   orphan diseases could be used more generally.  I

 

 11   want to come back to that in terms of how you think

 

 12   that is happening.  But thank you very much.

 

 13             We have got six presentations we want to

 

 14   hear from and I want to be sure that they each get

 

 15   their chance.  Each of them is twenty minutes.  The

 

 16   first is a perspective on anti-infectives and

 

 17   vaccines that Gail is doing.  As you know, she is

 

 18   Vice President for Scientific Affairs and the

 

 19   Distinguished Lilly Research Scholar for Infectious

 

 20   Diseases.

 

 21             You should be aware that our Acting

 

 22   Commissioner made reference to the fact that you

 

        at                                                                 221

 

  1   also have an Alabama heritage where Gail was an

 

  2   extraordinarily distinguished Chair of the

 

  3   Department of Microbiology as well as a national

 

  4   leader in this area.  So we are looking forward to

 

  5   her perspective.

 

  6             Gail?

 

  7           Perspective on Anti-Infectives and Vaccines

 

  8             DR. CASSELL:  Thank you, Ken, for those

 

  9   nice comments, and Lester.  I really am

 

 10   appreciative of the opportunity to share with you

 

 11   some thoughts this afternoon as it relates to

 

 12   anti-infectives and vaccines.  Obviously, in twenty

 

 13   minutes, I can't do justice to both.  So what I

 

 14   will try to focus on are antibiotics and the

 

 15   critical need for new antibiotics.

 

 16             First of all, I would just like to say

 

 17   that I would begin by talking about the current

 

 18   need, the current status of development of

 

 19   anti-infectives and then what relationship I think

 

 20   the Critical Path Initiative has to these needs,

 

 21   opportunities, priorities and next steps.

 

 22             First of all, I would like to say that I

 

        at                                                                 222

 

  1   am wildly enthusiastic about this initiative and I

 

  2   shared the document very early on with Josh

 

  3   Lederberg, a friend who won the Nobel Prize when he

 

  4   was in his early 40's for microbial genetics and

 

  5   has had a long-term interest in FDA and development

 

  6   of new drugs.  I don't think he would mind my

 

  7   sharing with you this afternoon his comment, and

 

  8   that was he found this document to be one of the

 

  9   most refreshing that he has read in a long time.

 

 10   He was very excited to see this initiative and FDA

 

 11   really taking leadership.  I think we could all say

 

 12   that.

 

 13             With regards to the current need for

 

 14   antibiotics but also antivirals and vaccines, I

 

 15   would draw your attention to an IOM report that was

 

 16   released last March, March of 2003, in which

 

 17   antibiotic drug discovery and development as well

 

 18   as vaccine development was declared a crisis

 

 19   worldwide.

 

 20             The reason for the declaration of the

 

 21   crisis is because of the current thinness of the

 

 22   pipeline, both as it relates to vaccines as well as

 

        at                                                                 223

 

  1   antibiotics and antivirals, other than HIV and,

 

  2   perhaps, hepatitis as well as maybe herpes, but,

 

  3   other than that, certainly lacking in that regard.

 

  4             With respect to antibiotics, the reason

 

  5   for the declaration of a crisis is because of the

 

  6   current experience that we have with antibiotic

 

  7   resistance and the fact that we have several

 

  8   pathogens for which now strains have been

 

  9   identified for which there are no remaining

 

 10   antibiotics left.  In fact, last week, you may have

 

 11   read about the new strain of Salmonella isolated in

 

 12   Taiwan which was resistant to every antibiotic

 

 13   tested.  This is a food-borne pathogen which does

 

 14   give cause for concern.  And I could go down the

 

 15   list.

 

 16             What you may not appreciate, however, is

 

 17   that tuberculosis is one of the oldest infectious

 

 18   diseases.  One-third of the world's population

 

 19   remain infected with latent t.b. and now there is a

 

 20   tremendous increase in multi-drug-resistant strains

 

 21   of t.b.  If you heard, on March 16, the release of

 

 22   the new WHO report.  These strains are increasing

 

        at                                                                 224

 

  1   with a great deal of frequency worldwide and the

 

  2   five antibiotics, four at most, left to treat MDR

 

  3   t.b., all with the exception of a quinolone, are

 

  4   over 40 years old.

 

  5             So this, if nothing else, should

 

  6   illustrate the need for new therapies with respect

 

  7   to antibiotics.  We also have new and emerging

 

  8   infections, and I don't need to remind you of SARS

 

  9   or the ongoing problem that we have right now with

 

 10   bird flu which would require an antiviral and

 

 11   vaccine.

 

 12             Lastly, in terms of need and the reason

 

 13   for the statement of the crisis by the IOM report

 

 14   is the fact that we have the threat of

 

 15   intentionally released microorganisms in the way of

 

 16   bioterrorism threats and, if you were to take a

 

 17   look at the threats on the Select A, B, C list and

 

 18   try to match that up with our armamentarium

 

 19   currently with respect to antibiotics, vaccines and

 

 20   antivirals, you would see just how bare the

 

 21   cupboard really is.

 

 22             Enough said about the need.  What does the

 

        at                                                                 225

 

  1   pipeline look like?  I have just completed, along

 

  2   with some of my colleagues, a review of the current

 

  3   antibiotics in the pipeline, and antivirals, using

 

  4   the four most commonly used private databases in

 

  5   terms of what is in clinical development.  I can

 

  6   tell you this afternoon that we should not rest

 

  7   assured that the pipeline is full.

 

  8             In fact, it is currently bare with respect

 

  9   to any new antibiotics in clinical development with

 

 10   most of those, if not all of them, being slight

 

 11   versions of the old classes with particular

 

 12   emphasis on new quinolones listed.  There is an

 

 13   obvious difference between what we see in the

 

 14   pipeline compared to what we would have seen ten

 

 15   years ago, and that is that most of the antibiotics

 

 16   are being developed by biotech companies and

 

 17   companies outside the U.S. as opposed to in the

 

 18   U.S. as opposed to typical large pharma.

 

 19             You have been seeing a lot in the public

 

 20   press about large companies having gotten out of

 

 21   development of antibiotics and, often, it is said,

 

 22   that the only reason for that is lack of market or

 

        at                                                                 226

 

  1   market insufficient to recoup investment in

 

  2   development of new antibiotics.

 

  3             What I want to impress upon you today is

 

  4   that is just one of many reasons that most

 

  5   companies have chosen to invest resources in other

 

  6   areas.  There are equally compelling unmet medical

 

  7   needs that do have larger markets and the

 

  8   scientific opportunities are as great, or greater,

 

  9   in those areas.

 

 10             What I do want you to hear me say is that

 

 11   there are still significant technical challenges in

 

 12   antibiotic drug discovery.  From 1980 to 1990,

 

 13   antibiotic drug discovery was primarily

 

 14   serendipity, as was most drug discovery.  However,

 

 15   in the early '90's, mainly because of public

 

 16   pressure and the view for need of new antibiotics,

 

 17   a great effort was put in place by most

 

 18   pharmaceutical companies using the new

 

 19   technologies.

 

 20             The first microbial genome was completed

 

 21   in 1993, and many followed shortly thereafter.  So

 

 22   it is not due to lack of targets.  We have a

 

        at                                                                 227

 

  1   plethora of targets.  Where there is a need is an

 

  2   increase in chemical diversity and a better

 

  3   understanding of the interactions of the different

 

  4   targets that we currently are trying to develop

 

  5   inhibitors for.

 

  6             Now, what I would like to also say,

 

  7   however, is that, with respect to antibiotic

 

  8   development, it is unlike other drugs that one

 

  9   might develop and that is you generally don't

 

 10   develop a single antibiotic for a single

 

 11   indication.  So the large numbers of patients

 

 12   required for the different indications that one

 

 13   would want to develop are very important

 

 14   considerations when you look at cost.

 

 15             The other thing that I think is a problem

 

 16   is that many in the infectious-disease community,

 

 17   leading authorities, in the late '90's and even as

 

 18   late as 2000 were saying there was no need for new

 

 19   antibiotics, that we had enough antibiotics

 

 20   especially those that were practicing in primary

 

 21   care, pediatrics, OB-GYN.  When one would conduct

 

 22   focus groups to gather data to support continued

 

        at                                                                 228

 

  1   development, the response was that we had enough.

 

  2             So this raises the problem that we have

 

  3   when we talk about treatment of infectious diseases

 

  4   particularly those that are bacterially induced,

 

  5   and also virally induced, and that is we need new

 

  6   and improved diagnostics.  So I just wanted to say

 

  7   that I think that some of the critical-path issues

 

  8   are particularly relevant to the ability to develop

 

  9   new diagnostics and the use of them to promote more

 

 10   judicious use of the agents that we do have but

 

 11   also to identify new opportunities with respect to

 

 12   new agents that are out there.

 

 13             Now, I just wanted to talk a little bit

 

 14   about the potential changes that have occurred just

 

 15   in the last two or three years that I think will

 

 16   have a significant impact on antibiotic and

 

 17   antiviral drug development.

 

 18             One is a major advance which, actually,

 

 19   the Critical Path Document does refer to and I want

 

 20   to elaborate just a little bit, and that is, when

 

 21   it became obvious that no one was focused on

 

 22   development of new drugs for t.b. and malaria, the

 

        at                                                                 229

 

  1   public pressure grew and public-private

 

  2   partnerships were established, the Gates Foundation

 

  3   and the Rockefeller Foundation being the primary

 

  4   funders for these public-private partnerships.

 

  5             The two primary ones are the Malarias

 

  6   Ventures for Medicine and the Global Alliance for

 

  7   T.B.  I spent last week at the Wellcome Trust

 

  8   reviewing these PPPs, as we call them, and I think

 

  9   it is a very exciting new approach to drug

 

 10   discovery and development.  In fact, the thing I

 

 11   like best about the Critical Path Initiative is the

 

 12   realization that there is a lot of synergy between

 

 13   research in the public and private sector that is

 

 14   relevant as it relates to drug discovery

 

 15   development.  We should admit that, all of us, as

 

 16   well as the public and Congress and figure out how

 

 17   we can better have these two sectors working

 

 18   together in the area of drug discovery and develop.

 

 19             The PPPs actually have the potential to

 

 20   bring together the best of the best from both the

 

 21   public and the private sectors.  So I think that,

 

 22   if anything, I would say, Janet, I hope that, in

 

        at                                                                 230

 

  1   the next steps that you have outlined and the

 

  2   groups that you are bringing together, that you

 

  3   won't talk to the public sector in isolation from

 

  4   industry, et cetera.

 

  5             I think it is going to be the combination

 

  6   of the group that is important, and to not ignore

 

  7   the fact that now the lines are very blurred in

 

  8   terms of how much drug discovery and development is

 

  9   being done in the public sector compared to even

 

 10   five years ago.  As most of you probably know, many

 

 11   universities now have GMP facilities not just for

 

 12   small molecules but also for biologics.

 

 13             So I think the key to implementing the

 

 14   Critical Path Initiative is going to be to try to

 

 15   figure out how the public and private sector can

 

 16   actually work better together.

 

 17             If one had to prioritize tools that would

 

 18   be most helpful for development of new antibiotics

 

 19   or new antivirals and new vaccines, I have given

 

 20   this a lot of thought and have had a lot of

 

 21   conversations with people.  I think most of us

 

 22   would agree that we would probably put at the top

 

        at                                                                 231

 

  1   of the list more emphasis on systems biology to use

 

  2   to determine and predict the interaction of the

 

  3   different targets.

 

  4             Ken, my response to you in terms of the

 

  5   genomics approach and why we feel like we are empty

 

  6   handed is because I think we really didn't

 

  7   appreciate how interactive these new targets were

 

  8   going to be.  Now we have the ability to develop

 

  9   inhibitors not just for a single enzyme in a given

 

 10   pathway but actually to develop inhibitors, and in

 

 11   some cases multiple inhibitors, for an entire

 

 12   network.

 

 13             Some of the most exciting work being done

 

 14   in the public sector in terms of new antibiotic

 

 15   discovery, as a  result of the $1.7 billion

 

 16   increase in funding for NIH to focus on development

 

 17   on new antibiotics and new antivirals, is exactly

 

 18   this approach and that is a systems-biology

 

 19   approach.

 

 20             The other thing that I would say I would

 

 21   put at the top of the list is the systems-biology

 

 22   approach, particular that used by Lee Hood and

 

        at                                                                 232

 

  1   members of the Systems Biology Institute in Seattle

 

  2   to try to better predict toxicology and efficacy.

 

  3   I think this is where your public-private

 

  4   interactions and the public-private partnerships

 

  5   that are beginning to be established will be very

 

  6   useful.

 

  7             There is an extremely important piece of

 

  8   legislation that was passed in December of this

 

  9   year in the DoD appropriations.  That was to allow

 

 10   the establishment of what we call another

 

 11   transaction authority which actually facilitates

 

 12   establishment of consortia of different companies

 

 13   and also public institutions getting around

 

 14   antitrust issues to do exactly the kind of things

 

 15   that, Ken, you were referring to.

 

 16             Last week in London, I learned, in fact,

 

 17   there is a Brain Initiative there where, in fact,

 

 18   multiple companies are getting together to try to

 

 19   address some of the nonproprietary issues that are

 

 20   bottlenecks as far as drug discovery and

 

 21   development.  The MRC is very interested, as the

 

 22   Wellcome Trust, in finding translation research. 

 

        at                                                                 233

 

  1   But, again, it is the public-private partnership

 

  2   that has people most excited.

 

  3             I think other priorities would have to

 

  4   rest with manufacturing and improved manufacturing,

 

  5   particularly as it might relate to use of natural

 

  6   products for development of new antibiotics and

 

  7   also management of clinical data.  The one think, I

 

  8   think, I would like to have seen more of in the

 

  9   Critical Path Initiative is more on the need for IT

 

 10   infrastructure and innovation in IT as it relates

 

 11   to collection and management and analysis of

 

 12   clinical data, and knowledge-management data-mining

 

 13   tools that could be developed.

 

 14             Then the last thing I would just emphasize

 

 15   is that I had a chance to review your slides, Dr.

 

 16   Goodman, that you are going to speaking about this

 

 17   afternoon and would be very supportive of the

 

 18   efforts--all efforts--that we can put forth with

 

 19   regards to development of tools for screening for

 

 20   adventitious agents and biologics as well as other

 

 21   products because I think this is a huge looming

 

 22   potential crisis that we need to be addressing.

 

        at                                                                 234

 

  1             I would like to lastly say, and I think I

 

  2   am going to end five minutes early, Ken, that the

 

  3   American Society for Microbiology that has over

 

  4   42,000 members who are very concerned about the

 

  5   crisis that we have in vaccines and antibiotics.  I

 

  6   chair the Public and Scientific Affairs Board for

 

  7   ASM.  We are in the process of establishing a task

 

  8   force to establish priorities and opportunities.

 

  9             The one question that I would have for FDA

 

 10   would be, in thinking about the next steps, what,

 

 11   then, do we do with those priorities and could we

 

 12   talk more specifically about who will be

 

 13   responsible for what.

 

 14             I think you know I have the same questions

 

 15   that were posed earlier by Sue, and it is one of

 

 16   resources.  How can we help empower FDA to play a

 

 17   leadership role because I think it is FDA's role to

 

 18   do that.

 

 19             The other thing I would encourage is that,

 

 20   with the new centers, Research Centers of

 

 21   Excellence, that have been established by NIH with

 

 22   this increased funding, whose primary emphasis is

 

        at                                                                 235

 

  1   on development of new antivirals, vaccines and

 

  2   antimicrobials, is that there be very close

 

  3   interactions between those RCEs and FDA from the

 

  4   very outset and, also, hopefully very close

 

  5   interaction with the new product-development PPPs

 

  6   to facilitate that process as much as possible

 

  7   because I think there are a lot of opportunities.

 

  8             Lastly, with regards to development of

 

  9   countermeasures for bioterrorism, having in place

 

 10   the Animal Rule which, if you are not familiar

 

 11   with, maybe there will be time in discussion to

 

 12   bring that up.  But I think it will force all of us

 

 13   to take a new approach as we think about

 

 14   development of new antibiotics, new antivirals and

 

 15   vaccines and what the limitations are or are not

 

 16   when, in fact, you don't have the ability to test

 

 17   efficacy in humans.

 

 18             So thank you.

 

 19             DR. SHINE:  Gail, thank you very much.  I

 

 20   think most of us, if not all of us, recognize that

 

 21   a number of the issues which are laid out in the

 

 22   critical path are critical in antibiotics areas as

 

        at                                                                 236

 

  1   well as others.  But, as I hear you talking, the

 

  2   rate-limiting step still seems to be a fundamental

 

  3   science issue; that is, it sounds as if it

 

  4   is--whether you call it systems biology or looking

 

  5   at interactions, and so forth.  Is that a

 

  6   misinterpretation?

 

  7             DR. CASSELL:  No; I don't think so, Ken.

 

  8   I just would say that, again, going back to that

 

  9   public pressure that was placed on the industry in

 

 10   the early 90's when we first had the

 

 11   vancomycin-resistant enterococci and the historic

 

 12   meeting at the Rockefeller, the OTA report, the ASM

 

 13   Task Force on Antimicrobial Resistance, the

 

 14   establishment of the Interagency Committee and Task

 

 15   Force on Antimicrobial Resistance, companies did

 

 16   begin to invest tremendously in the development of

 

 17   new antibiotics using the best of the latest tools,

 

 18   genomics--I mean, in infectious diseases, we have

 

 19   long been using proteomics and have the ability to

 

 20   do that.

 

 21             I can tell you that at least one company

 

 22   that I am aware of, over a hundred high-throughput

 

        at                                                                 237

 

  1   screens using intact organisms, pathway screens, as

 

  2   well as enzyme screens--you know, people have come

 

  3   up empty-handed.  So I think that it is not

 

  4   necessarily the systems biology or the need for

 

  5   targets.  I think that would be--certainly, it is

 

  6   going to help but I think, in honesty, I believe it

 

  7   has to do with chemical diversity and the fact that

 

  8   maybe, because most companies moved out of the

 

  9   natural-product area, might be one factor.

 

 10             But, there again, it goes back to the

 

 11   tools.  Natural products are much more expensive in

 

 12   terms of cost of production but also just in terms

 

 13   of development and also side effects in many cases.

 

 14   There are a lot of people looking at the reasons

 

 15   why, in fact, we have not had any more success in

 

 16   developing new classes of antibiotics, who, I am

 

 17   sure, know that in forty years of intensive effort,

 

 18   there have only been two new classes.

 

 19             So why is that?  Is it because all the

 

 20   low-hanging fruit has been picked?  Or maybe there

 

 21   are no more.  I don't know.  But, at any rate, I

 

 22   can tell you that one other really exciting thing

 

        at                                                                 238

 

  1   is going on right now and that is the response to

 

  2   the Gates Global Health Challenges.  A lot of those

 

  3   applications deal with drug development discovery.

 

  4   Gates is very committed to helping, in terms of

 

  5   drug development.

 

  6             Again, I just close by saying I am

 

  7   optimistic that people are taking a completely

 

  8   fresh look at how we are doing business; in fact,

 

  9   in the area of anti-infectives, maybe where we do

 

 10   come up with a new paradigm for drug development.

 

 11             DR. SHINE:  We need to load Rob's slides,

 

 12   so we have got a couple of minutes.  Do other

 

 13   people want to raise questions for Gail?

 

 14             DR. THOMAS:  I have got a question.  I

 

 15   would certainly like to echo the importance of

 

 16   systems biology.  We have gotten to a point in our

 

 17   training programs now that our young people are

 

 18   coming out of the very advanced universities and

 

 19   they have such a niche in research, you can't find

 

 20   a pharmacologist or toxicologist that has ever

 

 21   dealt with a whole animal.  So you are talking

 

 22   about systems research.  We need to go back and

 

        at                                                                 239

 

  1   train some of these people.

 

  2             DR. CASSELL:  I chair the Board of

 

  3   Directors for the Burroughs Wellcome and I am

 

  4   pleased to see that we have one of our

 

  5   distinguished investigators here on the Science

 

  6   Board.  We actually have taken a very close look at

 

  7   a lot of issues related to translational research.

 

  8   You know, Burroughs Wellcome Fund has really played

 

  9   a lead role, I think, in funding investigators in

 

 10   this field.

 

 11             We had Marv Cassman come to our last Board

 

 12   meeting, the former Director of NIGMS at the NIH.

 

 13   I heard something I thought I would never hear Marv

 

 14   say.  He said, "The two things that are the biggest

 

 15   bottlenecks are the lack of people trained in

 

 16   integrative biology, systems biology, and microbial

 

 17   physiology," which we have been trying to convince

 

 18   him of for twenty years.  But I think you are

 

 19   absolutely right about that.

 

 20             DR. THOMAS:  The other comment is when you

 

 21   look at--again, going back to the critical path and

 

 22   list of priorities, heretofore, we have never had

 

        at                                                                 240

 

  1   this globalization concept to deal with and yet it

 

  2   has been really reinforced with the various viruses

 

  3   that we are now dealing with.

 

  4             Two or three decades ago, the U.S.

 

  5   Military of Operations was interested in selected

 

  6   infected disease around the world.  Now, that is

 

  7   all out the window.  We have got to think globally

 

  8   in our whole list of priorities and not just focus

 

  9   on what is a major disease in the United States.

 

 10             DR. CASSELL:  I am glad you reminded me

 

 11   because one of the other things that I hope maybe

 

 12   Dr. Goodman will address is the need to rapidly

 

 13   speed up our ability to develop new vaccines and

 

 14   antivirals and, perhaps, broad spectrum antivirals

 

 15   which, I think, the systems-biology approach would

 

 16   allow us to better do using both the human genome

 

 17   and the infectious-agent genomes.

 

 18             But when you have got something like SARS,

 

 19   or the bird flu, or potentially new strains of

 

 20   influenza, we need to fast-forward anything we can

 

 21   in terms of development and approval.  I don't

 

 22   know, Jesse, if you plan to talk about this, but

 

        at                                                                 241

 

  1   John LaMontaigne has been filling my ear full about

 

  2   the need, as far as speeding up the process.

 

  3             DR. SHINE:  Gail.  Thank you very, very

 

  4   much.  Hopefully, we will have a chance, at the end

 

  5   of these presentations, to revisit some of these

 

  6   questions.

 

  7             I want to thank Rob Califf, who just flew

 

  8   in.  Those of you who know Rob know that he is

 

  9   probably the nation's leader in terms of academic

 

 10   involvement in clinical trials and evaluation of

 

 11   drugs and has a particularly important perspective.

 

 12             Rob, we are particularly interested in

 

 13   your comments in the area of chronic diseases where

 

 14   the elements in the path that Janet has emphasized

 

 15   are critical.  How do you see not just the

 

 16   fundamental science but getting it through that

 

 17   path and how we should be thinking about FDA

 

 18   initiatives in that area?

 

 19             Perspective on Chronic Disease Therapies

 

 20             DR. CALIFF:  Thanks, Ken.  It is great to

 

 21   be here.  Actually, I wish we would hurry up with

 

 22   the antibiotics.  I am running a CCU today and now

 

        at                                                                 242

 

  1   that we are putting devices in everybody, they are

 

  2   all infected, and the old antibiotics don't work

 

  3   very well when they get infected with devices in.

 

  4             [Slide.]

 

  5             But this is actually from, Gail, your

 

  6   talk.  This is a perfect handoff.  I am going to

 

  7   stress, if we don't cut the transaction costs of

 

  8   the public-private partnership, we are not going to

 

  9   solve these problems.  It is also not just

 

 10   fundamental science.  I am going to talk about what

 

 11   I see as the blocks in the other areas.

 

 12             [Slide.]

 

 13             So the key points are that chronic disease

 

 14   is the dominant health issue.  I think predicting

 

 15   whether chronic-disease therapy causes a net

 

 16   benefit or harm is extremely difficult and the

 

 17   difficulty of this is typically underestimated by

 

 18   almost everybody involved.

 

 19             We all agree, I think, biomarkers and

 

 20   imaging are the way to go.  But, really, mostly is

 

 21   a screen which I think the document emphasizes and

 

 22   I really do not believe that this can substitute

 

        at                                                                 243

 

  1   for clinical outcomes in most circumstances.  Then,

 

  2   finally, there is tremendous inefficiency in

 

  3   clinical trials.

 

  4             I am just going to make these points with

 

  5   a series of slides very quickly.  I will go through

 

  6   the slides quickly.

 

  7             [Slide.]

 

  8             The average life expectancy for women in

 

  9   our society on the left, 90, almost.  Over 80 for

 

 10   men.  So these problems--I am not lamenting these

 

 11   problems to have but, if you go to any hospital in

 

 12   the U.S. today, you are going to find it full of

 

 13   people over age 70 many of whom are quite

 

 14   functional with a variety of chronic and acute

 

 15   illnesses.

 

 16             [Slide.]

 

 17             The dominant forms of illness from the

 

 18   World Health Organization in developed countries

 

 19   and, increasingly in developing countries, are the

 

 20   same old plugged up blood vessels and sequelae of

 

 21   smoking, et cetera, chronic illness.

 

 22             [Slide.]

 

        at                                                                 244

 

  1             Disability is dropping dramatically,

 

  2   probably due to better medical care.  Actually,

 

  3   disability is dropping faster age-adjusted than

 

  4   longevity is increasing, and longevity is

 

  5   increasing very nicely.

 

  6             [Slide.]

 

  7             The consequences of this, Dr. Zahooney[?]

 

  8   shows over and over.  A lot of people forget that

 

  9   we are at this phase right now where we have had a

 

 10   relatively flat portion of this curve but we are

 

 11   just hitting the upstroke.  People in specialty

 

 12   practice in the U.S. are feeling this incredibly

 

 13   dramatically right now.  There is an unbelievable

 

 14   shortage of cardiologists, oncologists,

 

 15   nephrologists, all the people dealing--and it is

 

 16   not that we are finding patients that we didn't

 

 17   have before.  It is just that we are in this

 

 18   beginning phase of the elderly group.

 

 19             [Slide.]

 

 20             This is going to impact things in ways we

 

 21   haven't imagined.  I don't think most people have

 

 22   come to grips with this slide yet.

 

        at                                                                 245

 

  1             [Slide.]

 

  2             Mr. Greenspan made the point about a month

 

  3   ago.  I felt like he was finally coming clean about

 

  4   this, but this is probably about halfway clean as

 

  5   far as I can tell in terms of the situation that we

 

  6   are in.

 

  7             [Slide.]

 

  8             It is going to be driven even harder by

 

  9   the people that we are dealing--my average

 

 10   75-year-old clinic patient is a lot different today

 

 11   than twenty years ago in a lot of ways.

 

 12             [Slide.]

 

 13             We also have this phenomenon that people

 

 14   tend to forget on the product-development side, and

 

 15   that is we are increasingly sophisticated in

 

 16   measuring whether what is being given to people

 

 17   actually does anything worthwhile.  It is happening

 

 18   well in the postmarketing phase and I think will

 

 19   increasingly happen in the postmarketing phase.  It

 

 20   still is interesting that they would see on medical

 

 21   students, as I did today, who have been through

 

 22   several years of basic science and then show up

 

        at                                                                 246

 

  1   imagining that what they have heard about in basic

 

  2   science is going to have these dramatic results in

 

  3   clinical outcomes.  We are talking about 10 percent

 

  4   reductions in events with most of the things that

 

  5   we do.

 

  6             [Slide.]

 

  7             This is leading to a view well beyond

 

  8   product development by those paying for medical

 

  9   care that we can actually begin to measure this.

 

 10   This year is the big year.  I don't know whether to

 

 11   be glad or sad that cardiology is leading the way

 

 12   here in that we now feel like, for our big

 

 13   diseases, heart failure and acute coronary

 

 14   syndromes in the hospital, we have got about ten

 

 15   things for each of those that we all agree on that

 

 16   ought to be done routinely and as a standard of

 

 17   care.

 

 18             This year, Medicare is paying us

 

 19   differently based on whether we do those ten things

 

 20   and rewarding hospitals if they post that

 

 21   information on the internet for everyone to look

 

 22   at.  This is a big change and, if you think about

 

        at                                                                 247

 

  1   product development and what may drive it in the

 

  2   future, if you don't get into this category of

 

  3   being a performance indicator, it is going to be

 

  4   hard to get your product paid for.  That is the way

 

  5   it is going to be driven.

 

  6             [Slide.]

 

  7             We have looked at what it takes to find

 

  8   out if things work.  My conclusion, unfortunately,

 

  9   is that there are no shortcuts.  This is a whole

 

 10   list of reasons.  I am not going to dwell on them.

 

 11   I left references.  The slides will be posted.  I

 

 12   did send them by e-mail yesterday, but I don't

 

 13   think you got them.  There are a whole variety of

 

 14   reasons for this.

 

 15             [Slide.]

 

 16             I am going to just show you examples of a

 

 17   couple.  Most of what we do has a very small

 

 18   effect.  This is a slide that changed my career

 

 19   when it was published.  I thought I could develop

 

 20   great new treatments for heart attack, the leading

 

 21   cause of death and disability in our society.  The

 

 22   bottom line is the best thing we have would take

 

        at                                                                 248

 

  1   6,000 to 10,000 patients to tell the difference.

 

  2   In fact, we are just starting a trial of what we

 

  3   think may be a great new therapy.  8,000 patients

 

  4   is what it is going to take.  It takes a global

 

  5   study.  If you do anything short of that, you don't

 

  6   really know.

 

  7             [Slide.]

 

  8             Things that we think ought to work based

 

  9   on surrogates sometimes not only don't work, they

 

 10   kill people.  The preeminent example, of course, is

 

 11   antiarrhythmic drugs and the CAST study.

 

 12             [Slide.]

 

 13             But we can take the entire field of heart

 

 14   failure.  On average, if you are enrolled in a

 

 15   Phase III trial in heart failure, you would be

 

 16   better off getting placebo, not only for being

 

 17   alive but also for quality of life.  None of these

 

 18   were developed in the absence of biomarkers and

 

 19   arrays of biomarkers and lately even transgenic

 

 20   models showing you can reverse the condition in a

 

 21   transgenic-mouse model.  That is the case of the

 

 22   TNF-alpha inhibitors.

 

        at                                                                 249

 

  1             [Slide.]

 

  2             So the simple-minded notion that you can

 

  3   measure a few biomarkers and assure the public that

 

  4   you know that you are giving them something that is

 

  5   good for them, I think, is largely discredited.

 

  6             [Slide.]

 

  7             The reason is remarkably simple and

 

  8   published in the Annals of Internal Medicine over a

 

  9   decade ago by DeMets and Fleming who have been in

 

 10   this position over the years to watch the hosts of

 

 11   people coming through with their great treatments

 

 12   and to do the statistics on them, clinical trials

 

 13   and watch the disappointment or the elation that

 

 14   occurs at the end of it.

 

 15             In a simple world, all diseases would work

 

 16   through a linear mechanism and we would be able to

 

 17   intervene on the surrogate and be assured that we

 

 18   would have an effect on the true clinical outcome.

 

 19             [Slide.]

 

 20             But, unfortunately, and I think Dale did a

 

 21   good job of describing it, not only is it not

 

 22   linear.  I mean, in the simple case I gave, there

 

        at                                                                 250

 

  1   are just two things going on.  One is the surrogate

 

  2   pathway that you know about.  The other is some

 

  3   other pathway of the disease that you didn't know

 

  4   about.  So you have an incomplete effect or you may

 

  5   not only affect the surrogate but actually have a

 

  6   direct effect on the true outcome that could be

 

  7   good or bad that you didn't think about measuring.

 

  8   Or you could affect all three at the same time.

 

  9             [Slide.]

 

 10             All this, frankly, is unpredictable and

 

 11   leads to this situation with every treatment we

 

 12   give.  Even the things we are absolutely sure

 

 13   work--we have had a rash of left-main disease on

 

 14   our CCU.  It is like the 1980s again.  I am not

 

 15   sure why.  We know surgery is beneficial but you

 

 16   are telling people, you have got a 3 percent chance

 

 17   of being dead tomorrow if we do the surgery.  It is

 

 18   a mixture of good and bad.

 

 19             I haven't seen much come out of giving

 

 20   drugs to entire people, every cell in their body

 

 21   that is any more predictable than that.

 

 22             [Slide.]

 

        at                                                                 251

 

  1             The king of biomarkers in cardiology today

 

  2   is troponin which, in the course of the decade, has

 

  3   gone from being unknown to being a standard of care

 

  4   measured in 99.8 percent of American hospitals.

 

  5             [Slide.]

 

  6             It stratifies prognosis.  I am going to

 

  7   come back to it in just a minute.  The problem with

 

  8   the biomarkers is that it is not enough to have

 

  9   something that predicts out come.  You have also

 

 10   got to show that it predicts the effect of the

 

 11   treatment.  Specifically, if we say it segregates a

 

 12   population where the treatment effect is greater,

 

 13   you now have got a subgroup problem.  So I am going

 

 14   to make a little fun of the FDA but it is really

 

 15   making fun of all of us.

 

 16             We had a great example a couple of years

 

 17   ago, the Val-HeFT trial.  It is sort of what I call

 

 18   a typical beneficial chronic-disease effect, about

 

 19   a 13 percent reduction in the setting of heart

 

 20   failure in the composite of death and

 

 21   rehospitalization.

 

 22             [Slide.]

 

        at                                                                 252

 

  1             As we all do, we looked at all the

 

  2   subgroups and, lo and behold, when we looked at

 

  3   them, patients who were not taking an ACE

 

  4   inhibitor, as you would expect, got a tremendous

 

  5   benefit from the angiotensin-receptor blocker.  But

 

  6   if the patients were on a beta blocker already, it

 

  7   wasn't quite so pretty and, in fact, when we looked

 

  8   at patients who were on ACE inhibitor and beta

 

  9   blocker together, there was actually a 42 percent

 

 10   increase in the risk of death.

 

 11             This looked very convincing.  The p-values

 

 12   are very small by old criteria.  It was post hoc.

 

 13   But how could you ignore it?

 

 14             [Slide.]

 

 15             So, in fact, the labeling was written.  It

 

 16   was actually fairly careful labeling--I did verify

 

 17   just for you all this morning that still there are

 

 18   no doctors who read any labels so don't really

 

 19   worry about it very much--but not recommend a

 

 20   concomitant use of ACE inhibitor and beta blocker.

 

 21   Actually, that by itself is not necessarily bad

 

 22   advice but the implication here, taken by most of

 

        at                                                                 253

 

  1   cardiology, was it made sense because if you block

 

  2   both the renin angiotension system three ways, beta

 

  3   blockers, ACE inhibitors and ARVs, it has got to be

 

  4   too much and it has got to be bad.

 

  5             We have not done three clinical trials

 

  6   that have totally refuted this as being a bad

 

  7   thing.  It is just not the case.  It was play of

 

  8   chance, a subgroup finding.

 

  9             [Slide.]

 

 10             So this brings us back to the Richard Peto

 

 11   quote.  You could put false positives here just as

 

 12   well, but the fact is, as you may remember, back in

 

 13   ISIS 2, if you were Gemini or Libra, you got no

 

 14   benefit from aspirin.  If you had the other

 

 15   astrological signs, you got a tremendous benefit.

 

 16             The point I want to make with regard to

 

 17   biomarkers, as we get into the era of protemoics

 

 18   and metabolomics, is that, if we do enough studies,

 

 19   we will be able to replicate the findings.  We have

 

 20   actually replicated this finding now in SYMPHONY 2

 

 21   where exactly the same astrological signs have the

 

 22   same effect.  It is now submitted for publication

 

        at                                                                 254

 

  1   just as an example.

 

  2             [Slide.]

 

  3             But not only that, if we have too few

 

  4   outcomes, we can get results that used to be

 

  5   considered definitive.  You would never ethically

 

  6   repeat the experiment.  In heart failure, we repeat

 

  7   the experiment and we get results that are

 

  8   sometimes negative and sometimes worse and several

 

  9   detrimental therapies have been kept from the

 

 10   market or taken off early because of the courage of

 

 11   people to go ahead and do the experiment again.

 

 12             [Slide.]

 

 13             So all this is magnified.  The subgroup

 

 14   problem is magnified now that we can measure

 

 15   multiple biomarkers.  So here is BNP and troponin T

 

 16   together.

 

 17             [Slide.]

 

 18             Here is BNP and CRP.  You see in these

 

 19   plots that if you got badness in both of them, it

 

 20   is really bad, goodness in both of them, it is

 

 21   really good.

 

 22             [Slide.]

 

        at                                                                 255

 

  1             BNP and creatinine clearance.

 

  2             [Slide.]

 

  3             Troponin T and CRP.  So you begin to get

 

  4   ten factorial biomarkers all of which add a little

 

  5   bit and you divide that into the ten factorial

 

  6   subgroups, you have got an enormous mathematical

 

  7   problem.

 

  8             [Slide.]

 

  9             My dean and chancellor are making it more

 

 10   difficult by predicting that we are going to put

 

 11   this together with images and genomic data and

 

 12   somehow you will get a printout that will tell you

 

 13   what to do with your patient.  Well, I think this

 

 14   is just an enormous mathematical problem.

 

 15             [Slide.]

 

 16             So Point No. 1 is biomarkers and imaging

 

 17   are the way to go.  It is well laid out in the

 

 18   document.  I think it is critical.  But it only

 

 19   should be used for screening.  And not in my slide

 

 20   is that I think this is only going to work through

 

 21   a public-private partnership.  There is not a

 

 22   company on the face of the earth as big, Allen, as

 

        at                                                                 256

 

  1   you may be that can do enough of the negative

 

  2   experiments to find out what the array of

 

  3   biomarkers is that predicts a beneficial treatment

 

  4   over time, or even toxicity.

 

  5             It is especially bad if the experiments

 

  6   are secret.  The companies are not releasing their

 

  7   negative data.  This is creating an enormous

 

  8   problem.  Many of us that make good money

 

  9   consulting with companies do it because the

 

 10   companies call and say, we have got this problem

 

 11   with a biomarker.  What have you seen with the

 

 12   other companies?  You can't tell us exactly what

 

 13   you saw but you might have some experience because

 

 14   it is not being shared across the industry.

 

 15             I think unleashing this on the public

 

 16   without further study of true outcomes is an

 

 17   enormous game of Russian roulette in chronic

 

 18   therapies.

 

 19             [Slide.]

 

 20             Last point; we waste a lot of money on

 

 21   clinical trials completely unnecessarily.  There

 

 22   seems to be a myth, and I don't know where it came

 

        at                                                                 257

 

  1   from, that the industry has figured out how to do

 

  2   clinical trials efficiently.  This is not the case.

 

  3   A huge amount of money is being spent and mostly

 

  4   because of the tremendous risk aversion.  I think

 

  5   there are very simple things the FDA could do if

 

  6   there was a carrot added to the simple things that

 

  7   would cause industry to change its behavior.

 

  8             [Slide.]

 

  9             We did a little study--this is in press in

 

 10   American Heart Journal--where we took the

 

 11   information, we created hypothetical clinical

 

 12   trials and asked them how they spend their money

 

 13   and what might be done to change it using some

 

 14   pricing models.

 

 15             Interestingly, there aren't any medical

 

 16   journals interested in this.  I am the Editor of

 

 17   American Heart Journal.  That is why it is

 

 18   published there.

 

 19             [Slide.]

 

 20             But, if you take an average heart-failure

 

 21   trial, now, you are talking about $142 million; an

 

 22   average acute-coronary-syndromes trial, $83 million

 

        at                                                                 258

 

  1   being spent.  You can see the breakdown of how the

 

  2   money is spent.  Most of the money is going to

 

  3   collect data that is never used for anything and to

 

  4   fly people all over the world checking the data

 

  5   that is not going to be used for anything to make

 

  6   sure that it matches a medical record which, in and

 

  7   of itself, is inaccurate.  It is really quite

 

  8   remarkable.

 

  9             What is also interesting about the

 

 10   dynamics of the cost here is that when you begin to

 

 11   cut down on some of this nonsense, it has an effect

 

 12   on all segments.  So, if you collect less data, you

 

 13   need less monitoring.  If you require less

 

 14   monitoring, you spend less money paying the sites

 

 15   because they don't have to spend a lot of money to

 

 16   deal with the monitors.  You can read this on your

 

 17   own.

 

 18             [Slide.]

 

 19             What is really fascinating about this to

 

 20   me is that there is nobody studying how to do this

 

 21   and, in fact, trying to get the industry to talk

 

 22   about it is almost impossible because they are

 

        at                                                                 259

 

  1   scared to death that, if the question comes up that

 

  2   it might be imperfect, that somehow it will hold up

 

  3   an application.

 

  4             We have a case right now, something that

 

  5   is being reviewed by the FDA.  We had some very

 

  6   creative people who wanted to study learning-curve

 

  7   phenomenon which is a huge issue in medicine now.

 

  8   It is no surprise, when you do a big clinical

 

  9   trial, the first hundred patients, there are a lot

 

 10   of mistakes made.  But the company has blocked us

 

 11   from sending this in in a timely fashion until the

 

 12   FDA review is over because they are afraid that the

 

 13   FDA might look at this and raise questions about

 

 14   the study.

 

 15             [Slide.]

 

 16             So we need people studying this.  If you

 

 17   don't believe this is a problem, I would just

 

 18   remind you, my defense always now is HRT.

 

 19             [Slide.]

 

 20             And remarkable consistency in the clinical

 

 21   trials we are seeing between WHI and HERS.

 

 22             [Slide.]

 

        at                                                                 260

 

  1             But I think the lesson here is that we

 

  2   focused on the biomarkers that look good and we

 

  3   forgot that there are at least 20 biomarkers we

 

  4   know of now.  In our latest finding, which I am

 

  5   really excited about, is that HRT improves

 

  6   availability of vascular progenitor cells.  So the

 

  7   hottest thing in cardiology, HRT is good for.

 

  8   Unfortunately, when you give it to people

 

  9   chronically, it doesn't do good because there are

 

 10   other offsetting effects.

 

 11             So the bottom line here is I think

 

 12   biomarkers are good but we better work out

 

 13   public-private partnership arrangements that

 

 14   facilitate the sharing of the information and we

 

 15   should really take clinical trials seriously as an

 

 16   enterprise that requires study on how to do it

 

 17   better and more efficiently.

 

 18             Dennis Gillings and I probably only agree

 

 19   on one thing and that is that we could reduce the

 

 20   cost of clinical trials by 50 percent and actually

 

 21   have better data at the end than we currently have.

 

 22             So I will stop there.  I think I was on

 

        at                                                                 261

 

  1   time.

 

  2             DR. SHINE:  Terrific.  Thank you very

 

  3   much.  Lots of provocative content.  Questions from

 

  4   the committee?  We have got a couple of minutes

 

  5   here before we go to our next speaker.

 

  6             You have identified, in terms of getting

 

  7   drug to where it will do the most good.  I have

 

  8   identified concerns about biomarkers.  You have

 

  9   talked about the design and expense of clinical

 

 10   trials.  From your perspective, in terms of the

 

 11   products that you have been involved in, trying to

 

 12   see them move through the pipeline, and given

 

 13   Janet's notion about trying to develop science that

 

 14   would accelerate safety which would accelerate

 

 15   utility which would look at industrialization,

 

 16   could you give us an idea as to where you think

 

 17   that science ought to go?

 

 18             Obviously, the drug trial is a big part of

 

 19   the utility story and so are biomarkers, but I am

 

 20   just curious as to whether you have thoughts about

 

 21   areas where you would like to see additional

 

 22   science underpinning that process.

 

        at                                                                 262

 

  1             DR. CALIFF:  It depends on your

 

  2   definition.  Let me just talk about two aspects of

 

  3   science.  I think the issues of the underlying

 

  4   science of cellular networks, proteomics, that is

 

  5   very well described by a lot of people and I think

 

  6   it is going to move forward.  We have got to figure

 

  7   out how to get the NIH better integrated into the

 

  8   rest of the world.  There is a lot of work going on

 

  9   that I think you all know about.

 

 10             But there is also the industrial science

 

 11   of studying what you do.  It is a funny business to

 

 12   me that we do this quantitative stuff and no one is

 

 13   studying how to do it better.  I am sure every big

 

 14   pharmaceutical company has people that are

 

 15   studying, most consultants, by the way.  But there

 

 16   is no national enterprise to study how to do

 

 17   clinical research better and a lot of it can be

 

 18   empirically studied, I believe.

 

 19             We make rules and regulations based on

 

 20   somebody's opinion.  We never study whether they

 

 21   make things better or worse.

 

 22             We took a poll of our investigators last

 

        at                                                                 263

 

  1   week and 80 percent say that their lives has been

 

  2   made more difficult.  The majority say they are

 

  3   considering stopping doing clinical research in

 

  4   this country because the transactions have become

 

  5   so complicated and difficult, the cost is

 

  6   skyrocketing and they are not being reimbursed.

 

  7             Every other industry studies itself to

 

  8   make itself more efficient, but not this one.

 

  9             DR. SHINE:  We talked a little bit before

 

 10   you came about the semi-conductor industry,

 

 11   SemiTech and a variety of those models.  We want to

 

 12   come back to them.

 

 13             Rob, are you going to be able to stay for

 

 14   a little bit?

 

 15             DR. CALIFF:  I have got to go back.  I am

 

 16   on call today.

 

 17             DR. SHINE:  Any other questions for Rob

 

 18   before he leaves, then?  Xavier?

 

 19             DR. PI-SUNYER:  Dr. Califf, I don't

 

 20   know--were you here during Dr. Woodcock's

 

 21   presentation?

 

 22             DR. CALIFF:  No, but I have talked with

 

        at                                                                 264

 

  1   Janet quite a bit and she showed me her slides.

 

  2             DR. PI-SUNYER:  What you have said about

 

  3   surrogate markers really goes quite against, I

 

  4   think, what she said earlier about trying to

 

  5   develop these further.  You are very skeptical.

 

  6             DR. CALIFF:  Let's see if we disagree.  I

 

  7   think surrogate markers need to be used for

 

  8   screening.  Out of the, hopefully, hundreds of

 

  9   things to come from proteomics, for example, and

 

 10   with proteomic arrays, to pick the things to really

 

 11   try to go the distance with.  I don't know of any

 

 12   other way of doing it.  I think it is the

 

 13   right--and imaging, which she may not have talked

 

 14   about as much, I think is equally as important.

 

 15             It is a political issue, largely, as to

 

 16   when you let things on the market and then how you

 

 17   follow up and make sure you really know at what

 

 18   level you do.  For a chronic disease, you may not

 

 19   be able to wait until you really know.  An example

 

 20   I used that Larry Kessler and I had several

 

 21   meetings about would be cardiac valves.  You can't

 

 22   wait the eighteen years to know if a cardiac valve

 

        at                                                                 265

 

  1   is really safe to put it on the market.

 

  2             That is not right, but you sure better

 

  3   study it.  And we have examples of that.

 

  4             DR. SHINE:  I want Janet to comment.  But

 

  5   what I heard was something a little different.

 

  6   What I heard was a skepticism that final decisions

 

  7   about products that rest only on surrogate markers

 

  8   is dangerous, that surrogate markers for screening

 

  9   makes sense if they are appropriately set up and

 

 10   that maybe surrogate markers, CD4s, viral load in

 

 11   HIV or whatever, which have a high degree of

 

 12   prediction of the outcome, but, until you have

 

 13   predicted the outcome with the surrogate marker,

 

 14   you want to be very cautious about how far that is

 

 15   taken down the--

 

 16             DR. CALIFF:  Let me say one more sentence

 

 17   based on what--if you say "final," yes; I am

 

 18   adamant and even CD4.  Talk to Tom Fleming about

 

 19   CD4 now.  Yes; it is a good way to know that a drug

 

 20   will have an effect.  But if you make rounds with a

 

 21   doctor now, you are talking about dozens of drugs

 

 22   and it doesn't distinguish which--a CD4 count, in

 

        at                                                                 266

 

  1   the short term, doesn't tell you, for HIV, which is

 

  2   now a chronic disease, which one is going to give

 

  3   you better outcomes in the long term.

 

  4             DR. SHINE:  Janet?

 

  5             DR. WOODCOCK:  I think there is a

 

  6   spectrum.  I made a distinction between the

 

  7   predictive, the need for better prediction, which

 

  8   is driving a lot of the costs.  We need to be able

 

  9   to identify, as Gail said, viable candidates and

 

 10   move them along versus confirmation, which I think

 

 11   is what Rob is talking about.

 

 12             Both of us talked, I think, about society

 

 13   has a need for certainty.  Rob said it better, I

 

 14   think.  It isn't just the FDA.  The payers,

 

 15   everybody, people who take the drugs, they want to

 

 16   know they are going to work.  So I don't totally

 

 17   agree with Rob.  I think there are other areas--I

 

 18   think he is influenced by cardiology.  I think

 

 19   there are other areas, my field, for example, where

 

 20   you have very good certainty with a surrogate and

 

 21   they have been very successful.

 

 22             DR. CALIFF:  What field is that?

 

        at                                                                 267

 

  1             DR. WOODCOCK:  I am a rheumatologist.

 

  2             DR. CALIFF:  Let's talk about COX2

 

  3   inhibitors, just another paper in Circulation about

 

  4   a higher MI rate.

 

  5             DR. WOODCOCK:  Yes; but that is a side

 

  6   effect.  We agree there are side effects.

 

  7             DR. CALIFF:  Bob Temple is probably going

 

  8   to talk about this.  We will probably agree more

 

  9   than--

 

 10             DR. WOODCOCK:  Can I just say one more

 

 11   thing, not on the biomarker issue, but I think the

 

 12   issue Rob has raised about the academic base of

 

 13   clinical trials and how we do clinical trials is an

 

 14   extremely important point.  I tried to make that

 

 15   point as well, probably not as well, again, as he

 

 16   did, but it is an extremely important point because

 

 17   that is the enterprise that you are involved in

 

 18   once you get into people.

 

 19             We don't study it.  We wouldn't build

 

 20   bridges if we didn't have engineering schools or

 

 21   they wouldn't be very successful bridges, at least.

 

 22   And that, I think, is the situation we are in. 

 

        at                                                                 268

 

  1   That is also science.  It is not regulatory.  If

 

  2   you are just making a regulatory standard without a

 

  3   science base, again, you are not making the most

 

  4   informed recommendation on what should be done.

 

  5   That is the problem.

 

  6             DR. SHINE:  Thank you very much, Rob.

 

  7   Thank you for whipping up here and have a safe trip

 

  8   back.

 

  9             DR. CALIFF:  Thank you.  I would love to

 

 10   argue about this more.

 

 11             DR. SHINE:  Good.  I would, too.

 

 12             Our next speaker is Robert S. Langer, Bob

 

 13   Langer, from MIT.  Bob is an extraordinarily

 

 14   distinguished scientist, one of, I think, a

 

 15   relatively small number of people who are members

 

 16   of the National Academy of Sciences, the National

 

 17   Academy of Engineering and the Institute of

 

 18   Medicine which reflects, I think, the extraordinary

 

 19   breadth of his contributions.  He is going to talk

 

 20   about the critical path as it relates to drug

 

 21   formulation and development and tissue-engineering

 

 22   issues.

 

        at                                                                 269

 

  1             Bob, thank you very much for coming down

 

  2   for this purpose.  We are particularly interested

 

  3   in this interface from your perspective.

 

  4                 Drug Formulation and Development

 

  5                  and Tissue Engineering Issues.

 

  6             DR. LANGER:  Thank you very much.

 

  7   Actually, I was going to say, Ken, that probably

 

  8   all three of those, I was probably that rare

 

  9   instance where all three of those organizations

 

 10   made a big mistake.

 

 11             DR. SHINE:  Don't you believe it.

 

 12             DR. LANGER:  I wasn't sure exactly what

 

 13   the best thing would be to do.  I had the pleasure

 

 14   of talking with both Janet and David and others in

 

 15   preparation for this.  So I kind of actually broke

 

 16   this talk up into two parts.

 

 17             [Slide.]

 

 18             Basically, the first half of the talk, I

 

 19   wanted to talk about areas where new development

 

 20   tools, which was kind of the theme of the report,

 

 21   might accelerate progress.  I deliberately tried to

 

 22   pick things that were not in the report because I

 

        at                                                                 270

 

  1   thought that that might be more helpful.  Also, I

 

  2   have tried to pick things that I think may aid in

 

  3   some of the things that are going on, if you look

 

  4   at it from a more generic perspective.  Hopefully,

 

  5   that will be clear.

 

  6             The two I picked were formulation and

 

  7   glycosylation.

 

  8             [Slide.]

 

  9             The second area that I will end the talk

 

 10   with are sort of new areas that are coming down the

 

 11   pike.  These would be areas that are new

 

 12   technologies that people have heard about it, but

 

 13   there really have been very few, if any, products

 

 14   that have been approved yet.  So these are going to

 

 15   be areas where I think we will all need to think

 

 16   about it even further.  Really, my talk here is, at

 

 17   best, an introduction to what we might think about.

 

 18             I picked nanotechnology and tissue

 

 19   engineering based on my conversations.

 

 20             Let me just start out with formulation.

 

 21   Part of the reason I picked this is because I

 

 22   wanted to pick something I knew a little bit about.

 

        at                                                                 271

 

  1   The area that I have worked on for many years has

 

  2   been drug-delivery systems.  But one of the things

 

  3   that I noticed as I have gotten into that field--I

 

  4   probably also had the pleasure of consulting with

 

  5   just about every pharmaceutical company in the

 

  6   world.    One of the things that you

 

  7   notice when you do this is that formulation is sort

 

  8   of the lowest rung on the totem pole.  It comes

 

  9   last.  That has actually created huge problems.

 

 10   When you go to some of the really top companies in

 

 11   the world, what you see is that a drug might have

 

 12   fantastic effects and cells and things like that,

 

 13   but they can't formulate it.  They can't make it

 

 14   soluble.  It happens, actually, 40 or 50 percent of

 

 15   the time.  You can't get it in the right crystal

 

 16   structure.

 

 17             What you see is companies literally

 

 18   spending years, many years, sometimes decades

 

 19   trying to figure out whether to kill the project or

 

 20   to solve it.  Really, what you see largely is

 

 21   people working by hand in the laboratory trying to

 

 22   solve it.

 

        at                                                                 272

 

  1             A couple of years ago, and part of this is

 

  2   companies that I have been involved with--a couple

 

  3   of years I was talking to some people about this

 

  4   and we decided to try to create a company to help

 

  5   this.

 

  6             [Slide.]

 

  7             In fact, the person who is leading the

 

  8   effort there is--the company is TransForm, but the

 

  9   man who is leading the effort, actually,

 

 10   scientifically is a many named Colin Gardner who

 

 11   used to be worldwide Vice President of

 

 12   Pharmaceutical R&D an Merck.  He would see this

 

 13   problem over and over again and wanted to see if we

 

 14   could make an impact.

 

 15             I will sort of try to highlight a little

 

 16   bit about what they have tried to do.  This is kind

 

 17   of just a summary and then I am going to show you a

 

 18   video to give you the idea of high throughput.

 

 19             Basically, the idea is generally,

 

 20   traditionally, what would happen is they call it

 

 21   form and formulation.  Basically, that is making

 

 22   drugs in new crystal structures or making them more

 

        at                                                                 273

 

  1   soluble, things like that.  Normally, you might do

 

  2   ten or twenty in one of two months.  What they are

 

  3   doing, because of what I will show you, high

 

  4   throughput, now they are able to do up to 20,000 in

 

  5   two to four weeks.

 

  6             They also are using tools that have been

 

  7   talked about in the report, the FDA report, like

 

  8   informatics, so that, once you do this 20,000, you

 

  9   can go back into the next 20,000 and do a lot

 

 10   better.  These kinds of tools are being used in

 

 11   genomics but they really haven't been used in

 

 12   certain other areas.

 

 13             So that is basically the idea.  Basically,

 

 14   what I thought I would try to do now, and this is

 

 15   going to go very fast, so it is going to give you a

 

 16   video of what they are doing.  Part of why I wanted

 

 17   to show it to you is maybe people could also use

 

 18   their imaginations.

 

 19             See, here, we are applying to formulation

 

 20   but one of the things you might ask is could you

 

 21   apply this to other things that might also

 

 22   accelerate the kinds of things we are talking

 

        at                                                                 274

 

  1   about.

 

  2             So let me try to show you the video.

 

  3             Basically, what you will be seeing, just

 

  4   to give you an introduction, you kind of have all

 

  5   these vials and they actually call them hotels with

 

  6   different rooms.  Each of them, what you will be

 

  7   doing is trying to create a new crystal structure.

 

  8   It is all done by robotics.  The robots are going

 

  9   to put these powders in.  Then they have these

 

 10   on-line systems that measure, like, X-ray

 

 11   defraction for crystal structure or Raman

 

 12   spectroscopy for crystal structure.  You are going

 

 13   to see real-time measurements.

 

 14             Then they have informatics packages that

 

 15   take all this stuff and then organize it.  Then

 

 16   they will look at it and say, how many crystals do

 

 17   you have, what are their crystal structures, and so

 

 18   forth.

 

 19             So let me go to that video.

 

 20             [Video.]

 

 21             Here it is.  This is illuminated.  It is

 

 22   all robotics.  Like, you can see the vials going

 

        at                                                                 275

 

  1   in.  You shine the light through it and you

 

  2   get--this is an X-ray defraction done on line.

 

  3   They are putting it just in again by robotics.  All

 

  4   this is real time.  They are looking at it.  These

 

  5   are all the Raman spectrographs, real-time.  You

 

  6   organize it.  You get the idea of high throughput.

 

  7             They then organize it.  They bend the

 

  8   data.  This is the informatics.  You see three

 

  9   crystal structures here.  Then you can take that

 

 10   data and now you can organize it.  This is a

 

 11   slightly different way, but, again, you see three

 

 12   crystal structures.

 

 13             This last thing is just a way of having a

 

 14   target.  You could have a target of a certain

 

 15   crystal structure or drug solubility.  This just

 

 16   shows, again, real data how they have improved each

 

 17   time by using informatics package to go up and up.

 

 18             Just to give you a couple of examples of

 

 19   that.  What they have done, actually, for Jim's

 

 20   benefit, they have transformed--this is all

 

 21   public--they have had a very close relationship

 

 22   with Alza so they have been able to do, in a month,

 

        at                                                                 276

 

  1   the same number of transdermal experiments that

 

  2   Alza had done in thirty years just because of using

 

  3   these kinds of approaches.

 

  4             [Slide.]

 

  5             I thought a real practical example which

 

  6   has been published and probably very relevant to

 

  7   this audience is actually ritonavir.  This is an

 

  8   AIDS drug that Abbott made.  People may know that

 

  9   they made it 1.5 years after they launched

 

 10   it--well, it was originally in crystal Form 1.  But

 

 11   1.5 years after they launched it, it formed into a

 

 12   new polymorph.  So it was 50 percent less soluble

 

 13   and they had to basically recall it and try to

 

 14   reformulate it.  Basically, they could never get it

 

 15   back.  They could never get it back to Form 1.

 

 16   Somehow, it had been contaminated and, no matter

 

 17   what they did, it would never get back.

 

 18             But, again, using a high throughput

 

 19   approach, and this was published in Proceedings of

 

 20   the National Academy, in two weeks, basically, what

 

 21   they were able to do is not only make Form 2 but

 

 22   make Form 1 again, and make three new forms that

 

        at                                                                 277

 

  1   had never been discovered before.

 

  2             So, basically, this is just one of quite a

 

  3   number of ways of using high throughput to try to

 

  4   aid discovery and, in my opinion, a very

 

  5   underdeveloped area, formulation.

 

  6             [Slide.]

 

  7             The second area that I was going to go

 

  8   onto was, when I read through the report, and,

 

  9   again, my goal was to try to pick things that were

 

 10   not so much mentioned, but some of the, I think,

 

 11   exciting new tools that are coming along are

 

 12   imaging, informatics, genomics and proteomics.

 

 13             I thought I would pick a fifth one

 

 14   because, I think, again, it is potentially very

 

 15   important and very underdeveloped which is

 

 16   glycomics, sugars.  It is interesting.  Whenever

 

 17   somebody gives a protein, you know the sequence.

 

 18   It is a pure molecule.  But, if you think about it,

 

 19   whenever you are giving a polysaccharide or a

 

 20   glycoprotein, that part of it you are not.

 

 21             In other words, if you took heparin, and I

 

 22   will come back to this is a second, heparins

 

        at                                                                 278

 

  1   poly-disperse.  All glycoproteins from a glyco part

 

  2   are poly-dispersed.  So, as people start to look

 

  3   forward to maybe making bio-generics someday or

 

  4   things like that, how do you ever know what you

 

  5   have really got.

 

  6             [Slide.]

 

  7             So, anyhow, just to go over a little bit,

 

  8   cracking the code of sugars, you could view in some

 

  9   ways as being analogous to sequencing DNA.

 

 10   Sequencing of DNA, obviously, led to a major

 

 11   revolution but, like DNA and proteins, sugars also

 

 12   can play very important roles.  They exist as

 

 13   sequences and building blocks similar to DNA but

 

 14   here the sequencing has been a lot more complex, a

 

 15   lot harder.

 

 16             As I mention, it is important, I mean,

 

 17   just to pick two drugs.  One, it might be Lovenox,

 

 18   which is a low-molecular heparin.  Let's say one

 

 19   wanted to make betters ones or generic ones.

 

 20   Another example could be glycosylated proteins,

 

 21   like epogen.  So these are important areas.

 

 22             [Slide.]

 

        at                                                                 279

 

  1             What's been done, then, or maybe just to

 

  2   go over the problems, so there is an inherent

 

  3   complexity of sugars.  There has been structural

 

  4   complexity and they are information-dense.  There

 

  5   haven't been ways to amplify them.  There hasn't

 

  6   been polymerized chain reaction, so to speak.  And,

 

  7   as I mentioned, a particular issue is that they are

 

  8   heterogeneous.  You don't give one heparin.

 

  9             So the problem is lack of technology and

 

 10   tools to sequence sugars so it has made it

 

 11   difficult to characterize and engineer them and to

 

 12   decipher their role in biology.  This work was

 

 13   actually, again, published in Science and being

 

 14   developed by another company I have been involved

 

 15   with called Momenta.  Basically, it has been led by

 

 16   Ram Sasisekharan and others.

 

 17             But, in our lab, a number of years ago, we

 

 18   were able to clone heparinase, heparinases, all

 

 19   kinds of heparin-cleaving enzymes.  What they have

 

 20   done, and published in Science, is use these to

 

 21   cleave specific portions of these molecules and

 

 22   then use a vanity of techniques like mass spec,

 

        at                                                                 280

 

  1   capillary electrophoresis, NRM and basically have

 

  2   coupled with an informatics package and basically

 

  3   sequenced pretty much any kind of sugar.

 

  4             So this kind of approach may some day, as

 

  5   an example, may lead to being able to make better

 

  6   polysaccharides, better glycoproteins and so forth

 

  7   because now you might have the opportunity to know

 

  8   what you are dealing with.

 

  9             [Slide.]

 

 10             So that is kind of what I wanted to go

 

 11   over in the first part of the talk.  The second

 

 12   part of the talk is more raising questions rather

 

 13   than even giving any suggestions for answers,

 

 14   although I will try to do that just a little.  But

 

 15   two future areas I wanted to focus on in medical

 

 16   development are nanotechnology and tissue

 

 17   engineering.

 

 18             Nanotechnology is a term that gets widely

 

 19   used and has many different meanings.  I thought I

 

 20   would pick two examples, though, where I thought it

 

 21   might be helpful to go over in medicine.  One is

 

 22   actually things, again, which came out of our lab

 

        at                                                                 281

 

  1   which are what I will call microelectromechanical

 

  2   devices.  These are what are called MEMs devices.

 

  3   In particular, these are little microchips, but

 

  4   what you are doing in these microchips is, if you

 

  5   have potent medicines, you can make, and I will

 

  6   show you some pictures in a second, little wells.

 

  7             Unlike regular chips which are all

 

  8   electrical, these chips you can put drugs in or

 

  9   chemicals in.  You can store them there

 

 10   indefinitely.  These wells are nano-sized wells.

 

 11   They are very small but you can pack a good deal of

 

 12   drug in them.  The idea is that they could actually

 

 13   in the body or in a patch or in a pill, but what

 

 14   you can do, if you want, is you can--and, again,

 

 15   this is still in the animal-testing stage.

 

 16             But, basically, all these little wells are

 

 17   individually addressable.  What you can do is the

 

 18   drug will basically stay there, but if you just

 

 19   apply one volt selectively, and you might do this

 

 20   by telemetry, like the way you open up a garage

 

 21   door.  There are all kinds of electrical things you

 

 22   can do.  You can basically cause the gold to

 

        at                                                                 282

 

  1   dissolve.

 

  2             We picked gold here.  We picked gold here.

 

  3   You can also use other materials.  But basically

 

  4   the idea is that you have all these nano-wells.

 

  5   They could have different doses of the same drug in

 

  6   or they could have many doses of a drug.  Let's say

 

  7   somebody wanted to do combination chemotherapy.

 

  8   You could literally put a pharmacy on a chip some

 

  9   day.

 

 10             [Slide.]

 

 11             These, as I mentioned, can be made quite

 

 12   small.  These are pencils and here is the chip.

 

 13   They can be made bigger, too, but, basically, the

 

 14   idea is that they are battery-powered, they are

 

 15   going to be controlled by telemetry, ideally.  This

 

 16   is, like I say, the way you might open up a garage

 

 17   door.

 

 18             You could base the design based on things

 

 19   like pacemakers, things like that.  Again, all this

 

 20   is kind of futuristic but let me again show you a

 

 21   video to illustrate what might happen.  What I am

 

 22   going to do in this video is show you a single

 

        at                                                                 283

 

  1   well, and you have to look, because it happens

 

  2   quickly and then we are just going to apply one

 

  3   volt and that gold will dissolve.  When it does,

 

  4   sort of you will get a change in the background.

 

  5             So we will take a look at this, see if the

 

  6   video works.

 

  7             [Video.]

 

  8             Here it is.  We are applying the voltage.

 

  9   Just like that, it opens up.  And, as soon as it

 

 10   does, whatever is underneath it could come out.  It

 

 11   could come out right away if you put no polymer or

 

 12   gel underneath it or it can come out more slowly if

 

 13   you put a polymer or gel underneath it.

 

 14             [Slide.]

 

 15             Here is just an example.  These are done

 

 16   in rats.  It is actually quite reproducible where

 

 17   you get multiple pulses at different times.  So

 

 18   this is a way of getting a pulse delivery from

 

 19   these little chips.  So that is one example of a

 

 20   nanotechnology kind of thing.

 

 21             [Slide.]

 

 22             The other, which some of these are already

 

        at                                                                 284

 

  1   in clinical trials, is to make what I will call

 

  2   nano-sized medicines.  The idea is that--and this

 

  3   is being done by a number of people--but the idea

 

  4   is that you could take drugs and couple them to

 

  5   polymers.  These are just five different designs

 

  6   that people are looking at, like polymer drug

 

  7   conjugates.

 

  8             The reason people are doing this is

 

  9   because you could lengthen the drug's lifetime in

 

 10   the body.  You might, somebody, and people are

 

 11   trying to do this, target the drug to a particular

 

 12   type of cell, like, say, a cancer cell.  So all

 

 13   these are things that are under active research

 

 14   because they can impart new properties.

 

 15             Also, gene therapy would be another

 

 16   example.  People are trying to couple, make

 

 17   polymers that could deliver a DNA or RNAI to

 

 18   patients somebody.  But, again, these might need to

 

 19   be nano in size so they will be taken up by

 

 20   receptor-mediated endocytosis.

 

 21             [Slide.]

 

 22             So here I just tried to pick some issues

 

        at                                                                 285

 

  1   with some of these nanotechnology approaches.  How

 

  2   will you assess safety?  How do you characterize

 

  3   them?  These are whole new issues that will come

 

  4   up.  What are the right biological

 

  5   characterizations and what are the right

 

  6   physical-chemical characterizations.  What animal

 

  7   models are appropriate and, of course, finally,

 

  8   which I didn't even get into because we are not

 

  9   there, what human tests will obviously need to be

 

 10   done.

 

 11             [Slide.]

 

 12             The last area that I wanted to go over

 

 13   today, and, again, it is a future area, is tissue

 

 14   engineering.  Of course, so much of what we always

 

 15   here about are drugs or medical devices, but tissue

 

 16   engineering really addresses things that are very

 

 17   hard to fix with either drugs or devices.

 

 18             Just to give you some statistics from an

 

 19   article I wrote in Science with Jay Vacanti a few

 

 20   years ago, this is just hugh.  Annual tissue loss

 

 21   and end-stage organ failure can be up to $500

 

 22   billion in healthcare costs.  Part of the reason

 

        at                                                                 286

 

  1   for that is these are serious diseases where people

 

  2   are dying of liver failure or heart failure, so you

 

  3   have to do surgery.  They are in the hospital for

 

  4   long times.  There are 8 million surgical

 

  5   procedures per year.

 

  6             [Slide.]

 

  7             On this slide, I will just go over it

 

  8   fairly quickly.  These are just some of the

 

  9   incidences, like, again--or you might need to do

 

 10   reconstructive surgery so you see problems with

 

 11   bone, cartilage, tendon, skin, blood vessel, liver,

 

 12   pancreas, heart.  And this is a very incomplete

 

 13   list, but it just gives you the idea that the

 

 14   numbers are big and there are not good ways to

 

 15   solve it.

 

 16             [Slide.]

 

 17             So tissue engineering, the paradigm that

 

 18   we started thinking about, and I will just sort of

 

 19   go through it quickly, is that, what you might do

 

 20   some day is take isolated dissociated cells--these

 

 21   are bone, cartilage, liver, intestine, urothelial.

 

 22   I will mention in a minute, and obviously, this

 

        at                                                                 287

 

  1   will be another big issue for you some day is stem

 

  2   cells.  What you might do is take stem cells and

 

  3   convert them to one of these.

 

  4             What we have done is we have put them on a

 

  5   polymer to give them the right kind of structure.

 

  6   You can make them into literally any shape or form

 

  7   and use the polymer as a template for the cells to

 

  8   reorganize depending on the polymer chemistry.  I

 

  9   will, again, give an example of two.

 

 10             Grow them outside the body and then put

 

 11   them inside the body where they might form a new

 

 12   tissue.

 

 13             [Slide.]

 

 14             Just to show you a few pictures.  This is

 

 15   a scanning electron micrograph of the polymer

 

 16   fibers with cells on them.  This is liver cells.

 

 17             [Slide.]

 

 18             But then, to sort of illustrate the shape

 

 19   idea, I thought I would pick an example that

 

 20   Prashad Shastri who is now at Penn, he is going to

 

 21   Vanderbilt, did is let's say we moved--I will make

 

 22   this up--twenty or thirty years into the future and

 

        at                                                                 288

 

  1   somebody comes in and they want plastic surgery.

 

  2   They say, "We would like a new nose."

 

  3             Maybe they want an upturned nose, or maybe

 

  4   they will want a hooked nose.  Probably not, but

 

  5   the point is what I believe will happen someday is,

 

  6   by using polymer fabrication techniques, coupled

 

  7   with cad-cam techniques like computerated design,

 

  8   you will be able to make a nose in any shape you

 

  9   want or anything else.

 

 10             So here is one of the noses that was made.

 

 11   Then you could take cartilage cells on.  In fact,

 

 12   even though the nose is not being done clinically,

 

 13   there are examples out in clinical trials where

 

 14   people are taking cartilage cells from minimally

 

 15   invasive procedures like ear biopsies,

 

 16   arthroscopies, and making tissues for different

 

 17   cosmetic or structural things, usually under

 

 18   physician-sponsored INDs.

 

 19             [Slide.]

 

 20             Anyhow, I thought I would just give you

 

 21   two examples to end the talk of tissue engineering

 

 22   to give an idea of some of the considerations.  The

 

        at                                                                 289

 

  1   first example is blood vessels.  This is very

 

  2   multidisciplinary, too, so it has been very hard to

 

  3   make blood vessels less than 6 millimeters in

 

  4   diameter.  In fact, nobody has succeeded.  That is

 

  5   why they do a transplant.

 

  6             [Slide.]

 

  7             But here is a polymer that is 3

 

  8   millimeters in diameter, 97 percent porous.  This

 

  9   work was done by Laura Nicholson at Duke when she

 

 10   was a post-doc in my lab.  But, basically, the

 

 11   polymer is chemically modified.  A blood vessel, of

 

 12   course, has smooth-muscle cells--that is SMC--on

 

 13   the outside and endothelial cells on the inside.

 

 14             But one of the things that was tricky to

 

 15   make blood vessels are, see, normally, if any of

 

 16   you grow cells in culture and you go to any lab,

 

 17   what you will see is they will sit there in 96 well

 

 18   plates or tissue-culture flasks.  They will just

 

 19   sit there.  But tissue engineering is more complex.

 

 20             What we found is that none of those would

 

 21   work to make blood vessels.  What Laura did was

 

 22   recognize that, if she was going to really get this

 

        at                                                                 290

 

  1   to work, she had to create an environment much like

 

  2   the body.  So, in the body, blood vessels are not

 

  3   sitting there in an incubator.  They are actually

 

  4   hooked up to a pulsative pump, your heart.

 

  5             So she actually created a series of

 

  6   bioreactors which would mimic that and create

 

  7   pulsatile radial stress.

 

  8             [Slide.]

 

  9             Here is a picture of that.  She figured

 

 10   out the right media.  This was years of work.

 

 11   Pulsatile pump beating at 165 beats per minute,

 

 12   pulsing it over eight weeks.

 

 13             [Slide.]

 

 14             At the end of that time, you could

 

 15   actually make a little blood vessel.

 

 16             [Slide.]

 

 17             And, if you characterized it--this we also

 

 18   published in Science.  It is 50 percent collagen.

 

 19   It is quite strong.  Its rupture strength is

 

 20   greater than 2000 millimeters of mercury.  You can

 

 21   suture them into animals.  It has got similar

 

 22   pharmacology.  We just picked three markers, two

 

        at                                                                 291

 

  1   regular blood vessels.

 

  2             [Slide.]

 

  3             These were then put into pigs as the

 

  4   animal model and, using angiography, you could see

 

  5   the blood vessels are open months later.

 

  6             One of the other issues that will come up

 

  7   with a technology like this is how do you get the

 

  8   cells.  Well, one possibility is the patient, but

 

  9   if you try to get them from the patient and

 

 10   somebody had a heart attack and you wanted to do

 

 11   this, then how do you grow them up?  It is going to

 

 12   take a long time so you might need a cell source.

 

 13             That is where stem cells come in.

 

 14             [Slide.]

 

 15             Here is another study, this is just a

 

 16   summary, that Levenberg in our lab did.  This was

 

 17   published in PNAS.  She was able to take human

 

 18   embryonic stem cells and actually clone out by

 

 19   characterizing them appropriately the--figuring out

 

 20   the right day, basically, and the right antibodies,

 

 21   she was actually to clone out human embryonic

 

 22   endothelial cells and then put those in the

 

        at                                                                 292

 

  1   polymers.

 

  2             These are, just, again, some markers.

 

  3   This is histology, platelet endothelial-cell

 

  4   adhesion Molecule 1, CD34.  But, again, if you look

 

  5   closely, you can see the lumen in the animals and

 

  6   the blood vessels in there.  So that is one example

 

  7   that I wanted to give you and I will come back to

 

  8   this in just a second in closing.

 

  9             The other example, very quickly, is tissue

 

 10   engineering, I think, actually provides a way

 

 11   where, someday, you might even be able to aid in

 

 12   spinal-cord repair.

 

 13             So I thought I would pick another example

 

 14   where Erin Lavick did this study.  She, basically,

 

 15   working with Evan Snyder, took neuronal stem cells,

 

 16   put them on a special polymer she designed and did

 

 17   about 50 rats.  Most of these rats are basically

 

 18   made--well, I should say all the rats were made

 

 19   paraplegic.

 

 20             Let me just show you what happens

 

 21   normally.

 

 22             This is 100 days after, and you focus on

 

        at                                                                 293

 

  1   the rat's hind legs.  This is another video.  When

 

  2   you make the rats paraplegic, here is what happens.

 

  3             [Video]

 

  4             He is just sort of dragging his feet.

 

  5   This will go on for about 15 seconds.  Also, the

 

  6   paws are splayed in a kind of funny fashion.

 

  7   Again, it is very important to realize that there

 

  8   is a huge distance, I am sure everybody knows, from

 

  9   animal models to humans, and this experiment is

 

 10   still very early stages.  But it will illustrate

 

 11   what you can achieve some day.

 

 12             The experiments were basically--the

 

 13   controls were nothing, the neuronal stem cells by

 

 14   themselves, the polymer by itself.

 

 15             [Video]

 

 16             Now I am going to show you 100 days out

 

 17   when these stem cells and the implant were put in

 

 18   in the experimental animal within 24 hours of the

 

 19   injury.  Here you see a marked improvement.  This

 

 20   is actually not our best animal, either.  These are

 

 21   the means from the paper.  Again, you can see this

 

 22   animal, as pretty much all of the treated ones do

 

        at                                                                 294

 

  1   100 days out, are able to support their own weight

 

  2   and the paws are splayed in a much more normal

 

  3   fashion.

 

  4             Again, this will be many years before this

 

  5   is ready--again, look at the paws--before this is

 

  6   ready probably for FDA review, but it gives you an

 

  7   idea of what you might see someday.

 

  8             [Slide.]

 

  9             So, to end the talk, as I look at this

 

 10   area, tissue engineering, here are just four points

 

 11   that I wanted to raise; again, how should safety be

 

 12   assessed?  What are the appropriate markers?  How

 

 13   do you judge success?  Also, how do you judge it

 

 14   from a functional standpoint?  Say, you took the

 

 15   blood vessels of the spinal-cord--by the way, these

 

 16   are just examples.  You can take this across twenty

 

 17   or thirty different tissues or organs.  And, again,

 

 18   what are the appropriate animal models and then,

 

 19   obviously, as you go further, how does one design a

 

 20   clinical trial.

 

 21             Basically, that is what I wanted to go

 

 22   over today to both give you an idea of certain

 

        at                                                                 295

 

  1   areas which might be able to help accelerate

 

  2   progress and others that I am sure we will need

 

  3   plenty of help.

 

  4             Thank you.

 

  5             DR. SHINE:  Just terrific.  Again, we see

 

  6   the opportunity that you have taken to move

 

  7   biology, physics, engineering, technology,

 

  8   materials together in a remarkable way with a

 

  9   variety of these kinds of approaches.

 

 10             I guess the principle question that I have

 

 11   for you is, given what we have been talking about,

 

 12   namely what has to happen, how do we develop the

 

 13   science that underlies the process for moving drugs

 

 14   from one end of the spectrum to the other in terms

 

 15   of applicability, your work suggests that there is

 

 16   a real potential for individual investigators or

 

 17   groups of investigators doing the research which,

 

 18   in fact, could underlie that process.

 

 19             We have been struggling with the question

 

 20   of who would fund that research and whether one has

 

 21   to use, for example, public-private approaches,

 

 22   industry-private approaches, and so forth in order

 

        at                                                                 296

 

  1   to see whether one can create enough of an activity

 

  2   so that it could satisfy the needs of the process.

 

  3             So I am just curious as to your

 

  4   perspective on where the kind of unique

 

  5   capabilities you have fit into this overall area of

 

  6   science in support of the drug development and

 

  7   application process.

 

  8             DR. LANGER:  I think it has to come from

 

  9   both.  I think the important thing that I read in

 

 10   the FDA report is really the emphasis on not just

 

 11   basic research but on these kinds of research.  I

 

 12   think, as the government--if the government, say,

 

 13   NIH is the obvious place, but there are obviously

 

 14   other government arms--looks at that, I think that

 

 15   is an important step.

 

 16             I mean, we have seen some of that from the

 

 17   NIH in recent years where they are not just funding

 

 18   hypothesis-driven research but also

 

 19   technology-driven research.  So I think certainly

 

 20   the government and I think reports like the one

 

 21   that was written help on that because they create

 

 22   awareness.

 

        at                                                                 297

 

  1             I also think, if the opportunity is there

 

  2   for companies, both small companies and large, to

 

  3   make money, there also is an opportunity there.

 

  4   The companies that I have mentioned, I think, the

 

  5   small companies like TransForm or Momenta, they

 

  6   basically saw unmet needs that they felt were huge

 

  7   and, therefore, could create opportunities where

 

  8   they might get funding from larger companies or

 

  9   might be able to create brand-new products

 

 10   themselves.

 

 11             I think that is sort of the good thing

 

 12   about America.  You have this whole

 

 13   venture-capital, entrepreneurial, area and people

 

 14   see those opportunities.  They say, boy, here is an

 

 15   area that people haven't focused on at all.  Maybe

 

 16   I can make an impact.

 

 17             But my feeling is what has been good

 

 18   about, what I enjoyed reading in the report, is I

 

 19   think it creates the awareness, to the extent that

 

 20   various groups read it, on everybody's part.  This

 

 21   is an important area that could accelerate

 

 22   progress.

 

        at                                                                 298

 

  1             DR. SHINE:  Thank you.  Does anybody have

 

  2   a quick comment before we take a break?  Also,

 

  3   hopefully, Bob will be around in the next few

 

  4   minutes.

 

  5             DR. LANGER:  Yes; I will be around until

 

  6   4:00 and then I have to give a lecture at another

 

  7   part of FDA.

 

  8             DR. SHINE:  If not, why don't we go ahead

 

  9   and take a break.  We will reconvene at 3:20

 

 10   promptly so that we can get to our last three

 

 11   presentations

 

 12             Bob, thank you very, very much.

 

 13             In the next few minutes, we are going to

 

 14   get a perspective with regard to the role of the

 

 15   critical path in drugs, devices and biologics from

 

 16   folks within the agency who have responsibilities

 

 17   in this area.  The first will be Bob Temple who is

 

 18   Director of the Office of Medical Policy, Center

 

 19   for Drug Evaluation and Research who is going to

 

 20   give an overview of opportunities related to drugs.

 

 21             I believe that is what you are going to

 

 22   do, Bob.

 

        at                                                                 299

 

  1             DR. TEMPLE:  Right.  If my slides are

 

  2   loaded--

 

  3                    Overview of Opportunities

 

  4                              Drugs

 

  5             DR. TEMPLE:  I will talk very fast and

 

  6   will say nothing about biomarkers, by the way.

 

  7             [Slide.]

 

  8             I want to talk generally about efficiency

 

  9   in drug development.  As I go, I will tell you why

 

 10   that seems relevant.  In particular, I want to talk

 

 11   about how to make studies that give you the answer

 

 12   more unequivocally than we now do.  That is the

 

 13   general message.

 

 14             [Slide.]

 

 15             It is worth asking what would represent

 

 16   efficiency in drug development.  The first most

 

 17   obvious thing you think of is smaller studies,

 

 18   simpler studies, collecting less data, as Rob said,

 

 19   doing trials in other countries, having a network

 

 20   that you just drop trials into, using central IRBs

 

 21   so you don't have to go to a million different

 

 22   ones, all that kind of stuff.

 

        at                                                                 300

 

  1             There are real possibilities in all those

 

  2   things but I am not mostly going to talk about

 

  3   that.  Some other day with another twenty minutes.

 

  4             [Slide.]

 

  5             What I want to talk about is improving the

 

  6   quality of development so that you get valid

 

  7   answers earlier, in particular that you learn

 

  8   whether your drug is likely to work in Phase II

 

  9   which is when you are supposed to learn that, or we

 

 10   always thought so.  If you knew that, you could

 

 11   terminate development of things that aren't going

 

 12   to work or that are unsafe earlier.  You could

 

 13   proceed into development only with drugs that are

 

 14   likely to succeed.

 

 15             Also, you wouldn't lose effective and safe

 

 16   drugs because you got the wrong dose or something

 

 17   like that.  So that is what I want to talk about.

 

 18             [Slide.]

 

 19             I have been interested in efficiencies in

 

 20   design for a long time, but we were recently told

 

 21   of something that, to me, is unbelievable and

 

 22   astonishing.  PhRMA says, and there is no reason

 

        at                                                                 301

 

  1   not to believe them, they should know, that of

 

  2   drugs completing Phase II, about half of them fail

 

  3   in Phase III and often because they can't be shown

 

  4   to be effective.  Now that, to me, is amazing.  It

 

  5   is not what we always thought the way things were.

 

  6             You are supposed to know in Phase II, for

 

  7   most kinds of drugs, whether they are going to

 

  8   work.  That is what Phase II is for.  So what is

 

  9   the matter?  Well, we don't know what is the matter

 

 10   and I would say to PhRMA that their number-one task

 

 11   is to find out.  They ought to review all these

 

 12   failures and figure it out.  Doing anything else

 

 13   doesn't make any sense.  But they don't work for

 

 14   me.

 

 15             We have some thoughts, though, about what

 

 16   could improve this and that is what I want to talk

 

 17   about.

 

 18             [Slide.]

 

 19             We are doing a number of things--I think I

 

 20   won't dwell on this--to try to meet earlier with

 

 21   companies, to try to give what information we can

 

 22   and what we know about because we see a lot of

 

        at                                                                 302

 

  1   mistakes.  Those are going on and, because I have

 

  2   got to finish on time, I won't do that.  And we are

 

  3   writing guidance, too.

 

  4             But the failures have to be understood.

 

  5   Some of them are going to be unavoidable.  Some

 

  6   rare adverse effect comes along.  It is an

 

  7   hepatotoxin.  Okay; those drugs are going down.

 

  8   Sometimes, there is no valid biomarker.

 

  9   Platelet-active drugs don't have a plausible

 

 10   biomarker so you have to do a 3,000-patient study

 

 11   to see if they work and sometimes it doesn't work

 

 12   out.  You can't fix that.  Sometimes adverse

 

 13   effects show up after a long time.

 

 14             [Slide.]

 

 15             But sometimes there are avoidable

 

 16   problems.  For example, people don't use biomarkers

 

 17   that do exist to find the right dose and they carry

 

 18   out all the studies at the wrong dose, too high,

 

 19   toxicity, too low, doesn't work.  They don't study

 

 20   a wide enough dose range so that things don't work

 

 21   out right and there is nothing they can do about

 

 22   it.

 

        at                                                                 303

 

  1             Sometimes, the Phase II study isn't really

 

  2   positive but there is a subset in which it might

 

  3   work, and it was trending favorably.  So they

 

  4   launch Phase III and they haven't really got a

 

  5   basis for it.  That is, as Lou Sheiner would say,

 

  6   moving to confirm before you have learned enough.

 

  7             I think failure to consider dose-finding

 

  8   in Phase III is a bad mistake for reasons that I

 

  9   will get into.  Sometimes, they don't do

 

 10   appropriate workup.  And then, sometimes, there is

 

 11   subset chasing, a very dangerous thing because

 

 12   subset findings are unreliable as Rob showed you

 

 13   even when we put them in our recommendations.

 

 14             He didn't tell you that the rest of the

 

 15   labeling was very clear that that was not

 

 16   necessarily true.

 

 17             [Slide.]

 

 18             What I want to talk about is ways that

 

 19   Phase II controlled trials could be redesigned,

 

 20   designed differently, to give more unequivocal

 

 21   answers.  I am going to talk about three

 

 22   possibilities.  One is the general concept of

 

        at                                                                 304

 

  1   enrichment, putting people into trials who are

 

  2   likely to have larger effects because then you get

 

  3   a surer answer.

 

  4             Reversing the usual sequence, we usually

 

  5   randomize people to drug or placebo.  You can take

 

  6   people who are on drug and do a randomized

 

  7   withdrawal and, in some cases, find a much more

 

  8   efficient design.  If I get to it and have time,

 

  9   which I don't think I will, I will talk to you

 

 10   about a titration design that Dr. Sheiner

 

 11   suggested.  I can't mention his name without noting

 

 12   that he is in terrible distress and we are all very

 

 13   saddened by that.  Anyway, I will see if we get to

 

 14   that.

 

 15             [Slide.]

 

 16             Enrichment, as a general concept, is any

 

 17   selection maneuver that makes the population more

 

 18   likely to be able to participate properly in the

 

 19   study, have the endpoint of interest or respond to

 

 20   treatment because all of those things increase the

 

 21   study power for showing an effect.  That is sort of

 

 22   obvious.  Enrichment goes on all the time, even if

 

        at                                                                 305

 

  1   it is not identified that way.  We always do that.

 

  2             Some of it, as I said, is routine and

 

  3   nobody has any trouble with it.  You try to find

 

  4   likely compliers.  You choose people who won't drop

 

  5   out because of other diseases.  You have a placebo

 

  6   baseline to eliminate the people whose condition

 

  7   goes away.  You eliminate people who give

 

  8   inconsistent treadmill results in an angina trial.

 

  9   People do these all the time.  Actually, it is not

 

 10   absolutely true that nobody doesn't like this.

 

 11   Sometimes, they say, oh, then it won't be

 

 12   generalizable.   But, this is fairly common

 

 13   practice and everybody does it.

 

 14             People who like to model trials can build

 

 15   these things into their models and see how helpful

 

 16   it is likely to be.  That is pretty standard, not a

 

 17   big deal.

 

 18             [Slide.]

 

 19             Where you understand that one disease is

 

 20   different from another disease, it is perfectly

 

 21   acceptable to do that. Just to take some obvious

 

 22   examples, we know now, because we are smarter, that

 

        at                                                                 306

 

  1   edema can be hepatic, renal or cardiac.  You

 

  2   wouldn't study an inotrope in renal edema.  That

 

  3   would be silly.  Nobody has any troubles with

 

  4   those.

 

  5             Now that we are even smarter, we know that

 

  6   heart failure can be systolic or diastolic

 

  7   dysfunction.  So, if you want to study an inotrope,

 

  8   you don't study it in diastolic dysfunction.  It

 

  9   will make it worse.  So those kinds of distinctions

 

 10   are fine and we distinguish causes of pain and

 

 11   study particular kinds.  We do that all the time.

 

 12             [Slide.]

 

 13             You can do the same thing in places where

 

 14   we don't do it.  For drugs that have a

 

 15   renin-angiotensin mechanism, you could study them

 

 16   in high-renin hypertension.  I am sure you could

 

 17   get a smaller trial, get better dose response if

 

 18   you did it, but working up renin-angiotension

 

 19   systems is sort of hard so nobody bothers.  But you

 

 20   could.

 

 21             We are going to see a time when well

 

 22   established genetic differences, sometimes

 

        at                                                                 307

 

  1   descriptive, sometimes really pathophysiological,

 

  2   are going to be the basis for identifying people

 

  3   who do or don't have a disease and who are not

 

  4   likely to respond.  I guess what impressed me

 

  5   recently is a study in the New England Journal that

 

  6   showed that a high placental growth factor predicts

 

  7   the likelihood of an MI, is four times greater than

 

  8   in people who have a low placental growth factor.

 

  9             Well, if you are going to do a trial of

 

 10   preventing heart attacks, who are you going to put

 

 11   in your trial?  High placental growth factor.

 

 12             [Slide.]

 

 13             Something that is not done because it

 

 14   raises a question about generalizability is, in

 

 15   difficult cases, to examine the patient response

 

 16   before entry to identify likely responders.  And

 

 17   you then put them in a rigorous trial.  That makes

 

 18   people nervous, and I am really talking here about

 

 19   Phase II.  There might be another trial to pin down

 

 20   the more general population, but this might give

 

 21   you a better answer.

 

 22             People do these sorts of things.  CAST,

 

        at                                                                 308

 

  1   ill-fated as it was, was conducted in people who

 

  2   had a 70 percent reduction in their ventricular

 

  3   premature beats based on the idea that, if it

 

  4   didn't do that, how could it possibly work.  Very

 

  5   sensible.

 

  6             We have studied topical nitrates in people

 

  7   who have a known blood-pressure response to

 

  8   sublingual nitroglycerine.   If they can't have

 

  9   that, then they are not going to respond to the

 

 10   nitrate.

 

 11             [Slide.]

 

 12             You could also screen for the true drug

 

 13   response and then randomize only the responders to

 

 14   get an idea of who is going to respond and then do

 

 15   a rigorous study to really prove it.  In fact,

 

 16   Oates, Woosely and Roden did all their

 

 17   antiarrhythmic studies that way.  They gave the

 

 18   drug open and then they found the responders and

 

 19   put them into a trial.  Thy didn't emphasize that,

 

 20   but that is what they did.

 

 21             [Slide.]

 

 22             One might also look at the history of

 

        at                                                                 309

 

  1   response to a class.  You probably can't see this

 

  2   very well, but the third study down,

 

  3   Sanchez-Torres, was in known responders to

 

  4   diuretics.  In this study of indapamide, they had a

 

  5   response at 5 milligrams of 37 over 15.  That ain't

 

  6   the normal response to a diuretic.  So the

 

  7   possibility that you could shorten the development

 

  8   process by picking people known to respond is of

 

  9   interest.

 

 10             [Slide.]

 

 11             There are many other possibilities where

 

 12   this might be an efficient mode of development.

 

 13   Where, as a general matter, you do a clinical

 

 14   screen, you give the drug to the group, find the

 

 15   responders, take the drug away and than randomize

 

 16   to the drug.  It has been notoriously difficult in

 

 17   GI diseases--not things that reduce acid.  Those

 

 18   have been pretty easy--but GI diseases where you

 

 19   are trying to modify motility and do something

 

 20   useful, it has been notoriously difficult to show

 

 21   that these work.  Cisapride, domperidone, things

 

 22   like that.

 

        at                                                                 310

 

  1             One possibility is to do that sort of

 

  2   screen, look at the apparent responders and then

 

  3   randomize and see if you can confirm what appears

 

  4   to be a response.  All of things make the

 

  5   assumption and depend on the idea that, within a

 

  6   group of apparently similar people, there are, in

 

  7   fact, subsets--genetic, we don't know.  You don't

 

  8   have to know--who respond differently.  The reason

 

  9   it is so hard to show anything in GI disease is

 

 10   that it is really multiple diseases, different

 

 11   mechanisms and so only 10, 20 percent of the

 

 12   population can respond to any given thing.  So that

 

 13   is a possibility.

 

 14             The various pulmonary, anti-asthmatic

 

 15   drugs, other than beta-agonists, have

 

 16   disappointingly small average effects.  Well, one

 

 17   possible reason is that there are really multiple

 

 18   diseases with different mechanisms and we don't

 

 19   know it yet.  Well, there is a possibility that you

 

 20   could find out.  I won't give my cromolyn anecdote.

 

 21   It involves my son being cured of his asthma by a

 

 22   drug that hardly works on average, suggesting to me

 

        at                                                                 311

 

  1   that there is a subset.

 

  2             I just want to point out, any randomized

 

  3   withdrawal study, which I will describe, has some

 

  4   elements of this.

 

  5             [Slide.]

 

  6             A third opportunity, really important, is

 

  7   picking people likely to have the event.  Now, this

 

  8   is automatic in a symptomatic disease.  Everybody

 

  9   has the symptoms so 100 percent of the people are

 

 10   candidates to get whatever you want.

 

 11             If you look at outcome trials, whether it

 

 12   is in cholesterol lowering or heart failure, we

 

 13   have systematically studied the sickest people

 

 14   first, shown an effect in them and then moved down.

 

 15   Well, the sickest people have more events.  In

 

 16   consensus, a study of maybe 400  people, the

 

 17   mortality was something like 40 percent at six

 

 18   months; a lot of events, easy to do the study.  And

 

 19   you saw the same things in cholesterol where you

 

 20   started with 4S where everybody had cholesterol of

 

 21   260 and recently had a heart attack, and then we

 

 22   have been moving down.

 

        at                                                                 312

 

  1             We already know that certain genetic risk

 

  2   factors are going to be able to do the same way.

 

  3   If you want to do prophylaxis against ovarian

 

  4   cancer, you pick people with the characteristic

 

  5   genetic markup that says they are going to get

 

  6   ovarian cancer.  So we are going to see more and

 

  7   more possibilities like that.

 

  8             There is another more mundane example.

 

  9   One of the most successful sets of treatments for

 

 10   motility-modifying drugs has been, and also for

 

 11   acid resisters, in preventing heartburn in response

 

 12   to meals.  The way you do that is you find people

 

 13   who respond to a classic meal.  The classic meal is

 

 14   pizza with everything and unlimited chianti wine.

 

 15   You put them in your trial and very modest effects

 

 16   have been successfully demonstrated in those trials

 

 17   because the population is enriched with people who

 

 18   will have the disease instead of waiting for them

 

 19   to have it.

 

 20             [Slide.]

 

 21             I guess I want to say this again.  An

 

 22   enriched population has to be recognized for what

 

        at                                                                 313

 

  1   it is.  It is not a slice of general population,

 

  2   but it tells you--it provides proof of concept.  It

 

  3   tells you this is a therapy that, at least in

 

  4   somebody, is going to work.  Then, I would argue,

 

  5   in Phase III, you go find out who it works in and

 

  6   pin that down.

 

  7             How is my time?

 

  8             DR. SHINE:  You have got eight minutes.

 

  9             DR. TEMPLE:  Ach.  I can talk slow.  In

 

 10   that case, maybe I will go back to that anecdote.

 

 11             [Slide.]

 

 12             In 1975, Amery, a Belgian cardiologist,

 

 13   proposed what he thought was a more ethical design

 

 14   for doing angina trials.  That is because, in 1975,

 

 15   our criteria, our requirements for angina trials

 

 16   involved more than a six-month placebo-controlled

 

 17   period.  It is really hard to imagine.

 

 18             He thought there were better ways to do

 

 19   it.  What he said was, instead of randomizing

 

 20   people with angina to drug or treatment, he gave

 

 21   people the treatment, which they thought was going

 

 22   to work, and then randomized people, in fact,

 

        at                                                                 314

 

  1   people who appeared to respond to it, to either the

 

  2   test drug or to placebo.  You can randomize to

 

  3   multiple doses and get dose-response information

 

  4   out of this.

 

  5             The endpoint could either be

 

  6   time-to-failure.  Your angina comes back, you are

 

  7   out of the study, and a lot of people find that

 

  8   attractive because you don't get treatment that

 

  9   doesn't work for a long time, or some conventional

 

 10   measure like angina attacks per week.

 

 11             This is actually the way antidepressant

 

 12   maintenance studies are carried out now, in some

 

 13   sense, how else could you carry them out.  But it

 

 14   is useful whenever you want to assess long-term

 

 15   effectiveness but couldn't use a long-term placebo.

 

 16   Nobody is going to have a six-month

 

 17   placebo-controlled hypertension trial anymore.  It

 

 18   wouldn't be ethical, but you can test for

 

 19   persistent effectiveness by taking the drug away

 

 20   randomly at the end of six months and seeing if the

 

 21   pressure comes back up.

 

 22             You probably don't want to withdraw it

 

        at                                                                 315

 

  1   abruptly because there are withdrawal effects,

 

  2   things like that.

 

  3             [Slide.]

 

  4             That could also be used for blood sugar,

 

  5   conceivably for heart failure, things like that.

 

  6   It turns out that design is very attractive for

 

  7   pediatric studies because our pediatric committees

 

  8   really don't like the idea of having kids having

 

  9   symptoms for a long time.  In this design, as soon

 

 10   as they have a symptom, they are out of the study.

 

 11   They have failed.

 

 12             It is also worth noting that in

 

 13   depression, which we have been reading about all

 

 14   the time, where standard placebo-controlled trials

 

 15   fail about half the time, these trials almost never

 

 16   fail.  We are aware of just one trial that failed.

 

 17   That is because the population is enriched because

 

 18   all the support that goes one in a

 

 19   placebo-controlled trial isn't there because you

 

 20   wait until the event happens.  It doesn't have to

 

 21   happen at any particular time.  Anyway, it is a

 

 22   very attractive kind of design.

 

        at                                                                 316

 

  1             [Slide.]

 

  2             I want to show you two examples.  This

 

  3   goes back a long time ago.  This is nifedipine in

 

  4   vasospastic angina.  This is the original data we

 

  5   were given out of what was described as a study but

 

  6   really wasn't.  It was just a hundred people who

 

  7   were treated.

 

  8             Our advisory committee said, we don't know

 

  9   what the natural history of vasospastic angina is.

 

 10   There had never been a drug for it.  So maybe it

 

 11   was just going away.  So we got Pfizer to do a

 

 12   trial, a very simple trial.  They took a bunch of

 

 13   people who were on nifedipine of which there were

 

 14   many.  They watched them for two weeks to make sure

 

 15   they were paying attention and then did a

 

 16   randomized withdrawal study of four weeks duration.

 

 17             [Slide.]

 

 18             You can see this was not a very large

 

 19   trial, 28 people.  I also should note that the

 

 20   patients were all available.  You didn't have to

 

 21   wait for people with a rare disease to come to your

 

 22   clinic.  There they were being treated because of

 

        at                                                                 317

 

  1   the open follow up.

 

  2             Early withdrawal was the primary endpoint.

 

  3   They had five of those and one person who should

 

  4   have withdrawn but didn't know she was supposed to

 

  5   and had a heart attack, so it is either five or six

 

  6   versus zero.  The other measures of success all

 

  7   were quite good and we were able to approve the

 

  8   drug on the basis of this extremely easy and

 

  9   extremely rapid study.  Obviously, only the people

 

 10   who were doing well on the drug got into this trial

 

 11   so it is enriched.

 

 12             [Slide.]

 

 13             Recently, we approved sodium oxybate for

 

 14   cataplexy with narcolepsy.  We had one conventional

 

 15   trial where people were randomized but a second

 

 16   confirmatory trial was done in people who were on

 

 17   the drug because they were doing well on it.  And

 

 18   they were all, obviously, quite available.  You

 

 19   just had to call them on the phone because you were

 

 20   providing the drug for them.

 

 21             We looked at median attacks per two weeks

 

 22   in people who were randomized to placebo or to

 

        at                                                                 318

 

  1   sodium oxybate after being on it.  So, at baseline,

 

  2   the placebo group had had four attacks per two

 

  3   weeks.  They went up to 21.  The sodium oxybate had

 

  4   had 1.9 attacks per week and they stayed at 1.9.

 

  5   So, in no time at all, you have a nice confirmatory

 

  6   study, very solid.

 

  7             [Slide.]

 

  8             Other things you could do with randomized

 

  9   withdrawal is make this subset observation, which

 

 10   is highly suspect, into something real.  It might

 

 11   take more than one trial group to do it, but, the

 

 12   overall study is negative, maybe leaning favorably

 

 13   and it is very tempting to find the obviously

 

 14   pharmacologically based subset--all

 

 15   pharmacologically based subsets seem obvious when

 

 16   the drug looks better in them--and actually test

 

 17   it; that is, take those people and do the

 

 18   randomized withdrawal study, thus turning an

 

 19   observation that is highly suspect and likely to be

 

 20   misleading into something that could be pretty

 

 21   solid.

 

 22             [Slide.]

 

        at                                                                 319

 

  1             There are some other interesting things.

 

  2   Sometimes, a drug has some side effects.  You are

 

  3   not sure whether you really think it works well

 

  4   enough.  One way to find out is to take people who

 

  5   seem to have had a dramatic response and, of

 

  6   course, in a controlled trial, you don't really

 

  7   know whether they did.  You just see a range of

 

  8   relationships.  You look at medians.  Take that

 

  9   population and do a randomized withdrawal study and

 

 10   see if they fall apart.

 

 11             We suggested that be done, actually, for

 

 12   lotrenex and our suggestion was not taken.  There

 

 13   was probably other evidence that some people

 

 14   responded very well, but that would have been an

 

 15   unbelievably quick way to get an answer to that

 

 16   question because all of the people were out there.

 

 17   They were on the drug.  It wasn't done.

 

 18             [Slide.]

 

 19             The randomized withdrawal, as I said, has

 

 20   a lot of advantages.  It is enriched; that is, you

 

 21   are likely to be able to see an effect if there is

 

 22   one because you are picking people who seem to have

 

        at                                                                 320

 

  1   had a response.  And if there is a mixture of

 

  2   potential responders and non-responders, this is

 

  3   the way to find them, and do the study in the

 

  4   people who do it.

 

  5             It is efficient.  They already exist.  It

 

  6   has an ethical attractiveness because, as soon as

 

  7   people go bad, they are out of the trial.  It could

 

  8   verify a subset finding and it is easy to turn

 

  9   these into dose-response studies.

 

 10             [Slide.]

 

 11             So I have got a couple of minutes.  Let me

 

 12   just touch on dose finding.  We won't really know

 

 13   this until PhRMA or somebody goes back and sees why

 

 14   all these trials, all these drugs, fail in Phase

 

 15   III.  But one of the things that we believe is the

 

 16   dose-finding isn't very well done.

 

 17             [Slide.]

 

 18             Some people think that dose finding is

 

 19   finished in Phase II.  That is just totally wrong.

 

 20   You have very little safety information.  Phase III

 

 21   should be filled with dose-response studies.  That

 

 22   is true in hypertension and it is not reliably true

 

        at                                                                 321

 

  1   on some other places.

 

  2             [Slide.]

 

  3             Obviously, everybody should use their

 

  4   pharmaco--this is for Larry Lesko.  They should all

 

  5   use their pharmacodynamic information to design

 

  6   their dose-response trial.

 

  7             [Slide.]

 

  8             Sometimes, you can redesign the trial.  I

 

  9   have given this example so many times I am sure Bob

 

 10   Meyer would wish I would go away.  But it is a

 

 11   striking observation that, if you do field studies

 

 12   of antihistamines, you put hundreds of people into

 

 13   each group and you fail a large percentage of the

 

 14   time.  That is because you can't control the

 

 15   pollen--did I say for allergic rhinitis?

 

 16   Antihistamines in allergic rhinitis.

 

 17             It is also clear that if you blow the

 

 18   antigen into a chamber in a controlled way, much

 

 19   smaller studies give much clearer evidence of

 

 20   effectiveness and you can learn things very well

 

 21   about dose response, time-of-onset,

 

 22   duration-of-action, and stuff like that.  So this

 

        at                                                                 322

 

  1   is what people do now.  They do their workup in the

 

  2   chamber and then they confirm it with a field study

 

  3   and everybody is reasonably happy.

 

  4             What I am hoping we will find over the

 

  5   months and years that we are working on this is

 

  6   other examples of where you can enormously increase

 

  7   the efficiency of trial design by doing similar

 

  8   things.  We will ask people.  I don't have other

 

  9   examples yet, I have to tell you.

 

 10             [Slide.]

 

 11             One thing that is never done but could be

 

 12   is to carry out dose-response studies related to

 

 13   effectiveness in people who are known to respond to

 

 14   the drug.  What is the point of putting people who

 

 15   can't respond into a trial to find out what the

 

 16   dose response is when they can't possibly respond.

 

 17             [Slide.]

 

 18             You have already seen that.

 

 19             [Slide.]

 

 20             Other places to do it.  Study a full range

 

 21   of doses.

 

 22             [Slide.]

 

        at                                                                 323

 

  1             There is a small pitch for examining the

 

  2   maintenance dose through a randomized withdrawal

 

  3   study, and the last thing, which I am not going to

 

  4   be able to get to but I will want to mention it is

 

  5   a design that Lou Sheiner proposed in 1982 to use

 

  6   titration designs in an informative way.

 

  7             One of the things about many of the

 

  8   studies we do is a lot of people never get the best

 

  9   dose they could, the highest dose they could take,

 

 10   partly because if you don't interpret those studies

 

 11   properly, you get misled.  You get an

 

 12   umbrella-shaped dose-response curve because the

 

 13   high dose only goes to people who can't respond.

 

 14             What he did was look at the individual

 

 15   dose responses and teased dose-response information

 

 16   out of a titration design, a very efficient thing.

 

 17   If you want to study eight doses, you don't need

 

 18   eight groups.  You need one group on drug and one

 

 19   group on placebo.  It is worth thinking about.  You

 

 20   will see it in the slides.  It is a picture from

 

 21   his thing.

 

 22             [Slide.]

 

        at                                                                 324

 

  1             All of these designs--I want to make one

 

  2   last emphasis and then I will go away--all of these

 

  3   things have been used.  They are all possible.

 

  4   They make people nervous about the question of

 

  5   generalizability but these should not be thought of

 

  6   as the only trials that are ever going to be done

 

  7   on the drug.  They are trials during Phase II to

 

  8   convince you that you actually have a drug which,

 

  9   it turns out, from PhRMA's data, is a big problem.

 

 10             So we are going to be thinking about these

 

 11   things more as time goes by.

 

 12             Thanks.

 

 13             DR. SHINE:  Thank you, Robert.  So we have

 

 14   learned at least four approaches to designing

 

 15   clinical trials that may help the process.

 

 16             We are going to go on with the

 

 17   presentations and then, if you would be available

 

 18   for questions after Jesse's presentation, that

 

 19   would be helpful.

 

 20             DR. TEMPLE:  Yes.

 

 21             DR. SHINE:  We are now going to look at

 

 22   issues with regard to devices.  Larry Kessler,

 

        at                                                                 325

 

  1   Director of the Office of Science and Engineering

 

  2   Laboratories in the Center for Devices and

 

  3   Radiologic Health

 

  4             Take it away, Larry.

 

  5             Dr. KESSLER:  Thank you.

 

  6                     Overview of Opportunity

 

  7                             Devices

 

  8             DR. KESSLER:  Thank you.  You may have

 

  9   noticed Dr. Feigal, who is leaving the Center, has

 

 10   let me do this.  I thought it was because he was

 

 11   just leaving but I think it is because he decided,

 

 12   once he saw the agenda and asked me to follow Bob

 

 13   Langer and Bob Temple, he thought, let me follow

 

 14   Bob Langer and Bob Temple and not him.  So I want

 

 15   to thank David, in his absence, for that favor.  It

 

 16   is very kind.

 

 17             [Slide.]

 

 18             I am actually going to do something a

 

 19   little different than Dr. Temple.  I think I will

 

 20   be relatively brief.

 

 21             [Slide.]

 

 22             I am going to first mention--I always

 

        at                                                                 326

 

  1   mention to an audience I don't know that devices

 

  2   are different than a lot of other medical products.

 

  3   The are varied, and I will talk about that a little

 

  4   bit.  I will talk a little bit about the vision in

 

  5   the Center for Devices and Radiological Health and

 

  6   our version of the critical path.

 

  7             Then I am going to mention some

 

  8   opportunities in the device world in very concrete

 

  9   terms and I will be very brief about each of them,

 

 10   and then mention some of the things that we are

 

 11   trying to do to take this into the future.

 

 12             [Slide.]

 

 13             The device world is broad and vast;

 

 14   blood-pressure cuffs, contact lenses, heart valves,

 

 15   hip implants, infusion pumps, pacemakers.  So the

 

 16   critical path for a contact lens is not the same as

 

 17   the critical path for a test strip or for a hip

 

 18   implant.  They are different animals.  They are

 

 19   very different animals; how they are regulated, how

 

 20   they are studied, how they are approved.  So there

 

 21   isn't a good "one size fits all."

 

 22             I know it is not true, that just one size

 

        at                                                                 327

 

  1   fits all, in the other product areas, but, for

 

  2   devices, we are much weirder than other product

 

  3   areas.  So thinking through how we solve that

 

  4   problem, the problem of critical path is going to

 

  5   different.

 

  6             I did not hear Dr. Jacobson's comments

 

  7   this morning but she and I have talked, and the

 

  8   pipeline issue for the device world, as Janet has

 

  9   mentioned and I know Liz mentioned, is different.

 

 10   It is a different problem.  Trying to accelerate

 

 11   product is no less important in the device area.

 

 12   But pipeline product is a little different problem

 

 13   for us although I will point to at least one area

 

 14   that we share with the other medical-product

 

 15   centers, and I will talk about that at the end of

 

 16   my talk, where it is not dissimilar for the device

 

 17   area from drugs and biologics.

 

 18             [Slide.]

 

 19             We have been using this wheel to talk

 

 20   about the designed obsolescence circle that the

 

 21   device world lives in.  So, in our critical path,

 

 22   trying to get things through the preclinical world,

 

        at                                                                 328

 

  1   the clinical world into manufacturing represents

 

  2   just as big a hurdle for the device world as it

 

  3   does for pharmaceuticals and biologics.

 

  4             [Slide.]

 

  5             I am going to skip that.

 

  6             [Slide.]

 

  7             I am going to talk about five examples.

 

  8   The first one I am going to talk about actually is

 

  9   a success story.  This is where the agency, in

 

 10   collaboration with the National Cancer Institute,

 

 11   industry and academia actually helped solve a

 

 12   critical-path problem about four or five years ago.

 

 13             It started in the mid-1990s when digital

 

 14   mammography was trying to come on line.  The way to

 

 15   put digital mammography on the market was to try

 

 16   and do adequate studies to demonstrate its

 

 17   effectiveness and its safety.  Well, the initial

 

 18   studies done by the imaging companies were far too

 

 19   small to actually give us adequate evidence because

 

 20   they did not take into account reader variability.

 

 21   So the early studies brought to the agency were,

 

 22   sadly, difficult and more or less failed designs.

 

        at                                                                 329

 

  1             We went back with the industry and sat

 

  2   down and said, what can we do.  And we, and they,

 

  3   and academia and the NCI developed a variety of

 

  4   multiple-reader, multiple-case receiver

 

  5   operating-characteristic curves.  This is

 

  6   methodology.  It allowed us to bring these products

 

  7   to market with enriched studies.  They are not

 

  8   unlike some of the things that Bob Temple was just

 

  9   talking about.  These multiple-reader,

 

 10   multiple-case studies were done with enriched

 

 11   populations and allowed us to get digital onto the

 

 12   market faster.

 

 13             Note that we followed up with the NCI with

 

 14   a large study now being conducted by the NCI's and

 

 15   the American College of Radiology's Imaging Network

 

 16   Consortium to look at the performance of this

 

 17   product in the postmarket period because we still

 

 18   have questions about this product now that it is on

 

 19   the market.

 

 20             For us, that is part of our critical path.

 

 21   We don't end with putting something on the market

 

 22   and saying we are all done.  There are serious and

 

        at                                                                 330

 

  1   significant postmarket issues and digital is one of

 

  2   the areas where we have remained concerns and those

 

  3   results won't be in for a few years while this

 

  4   product is on the market imaging women for breast

 

  5   cancer.

 

  6             [Slide.]

 

  7             I am now going to talk about a couple of

 

  8   examples and be very concrete about the kind of

 

  9   problems we face in the device world and the things

 

 10   that can be done jointly where the government has a

 

 11   role and we hope industry, academia, NIH and others

 

 12   can play with us to help solve critical-path

 

 13   problems.

 

 14             One of them, we find, is an imaging of

 

 15   peripheral vasculature.  As we all know,

 

 16   drug-eluting stents have been proven successful for

 

 17   the coronary world but the question we have is,

 

 18   will they work in the periphery and will standard

 

 19   imaging of lower extremities provide adequate data

 

 20   for us to figure out how to go to market.  The

 

 21   answer is, we don't know, but we are acutely aware

 

 22   that the way to do this kind of study is going to

 

        at                                                                 331

 

  1   require the size of patient populations usually not

 

  2   available to most of the device industry in this

 

  3   ballpark.

 

  4             So, figuring out how we can do cooperative

 

  5   and collaborative studies across sponsors where

 

  6   peripheral imaging is done well and done accurately

 

  7   is going to be a challenge.  Right now, the imaging

 

  8   techniques for things like ultrasound, the

 

  9   endpoints are not well known and it is not clear we

 

 10   have confidence in the imaging results from this

 

 11   part of the anatomy.

 

 12             [Slide.]

 

 13             Ablative therapies; atrial fibrillation is

 

 14   one of the most common forms of fibrillation in

 

 15   chest problems.  It is commonly diagnosed and there

 

 16   are problems in demonstrating true benefit in some

 

 17   of the studies associated with ablative therapies

 

 18   for atrial fib.  Like the last study problem, this

 

 19   will require a large patient series.

 

 20             But, before we even get there, there is

 

 21   not universal agreement between the agency and the

 

 22   academic community on what are relevant endpoints

 

        at                                                                 332

 

  1   to study for the effectiveness of ablative

 

  2   therapies and how do we do the analysis.

 

  3             So, again, here is a critical problem.  It

 

  4   is solvable but it requires a joint collaborative

 

  5   approach between the industry and between the

 

  6   agency as well as academic input.

 

  7             [Slide.]

 

  8             Intraocular lenses; an enormously

 

  9   interesting area because we have had a lot of

 

 10   success in treating cataracts in older patients.

 

 11   But the current IOLs have limits because they have

 

 12   a single focal length and the human eye has

 

 13   multiple focal lengths.  The industry has been

 

 14   trying to solve this problem for a long time and

 

 15   what it would like to do is, when it takes a

 

 16   crystalline lens out of an aged person, an aged

 

 17   crystalline lens, it would like to keep the

 

 18   capsular membrane intact and put in a polymer, and

 

 19   the polymer would form a shell and form a new lens.

 

 20             The problems are we don't have really good

 

 21   control of optical quality, material properties and

 

 22   biocompatibility endpoints.  So this is an area

 

        at                                                                 333

 

  1   where we know what the industry wants to do, we

 

  2   know the problem they are trying to solve, but

 

  3   trying to get from the possible solutions of this

 

  4   problem--we have been trying to do this for about a

 

  5   decade to solve the IOL problem by flexible polymer

 

  6   lenses in the capsular membrane has not been solved

 

  7   and we haven't yet solved these problems.

 

  8             So, trying to work here, this is really

 

  9   very much lab-based work and correlating the

 

 10   lab-based work with clinical-outcome studies is

 

 11   where we are trying to go with this.

 

 12             [Slide.]

 

 13             The last example I am going to give is one

 

 14   that all of the product areas share, and it is

 

 15   genomic and proteomic devices.  The reason I am

 

 16   raising this is last week I attended a jointly

 

 17   sponsored PhRMA-FDA meeting on the science of

 

 18   genomics and proteomics, where are we going.

 

 19             At the end of one of the talks from

 

 20   industry--it was a terrific talk, but the last

 

 21   slide, in the last entry to the slide, given to a

 

 22   wide number of FDA statisticians and regulators

 

        at                                                                 334

 

  1   was, "Our algorithms are learning algorithms,"

 

  2   which is great in the discovery phase.  But now he

 

  3   wants to bring that to us to approve as a product.

 

  4   The product we would approve would be an

 

  5   inconsistent algorithm that would update itself.

 

  6             For discovery, that is terrific.  For

 

  7   science, that is wonderful.  For product

 

  8   regulation, that is going to give us heartburn.  It

 

  9   is going to give us heartburn.  It is going to give

 

 10   heartburn to the Center for Drugs and for

 

 11   Biologics.  How we are going to allow algorithms

 

 12   like this to be used outside of the investigational

 

 13   arena is not yet clear.

 

 14             There are some very exciting algorithms

 

 15   out there.  Some developments, particular in

 

 16   screening for cancer with proteomics, look

 

 17   incredibly promising.  But, if they are going to be

 

 18   algorithms that change over time, the regulatory

 

 19   hurdles that we have to face to get through the

 

 20   critical path are going to be tough.

 

 21             Dr. Roses is smiling.  Do you know

 

 22   something I don't know, because if you know how to

 

        at                                                                 335

 

  1   solve this problem, then I am going to go visit him

 

  2   at SmithKlineGlaxo and we are going to help solve

 

  3   that problem together.

 

  4             [Slide.]

 

  5             I am going to end with some of our future

 

  6   directions.  One of the things we are trying to do

 

  7   is identify some of the key problems in the device

 

  8   world and we hope to work closely with industry in

 

  9   going that.  We have begun to prioritize our

 

 10   scientific efforts and some of those are directed

 

 11   to some of the things I talked about with you

 

 12   today.

 

 13             Finally, we have been pursuing

 

 14   collaborations with the agency within FDA, with the

 

 15   NIH, particularly with the new National Institute

 

 16   of Biomedical Imaging and Bioengineering and with

 

 17   the National Cancer Institute and, more recently,

 

 18   with industry.  We are hoping to have an active

 

 19   partnership with them in solving some of our

 

 20   critical-path problems.

 

 21             I have run short.  I hope you don't mind,

 

 22   Dr. Shine.

 

        at                                                                 336

 

  1             DR. SHINE:  I am delighted.  That gives us

 

  2   an opportunity to have a conversation.  I would ask

 

  3   if any members of the committee have any questions

 

  4   or observations for Larry.

 

  5             One of my questions is to what extent, for

 

  6   example, working out the digital-mammography

 

  7   problem, it sounds like that was a problem and you

 

  8   did an ad hoc solution in terms of dealing with

 

  9   that problem in collaboration with multiple

 

 10   companies getting a large enough population and so

 

 11   forth.  To what extent are you in a position to

 

 12   prospectively propose a variety of those kinds of

 

 13   approaches to device manufacturers so that they can

 

 14   think about a variety of ways that they would deal

 

 15   with these kinds of issues as they are developing

 

 16   new products?

 

 17             DR. KESSLER:  It is going to vary across

 

 18   the device spectrum.  There are certain areas, and

 

 19   I think the genomics and proteomics ones are

 

 20   exactly the kind of area where we have identified

 

 21   the regulatory problem and the scientific problem.

 

 22   We don't have solutions yet but I think the

 

        at                                                                 337

 

  1   workshop that I talked about that was sponsored by

 

  2   CDER is exactly along the road to say, we know

 

  3   there are regulatory problems.  We can see them

 

  4   down the road.  What can we do together, from the

 

  5   methods standpoint, that can anticipate those

 

  6   problems.

 

  7             We are doing it in a couple of other

 

  8   areas.  We are doing it in the pathology of the

 

  9   vasculature.  The Coronary Division is doing a lot

 

 10   of outreach.  We have been coming to the

 

 11   transcatheter meetings every year to talk about

 

 12   regulatory problems that we see down the road and

 

 13   inviting both the academic world and the industry

 

 14   who are well represented at TCT every year to

 

 15   anticipate the science and regulatory problems and

 

 16   working on them prospectively.

 

 17             Other areas, I don't think we have been

 

 18   nearly as foreshadowing as that.  I would just

 

 19   challenge you a little bit.  The solution in the

 

 20   digital-mammography area, I don't think it was

 

 21   quite as ad hoc as it appeared.  It was actually

 

 22   part of a systematic series of research that has

 

        at                                                                 338

 

  1   been done in the imaging area where we have been, I

 

  2   think, on the cutting edge of imaging science in

 

  3   the FDA.  It has been an unusual collection of

 

  4   scientists that have been there.  We are starting

 

  5   to use those methods that we have designed for the

 

  6   diagnostic imaging world outside that.

 

  7             Again, we are trying to stretch, because

 

  8   what you can do with diagnostic imaging is not that

 

  9   much different than in diagnostic in vitros, for

 

 10   example.  So we are starting to translate some of

 

 11   that ROC work elsewhere.

 

 12             DR. SHINE:  By ad hoc, I was referring to

 

 13   the imaging activity.  What I am interested in, it

 

 14   sounds like you are moving so that, in other areas,

 

 15   you can articulate what these future algorithms

 

 16   might look like, whether they are computer

 

 17   algorithms or other kinds of--other observations,

 

 18   comments about this interesting presentation?

 

 19             DR. KESSLER:  I know he has got something

 

 20   to say.

 

 21             DR. ROSES:  I could talk about genetics

 

 22   all day.  Genomics, I limit myself.  I think, in

 

        at                                                                 339

 

  1   terms of discovery, that genomics has been used and

 

  2   is highly overrated.  I think, in terms of its role

 

  3   in the early development and the problem, seeing

 

  4   whether problems that you might run into are part

 

  5   of the genetic makeup of the animal versus the drug

 

  6   being used, there are some very useful uses for

 

  7   this tool.

 

  8             On the other hand, algorithms for using

 

  9   that with respect to changes that might occur as a

 

 10   result of the drug, I fully agree with you.  On the

 

 11   other hand, I think one of the things that the--I

 

 12   haven't said anything about this today, but I think

 

 13   one of the things that needs to be clearly

 

 14   differentiated in the critical-path documents and

 

 15   in the discussions about it is the virtual total

 

 16   difference between efficacy pharmacogenetics,

 

 17   adverse-event or safety pharmacogenetics and

 

 18   genomics, "omics," things like that.  I think we

 

 19   get very sloppy if we start thinking about those

 

 20   things as the same thing.

 

 21             DR. SHINE:  Good.  Any other comments?

 

 22             Larry, thank you very, very much.

 

        at                                                                 340

 

  1             DR. KESSLER:  Thank you.

 

  2             DR. SHINE:  Our last presentation is from

 

  3   Jesse Goodman, Director of the Center for Biologics

 

  4   Evaluation and Research.  He is going to look at

 

  5   opportunities with regard to biologics.

 

  6                    Overview of Opportunities

 

  7                            Biologics

 

  8             DR. GOODMAN:  Good afternoon.  I guess I

 

  9   am the last person and have the most slides, so I

 

 10   will try to correct for that by going quickly.

 

 11             [Slide.]

 

 12             But, basically, what I am going to do is

 

 13   sort of strongly endorse the concept of this

 

 14   research initiative, talk about efforts we have

 

 15   made already within the center to be sure that our

 

 16   science base is applied and some of the things I

 

 17   think can be models for how we can successfully

 

 18   work with others and identify product problems and

 

 19   help solve them.

 

 20             Then, as Larry and Bob did, I would

 

 21   suggest a few what I have kind of called things

 

 22   that have, both in talking to the industry and

 

        at                                                                 341

 

  1   innovators we work with and then, from our own

 

  2   experience, and I think Janet may have mentioned

 

  3   this, but we see an array of products across the

 

  4   field and have the advantage of being able to

 

  5   recognize things which multiple people are

 

  6   potentially confronting and sort of have a list at

 

  7   the end of some of what we see as rather large or

 

  8   grand opportunities for science having an impact on

 

  9   product development.

 

 10             [Slide.]

 

 11             Some of this I will go through kind of

 

 12   fast, but this is the spectrum of current products.

 

 13   Like Larry, I want to remind people that there are

 

 14   many critical paths.  There are many different

 

 15   types of products that, even within the world of

 

 16   small molecules, there are many critical paths,

 

 17   certainly, when you get to a diversity of biologics

 

 18   ranging from cells to vaccines, et cetera.  And

 

 19   there are also many different acceptable clinical

 

 20   outcomes, like, certainly, a 10 percent efficacy in

 

 21   a cancer drug might be acceptable.  That is not

 

 22   going to be acceptable in a vaccine.  We don't even

 

        at                                                                 342

 

  1   have an acceptability of a 10 percent failure rate

 

  2   in a vaccine.

 

  3             So that diversity is something we have to

 

  4   keep in mind and there is also a diversity of tools

 

  5   that are needed to achieve that.

 

  6             [Slide.]

 

  7             Janet has pretty much set the groundwork

 

  8   for this but I would like to go over a couple of

 

  9   concepts.  What we are really trying to do here is

 

 10   facilitate product development through better tools

 

 11   and the latest technologies and also to focus our

 

 12   intramural and extramural science as the resources

 

 13   permit on things that I would characterize as good

 

 14   investments, things that are problems out there

 

 15   that we can help to solve with you.

 

 16             Some examples and things that, within the

 

 17   last year at the center and previously, we have

 

 18   tried to focus resources on is identifying areas,

 

 19   especially in new technologies where--and

 

 20   especially in these diverse biologics or

 

 21   public-health technologies where there may not be

 

 22   large research infrastructures or the products may

 

        at                                                                 343

 

  1   be so diverse and unsettled that one person's

 

  2   problem is not another person's problem as far as

 

  3   they know.

 

  4             This includes things like standards,

 

  5   methods, assays and also just to emphasize the

 

  6   importance of guidance, especially with new

 

  7   technologies.

 

  8             Examples in our shop are things you have

 

  9   heard about and others have mentioned, gene

 

 10   therapy, tissue engineering, which we work together

 

 11   with CDRH on, stem cells, new vaccine technologies,

 

 12   blood substitutes, pathogen inactivation.  These

 

 13   are areas that have generally had much less focused

 

 14   resources on the science of actualization of

 

 15   products rather than on the basic science of what

 

 16   is the gene, what is the antigen, what is the

 

 17   T-cell.

 

 18             I think another important thing,

 

 19   particularly in cutting-edge technologies is

 

 20   assuring adequate internal expertise, be sure we

 

 21   have the right partnerships with industry, et

 

 22   cetera.

 

        at                                                                 344

 

  1             Just a couple of quick examples.  I am

 

  2   going to through a number more also quickly, but

 

  3   identify roadblocks and develop appropriate

 

  4   solutions.  One example we had about a year ago was

 

  5   that essentially all these new smallpox vaccines

 

  6   were being developed, there was a need for Vaccinia

 

  7   immunoglobulin.  There was only a rather archaic

 

  8   1950's six-well, hand-done, culture-plate

 

  9   neutralization assay for Vaccinia virus.

 

 10             So we set some of our people who had

 

 11   developed similar assays for other antibodies loose

 

 12   to develop a Vaccinia gene-reporter assay to titer

 

 13   antibody levels.  We just, then, gave that out to

 

 14   various companies that wanted to use it, and this

 

 15   allowed VIG to be developed and the clinical trials

 

 16   to be on a fast track.

 

 17             That is not necessarily my endorsement,

 

 18   then, of the vaccines because obviously they have

 

 19   been challenging.

 

 20             [Slide.]

 

 21             Again, the emphasize it is not just about

 

 22   science but it is about science-based guidance and

 

        at                                                                 345

 

  1   standards and outreach and working with others.

 

  2   Again, I would like to emphasize a couple of

 

  3   characteristics about this.  I think internal

 

  4   expertise is very important.  I think product

 

  5   developers, whether they are academic or

 

  6   industrial, would rather talk to people who

 

  7   understand what it is they are doing and they can

 

  8   be helpful.

 

  9             This could benefit multiple sponsors.  It

 

 10   can maintain staff cutting-edge expertise.  I also

 

 11   think there is a real connection to the quality of

 

 12   the review process that FDA provides, that knowing

 

 13   what you are talking about, having been there on

 

 14   some level, scientific, clinical, looking at that,

 

 15   having been somewhere broadly, is very important

 

 16   and it reduces the risk that you are just going to

 

 17   say, oh, my god; I don't understand this.  This

 

 18   scares me, or something that is not good for

 

 19   sponsors either, not identifying problems because

 

 20   you didn't figure it out from the last time you saw

 

 21   it and you could have just saved this person, what,

 

 22   $500 million.  I don't know.  All I want is a small

 

        at                                                                 346

 

  1   percent.

 

  2             [Slide.]

 

  3             Just to provide some examples.  You know,

 

  4   we were thinking about, well, what are some of the

 

  5   things that we feel good about that the center has

 

  6   done in the last year or so and then,

 

  7   retrospectively, how does this concept of critical

 

  8   path and scientific contribution fit into this and

 

  9   what have we done.

 

 10             Well, we are really excited about what we

 

 11   were able to accomplish with the blood industry,

 

 12   the diagnostics industry and CDC on West Nile virus

 

 13   screening.  Part of that was recognizing the

 

 14   problem quickly, bringing together the right

 

 15   people.  But part of that was the science and the

 

 16   critical-path science.

 

 17             It was recognizing that we were going to

 

 18   need standards.  It was having worked with the

 

 19   broad diagnostics industry over the years to

 

 20   develop a critical path in a way for

 

 21   nucleic-acid-based testing and then being able to

 

 22   show them that and how to use it very quickly and

 

        at                                                                 347

 

  1   provide samples, et cetera.  This worked out well.

 

  2             But we don't have mechanisms or

 

  3   infrastructure in place to do this on a routine

 

  4   basis.  We are, more and more, cobbling this

 

  5   together, especially dealing with emerging

 

  6   infectious-disease threats, et cetera, but it is

 

  7   something that we need to support prospectively

 

  8   both infrastructurewise and then sciencewise.  We

 

  9   need to be ready with the science when all these

 

 10   things come along.

 

 11             There are some other things, but this has

 

 12   been part of what we have been able to do, for

 

 13   example, in terms of the response to SARS where,

 

 14   within a couple of--I was told this morning--I was

 

 15   at a meeting where we were discussing vaccine

 

 16   issues with industry and others and I was told that

 

 17   there are now at least five viable vaccine

 

 18   candidates in development.

 

 19             Well, this is in part because of how

 

 20   industry and us could work together in this

 

 21   paradigm and work with our colleagues like CDC and

 

 22   WHO, provide strains suitable for vaccine

 

        at                                                                 348

 

  1   manufacturing quickly, get together about assays

 

  2   and pathways.  There is a long way to go on that

 

  3   particular issue but, again, it is an example.

 

  4   Given the time, I will just skip through these, I

 

  5   think.

 

  6             [Slide.]

 

  7             But some examples; new technologies, as I

 

  8   mentioned, are particularly good areas for

 

  9   investment here.  I would say new technologies and

 

 10   unmet public-health needs.  But we have worked with

 

 11   NIH on some of these like trying to understand the

 

 12   gene-therapy adverse events in terms of

 

 13   leukemogenesis and then trying to have an

 

 14   intelligent science-based regulatory response to

 

 15   those events so that we get the products safer and

 

 16   improve them but don't kill a promising field to

 

 17   get that right.

 

 18             It requires knowing what are the questions

 

 19   you need to ask to move the field forward.  We have

 

 20   increasingly used our advisory committees almost

 

 21   prophylactically to help define a pathway forward

 

 22   in product development.  So we have islet cells as

 

        at                                                                 349

 

  1   incredibly promising treatment for severe

 

  2   refractory diabetes.  Promising.  Disparate results

 

  3   all over the place.  Issues with cellular

 

  4   characterization.  So we have tried to bring

 

  5   together people to define how to move the field

 

  6   forward.  Same thing with cardiac cellular therapy.

 

  7             One person over there, I don't remember

 

  8   who, mentioned this issue of harmonization.  I

 

  9   think the global harmonization is an important

 

 10   efficiency, as Janet replied, in product

 

 11   development.  It is an important cost saver and we

 

 12   all support.  It intersects with the science, for

 

 13   example, in this later area; for example, providing

 

 14   standards.  We can't have global harmonization

 

 15   unless we know that when somebody in Europe does an

 

 16   adenovirus gene-therapy experiment, they are

 

 17   talking about the same amount of adenovirus that we

 

 18   are, when somebody in Europe makes a Factor VIII

 

 19   concentrate, we know that it is the Factor VIII

 

 20   standard we have all agreed on, and it is the same.

 

 21             Those are the areas where we have really

 

 22   focused some of our scientists' efforts.

 

        at                                                                 350

 

  1             [Slide.]

 

  2             So existing research programs within the

 

  3   center have been focused increasingly towards this.

 

  4   I think, as Janet said, we are all going to work to

 

  5   be sure that we are doing as much as we can

 

  6   efficiently with whatever resources we do have.

 

  7   Many of these are directly connected to the--we

 

  8   have started a good database of this.  We have

 

  9   explored their connections to the applications and

 

 10   products they are supporting.

 

 11             One thing I was going to say is that we

 

 12   are planning to use our advisory committees, for

 

 13   example, to obtain broad scientific input about

 

 14   opportunities in these fields.  Are we looking at

 

 15   the right things?  So it is an extension of the

 

 16   kind of input being got here for this.

 

 17             I think, based on time, I am just going to

 

 18   skip through these.

 

 19             [Slide.]

 

 20             I will just give a couple of examples of

 

 21   things we already look at that really are critical

 

 22   path.  When I called up some of our industry about

 

        at                                                                 351

 

  1   their input into this initiative, I was very happy

 

  2   to hear them say things like, well, that is what

 

  3   you are doing.  You know, we are having problems

 

  4   manufacturing this vaccine and you are working with

 

  5   us to figure out why this particular component of

 

  6   this vaccine isn't working and you provide helpful

 

  7   input.

 

  8             So here are some examples; research and

 

  9   toxicity.  Why do have adenovirus.  Lung toxicity;

 

 10   why do we have toxicity from artificial blood

 

 11   products.  Assay validation for retroviruses, et

 

 12   cetera.

 

 13             [Slide.]

 

 14             This is the model of lung toxicity due to

 

 15   adenovirus.  This helped focus on what, in future

 

 16   adenovirus vectors in the animal studies should you

 

 17   be looking for to predict toxicity.

 

 18             [Slide.]

 

 19             In the blood products, donor-derived blood

 

 20   products carry considerable risk, have short

 

 21   half-lives.  Donors are often in limited supply.

 

 22   People have been talking about, and working on,

 

        at                                                                 352

 

  1   blood substitutes for many, many years.  There is

 

  2   tremendous promise there but there have been a lot

 

  3   of problems.

 

  4             [Slide.]

 

  5             This is just some examples of the physical

 

  6   chemistry of the blood products.  Some of these

 

  7   have been associated with substantial toxicities,

 

  8   particularly vasospasm, tissue damage.  Again, we

 

  9   have had a small group that has worked with the

 

 10   developers of these products focusing on what is

 

 11   the molecular basis of toxicity, identifying the

 

 12   oxidative chemistry of the toxicity and developing

 

 13   an in vitro model to screen products.

 

 14             [Slide.]

 

 15             This is an example where there is not a

 

 16   lot of other investment through other sources in

 

 17   this, whether industry or government.  It has been

 

 18   a small investigation but, again, we have heard

 

 19   from the manufacturers.  This has taught us where

 

 20   to go with our next-generation products.

 

 21             [Slide.]

 

 22             Adventitious agents; Gail asked me to

 

        at                                                                 353

 

  1   comment on that and she saw it in the talk.  But

 

  2   this is increasingly a problem in biologics.  We

 

  3   have worked with people, developed a number of

 

  4   assays.  I will talk more about that.

 

  5             [Slide.]

 

  6             Product characterization is another area.

 

  7   Again, I mentioned adenovirus standards, product

 

  8   identity.

 

  9             [Slide.]

 

 10             I will give an example because of your

 

 11   comment about--I will linger on this for a second

 

 12   because of your comment about genomics, et cetera.

 

 13   It may not have immediate yield in terms of target,

 

 14   but some of the same technologies may help us, for

 

 15   example, characterize complex products.  Cellular

 

 16   therapies are an example.  This is just a very

 

 17   quick and superficial mention, because of time, of

 

 18   work that Raj Puri, who is in the back, I think Dr.

 

 19   Mahendra  Rao from the Institute of Aging and a

 

 20   number of other people may have contributed to.

 

 21             [Slide.]

 

 22             But, looking at stem cells and saying,

 

        at                                                                 354

 

  1   what is it that makes a stem cell at a

 

  2   sophisticated genetic level and reasons for doing

 

  3   this; safety concerns about unregulated growth,

 

  4   being able to characterize them so that they are

 

  5   reproducible for use in medical therapy.

 

  6             When new stem-cell lines are developed,

 

  7   how do we make sure that they really share the

 

  8   genetic characteristics of stem cells, of having a

 

  9   molecular vocabulary of what is a stem cell.

 

 10             [Slide.]

 

 11             This is just an example from their

 

 12   microarray studies which identified a large number

 

 13   of new genes associated with what we say, a

 

 14   "stemness."  Now this is pretty early kind of

 

 15   understanding of these things but this is an

 

 16   example and I know one or two other laboratories

 

 17   have looked and some of the genes they have found

 

 18   are overlapping, too.  But this helps define what

 

 19   these populations are.

 

 20             [Slide.]

 

 21             Assays for product purity; we have done

 

 22   potency, other methods development.

 

        at                                                                 355

 

  1             [Slide.]

 

  2             I think efficacy is very important.  Bob

 

  3   Califf mentioned, and he and Janet had a little

 

  4   thing about, surrogate markers.  But certainly, in

 

  5   many of our biologic products, particularly

 

  6   vaccines, or clotting factors, there can be

 

  7   excellent markers of efficacy but they are still

 

  8   missing in lots and lots of very important

 

  9   products.  So, knowing what a protective antibody

 

 10   resource is--for instance, it is not my area so

 

 11   Center for Drugs can get made at me, but it is

 

 12   certainly my area clinically, in terms of

 

 13   antibiotics.  Knowing what kind of pharmacodynamic

 

 14   models and compartment models might predict

 

 15   effectiveness of an antibiotic could be very

 

 16   important.  Again, I am not going to go through all

 

 17   these studies because of time.

 

 18             Identifying what are the protective

 

 19   antibodies, not just what are the levels but

 

 20   actually what antibodies are protective; what kind

 

 21   of T-cells are protective against different

 

 22   diseases.  If we know that, then you are not

 

        at                                                                 356

 

  1   talking about 10,000-person efficacy studies for

 

  2   vaccines.

 

  3             [Slide.]

 

  4             And then statistical and epidemiological

 

  5   analysis.  Again, both Bobs touched on that.

 

  6             [Slide.]

 

  7             So, moving from that background where we

 

  8   do a significant amount of this, and it is driven

 

  9   by what people observe from the products and as

 

 10   regulatory issues, what are some of the big

 

 11   opportunities out there that ourselves or others

 

 12   have looked at.

 

 13             [Slide.]

 

 14             Here are some examples.  New vaccine

 

 15   delivery systems.  Rapid-use vectors so that, in

 

 16   response to an emerging infectious disease or a

 

 17   bioterrorist event, one could create a new vaccine

 

 18   quickly and have some confidence about its efficacy

 

 19   or the predictability of its efficacy or safety.

 

 20             Making available well-characterized cell

 

 21   banks for production of vaccines and other

 

 22   biologics, characterized in terms of their safety

 

        at                                                                 357

 

  1   such as they don't cause cancer and their freedom

 

  2   from adventitious agents.  Again, these are

 

  3   resources which are scattered in very limited

 

  4   amounts throughout the field.  There isn't a

 

  5   library of resources or tools that one could say, I

 

  6   have a new virus, SARS.  I want to produce a

 

  7   vaccine and cell line.  I go to a partner like ATTC

 

  8   or something and just take those off the shelf and

 

  9   I know they are good with the FDA.  They are safe,

 

 10   and we don't have do two years of studies to figure

 

 11   that out, or maybe ten years.

 

 12             Characterize of cell therapies and links

 

 13   to standardized outcomes.  I have more about these.

 

 14   How is my time?

 

 15             DR. SHINE:  You have about four or five

 

 16   minutes.

 

 17             DR. GOODMAN:  That's tons of time.

 

 18   Methods and validation for pathogen inactivation.

 

 19   Multi-pathogen and rapid detection methodologies,

 

 20   longevity and storage of blood and tissues.

 

 21             [Slide.]

 

 22             So I will just get down into the most

 

        at                                                                 358

 

  1   superficial details in a couple of these areas.

 

  2   New delivery methods for vaccines and gene

 

  3   therapies.  As I said, we have got all these things

 

  4   out there but there are all kinds of safety issues

 

  5   that are holding up the field.  How much residual

 

  6   DNA is okay in a vaccine?  Is DNA in a vaccine even

 

  7   unsafe on any level?  We don't know that.  It is an

 

  8   important area for study.

 

  9             I mentioned new vaccine platforms.

 

 10   Transgenic platforms.  Adjuvants and immune

 

 11   stimulants.  Again, specific companies may have

 

 12   these things and, the minute they encounter a

 

 13   problem, unless it is absolutely essential for

 

 14   their product development, they are going aside to

 

 15   it.  But there are probably things out there that

 

 16   would be helpful to everyone if they were known to

 

 17   be safe and effective.

 

 18             [Slide.]

 

 19             This is one I think is very important,

 

 20   characterization of cellular products and links to

 

 21   outcomes.  You know, we have got multiple labs

 

 22   making just amazing stuff, like the stuff Dr.

 

        at                                                                 359

 

  1   Langer said or like people are doing with stem-cell

 

  2   experiments at my former university and elsewhere,

 

  3   where they are taking things, they are hitting them

 

  4   with growth factors, they are expanding them in

 

  5   culture, but what are they?

 

  6             When we have seven different labs doing

 

  7   cardiac-cell therapy from the same source and they

 

  8   exhibit different cell markers or--what is working?

 

  9   What doesn't work?  We need to work with the

 

 10   sponsors to collect the data from this in some kind

 

 11   of standardized way with reasonable assays and

 

 12   connect it to some kind of standardized clinical

 

 13   outcomes so that we can predict and know that, when

 

 14   you make a cellular therapy, this is a product that

 

 15   is, indeed, what it is.

 

 16             [Slide.]

 

 17             I mentioned the cell substrates.  I think

 

 18   I have said enough about that, but I think there is

 

 19   a real need for a more diverse bank of cell

 

 20   substrates that have been well screened and

 

 21   characterized.  This is the kind of thing where--I

 

 22   feel like if a few really strong groups spent not

 

        at                                                                 360

 

  1   huge amounts of money over five years, we could

 

  2   probably get this.  But there is not enough there

 

  3   for any one company, probably, to want to do these

 

  4   or make that investment.

 

  5             Again, it might be a consortium kind of

 

  6   issue, or it might be something government can help

 

  7   with or at least partner in or coordinate an effort

 

  8   and everybody knows it is a level playing field.

 

  9             [Slide.]

 

 10             Very important things in emerging

 

 11   infectious diseases.  We spend so much of our time

 

 12   trying to keep blood, and then our biologic

 

 13   products substrates, tissues, which are going to be

 

 14   increasingly--we are moving forward with our Tissue

 

 15   Rules which has been a long gestation process,

 

 16   probably longer than the average elephant.  But we

 

 17   are moving forward with those things.  We need

 

 18   better technologies for dealing with this.

 

 19             Like I said, with West Nile, it was great

 

 20   but if, each year or two, we are having to add new

 

 21   pathogens or take old ones out, we need even more

 

 22   robust and better technologies.  There are things

 

        at                                                                 361

 

  1   out there in terms of multi-pathogen testing, new

 

  2   platforms, nanotechnology, or, for major remaining

 

  3   problems with the blood supply, like bacterial

 

  4   contamination, TSE.

 

  5             We need blood and plasma products that,

 

  6   ideally, as part of their process of manufacture,

 

  7   are robustly inactivated for anything that might be

 

  8   there that you don't even know it is there.  So we

 

  9   would like to say, when TSE came along, we know,

 

 10   from the steps we are putting this through, that

 

 11   prion agents are inactivated.

 

 12             In fact, we have done some of those

 

 13   studies.  That is another perfect example of

 

 14   studies that require specialized laboratories,

 

 15   special equipment, benefit people across industry

 

 16   and are usually very difficult, when we ask an

 

 17   individual company to do them.  Or how about to

 

 18   develop better methods for inactivating prions.

 

 19             Tissues; that is an industry that is just

 

 20   in its infancy.  But I wonder if people here

 

 21   realize--some of those numbers were on Dr. Langer's

 

 22   screen, but our current belief is that up to a

 

        at                                                                 362

 

  1   million medical tissue transplants are done in a

 

  2   year.  These are tendons, cartilage, et cetera,

 

  3   skin and we don't know how to safely decontaminate

 

  4   tissue.  It is basically not sterile.  This is very

 

  5   important stuff.

 

  6             [Slide.]

 

  7             I put this together under one rubric;

 

  8   better, longer-lasting blood, cellular and tissue

 

  9   products.  How do we improve the shelf life of

 

 10   blood.  Right now platelets is a huge issue.  We

 

 11   have shortages of platelets.  We have issues where

 

 12   we can't test them for bacterial contamination

 

 13   because, by the time the tests come back, they are

 

 14   no good to use anymore.  That is a little

 

 15   overstatement, but it is there.

 

 16             So, as these cells are increasingly used,

 

 17   as we have some of the threats, in terms of

 

 18   terrorism, war, et cetera, it becomes more

 

 19   important to have a less fragile blood system.  We

 

 20   have a fragile blood system that is held together

 

 21   by one or two people, I think, sometimes.  But they

 

 22   are great people.

 

        at                                                                 363

 

  1             Then data quality and analysis.  This

 

  2   isn't particularly my area of expertise but just to

 

  3   add onto what both Bobs said.  I think not only

 

  4   could we do a better job about how we do studies,

 

  5   how we collect data, but probably also how we

 

  6   analyze it.

 

  7             We have really tried to push, in the

 

  8   vaccine area, for more use of large, simple trials.

 

  9   We have to reexamine FDA's own practices here and

 

 10   what messages we give about clinical trials and how

 

 11   to do it more efficiently.

 

 12             I will just leave it at that.  Just to say

 

 13   we thing FDA can be helpful in working with people

 

 14   to identify opportunities and better tools and we

 

 15   think the engagement, no matter--we should be doing

 

 16   this all the time.  Again, as many of you have

 

 17   said, we are very resource-constrained, but we view

 

 18   this as part of what will improve the outcome we

 

 19   are doing anyhow, which is to approve safety and

 

 20   effective products.

 

 21             Hopefully, with that, we can enhance

 

 22   development of good products that people need.  I

 

        at                                                                 364

 

  1   do think this is particularly important where

 

  2   products present complex new technologies or maybe

 

  3   don't always have huge economic incentives driving

 

  4   research and development in those fields.

 

  5             Thanks.

 

  6             DR. SHINE:  Jesse, thank you.

 

  7             Questions and Discussion with the Board

 

  8             Why don't you stay there because I have

 

  9   got some questions for you and for Janet.  I think

 

 10   this is an opportunity to pull some things together

 

 11   with regard to some of the material that we have

 

 12   been talking about.

 

 13             Let me start and I hope my colleagues will

 

 14   jump in here.  Both of you have demonstrated a

 

 15   complex set of issues in terms of the science and

 

 16   we are also faced with a complex set of players in

 

 17   terms of dealing with it.  So we are talking about

 

 18   new science, new technology, standards, agreements

 

 19   about procedures, and so forth.  We are talking

 

 20   about what the role should be of FDA in its own

 

 21   laboratories, what FDA does in collaboration with

 

 22   the NIH or other agencies, what FDA does in

 

        at                                                                 365

 

  1   relation to industry.

 

  2             We have talked about a potential SemiTech

 

  3   in terms of a public-private activity that might

 

  4   involve, in this case, the pharmaceutical industry

 

  5   doing some of these kinds of activities.

 

  6             The question is, from a process point of

 

  7   view, how would you propose priority setting in

 

  8   this area, both in terms of the nature of the

 

  9   problem and the question of who should do it,

 

 10   because it seems to me that the issue here is not

 

 11   that many people are sitting around here who

 

 12   disagree about the need for this kind of knowledge

 

 13   generation, but how do you go from the day-to-day

 

 14   problems?  You described the West Nile story.

 

 15   Again, using the term ad hoc is probably not

 

 16   totally accurate because of the past experience,

 

 17   you solved a lot of problems in relation to an

 

 18   unanticipated set of issues.

 

 19             Yet, if we want to improve the path, that

 

 20   means looking ahead and trying to do some strategic

 

 21   things.  So I wonder whether you have thoughts

 

 22   about this, how you think about, if you had some

 

        at                                                                 366

 

  1   additional resources, what you would do as opposed

 

  2   to what other people would be doing.

 

  3             DR. GOODMAN:  Right.  And I would really

 

  4   welcome Janet's comments, too.  I would first start

 

  5   by saying I think part of what we want to do is

 

  6   open this dialogue and get input into where we

 

  7   should be playing a role and what that role should

 

  8   be.

 

  9             I think all the partners are important.  I

 

 10   guess I would say that my--and, again, I am

 

 11   somebody who came to FDA from a different

 

 12   environment, from academia and from having done

 

 13   some industry-sponsored studies, so I think I have

 

 14   a view not just from the FDA.  I have a fairly

 

 15   broad spectrum of the product-development endeavor,

 

 16   although I haven't been directly in industry.

 

 17             But what I was going to say is I

 

 18   think--and the document points this out.  I think

 

 19   that we do have a unique vantage point.  We see

 

 20   multiple products.  For example, my gene and

 

 21   cell-therapy reviewers see the twenty-something

 

 22   cardiac-cell INDs and we sort of start to recognize

 

        at                                                                 367

 

  1   things that may not be in the literature, may not

 

  2   be published.  So sometimes, we can play a unique

 

  3   role in identifying questions.

 

  4             Sometimes, we can sort of help.  It is

 

  5   almost like an arranged marriage, the solving of

 

  6   some of those questions.  On the other hand, I

 

  7   think that there is a spectrum--this is so huge.

 

  8   Just look at the few things highlighted in the few

 

  9   talks here today both from inside and outside FDA.

 

 10             Our ambitions to improve product

 

 11   development are so huge that there is a large

 

 12   spectrum of activity that should be brought to bear

 

 13   on that.  So, for example--I mean, the West Nile is

 

 14   an interesting example.  So there NIH, at the one

 

 15   spectrum, we had them work with us and they did

 

 16   some developmental funding of one of the companies,

 

 17   for example.

 

 18             We provided standard and actual samples

 

 19   and sort of library and resources and technologies

 

 20   that would be able to be validated for the in vitro

 

 21   diagnostics.  CDC partnered with us in providing

 

 22   samples in some of their methodology that they had

 

        at                                                                 368

 

  1   used in state labs, in their own labs.

 

  2             So I think--I am not trying to dodge the

 

  3   thing.  I think the answer to that would be I think

 

  4   there is a lot more that could be done across the

 

  5   spectrum.  I think FDA could do a lot more and

 

  6   could benefit from doing a lot more.  I don't think

 

  7   FDA should do that in a vacuum, in some cases--for

 

  8   example, in some of these ideas I discussed with

 

  9   vaccine companies, they would say, we would want

 

 10   you to do that, because actually they would want us

 

 11   to do it because they would want this assay that,

 

 12   then, they knew we would accept and make it

 

 13   available to everyone.  And it would be free of

 

 14   politics and free of favoritism, hopefully, if we

 

 15   did our job right.

 

 16             But there might be other things, like in

 

 17   cellular therapies, that should be--FDA can't--even

 

 18   that little piece I laid out, we should be working

 

 19   with all those investigators, the academic

 

 20   organizations, the NIH, in the consortium model and

 

 21   each person contributing in their area.

 

 22             DR. SHINE:  I would suggest to you that

 

        at                                                                 369

 

  1   the original concept of a roadmap was created by

 

  2   the then President of Motorola.  It was a roadmap

 

  3   for accomplishing things in the semi-conductor

 

  4   industry.

 

  5             One of the issues is whether the agency,

 

  6   in collaboration with industry and the academic

 

  7   community, should consider a series of roadmaps in

 

  8   product development in a number of areas and then,

 

  9   having agreed on what that roadmap might look like

 

 10   in terms of the elements in getting from here to

 

 11   there, then agree on who takes responsibility for

 

 12   the lead in a particular portion of that roadmap.

 

 13             All I am saying is that I would like to

 

 14   see us think about ways of implementing this that

 

 15   are--because of the very complexity you are talking

 

 16   about, that we can move to the next step which is

 

 17   how do you articulate that in a clear enough way so

 

 18   that people can understand what they are trying to

 

 19   buy into.

 

 20             Let me throw things open to the rest of my

 

 21   panel here and see if there are other comments, and

 

 22   then I want to give Janet an opportunity to give a

 

        at                                                                 370

 

  1   benediction.

 

  2             Susan?

 

  3             DR. HARLANDER:  I guess I would just

 

  4   encourage you, and the problem is daunting, I

 

  5   realize, but I think it is so critical to involve

 

  6   all the stakeholders.  I don't know what mechanisms

 

  7   you do for that, because it is not just trade

 

  8   associations.  They represent a segment of the

 

  9   industry and they don't represent academia at all,

 

 10   probably.  So I don't know how to involve that but

 

 11   to recognize that there are a lot of stakeholders

 

 12   and to get their input early.

 

 13             And if there is an opportunity to identify

 

 14   a cross-cutting fundamental area where you could do

 

 15   a trial of getting academia and the private sector

 

 16   and the public sector together to work on these

 

 17   things--can't take all of it on but there may be

 

 18   some fundamental thing where you can assure

 

 19   industry that they are not going to be taken down

 

 20   because of--I wrote it down and now I can't

 

 21   remember--that it is okay for them to collaborate

 

 22   on these things from a government perspective.

 

        at                                                                 371

 

  1             DR. SHINE:  I think doing some special

 

  2   things in terms of dealing with the anti-trust--

 

  3             DR. HARLANDER:  Anti-trust.  I just

 

  4   couldn't think of that; sorry.

 

  5             DR. SHINE:  --are relevant.  There are

 

  6   ways to do that.

 

  7             DR. HARLANDER:  Yes.

 

  8             DR. GOODMAN:  That is way that FDA, I

 

  9   think, can be helpful by sort of helping

 

 10   orchestrate.  Now, a caveat, and you all raised it,

 

 11   it is the effort and resources that we can put into

 

 12   this, and we frequently are doing this anyhow, for

 

 13   example, with our colleagues and we would like to

 

 14   do a lot more.  But we are doing a lot of this in

 

 15   terms of helping, for example, NIAID in its

 

 16   development of counterterrorism products, but we

 

 17   could do even more.

 

 18             DR. CASSELL:  Ken, I like your idea of a

 

 19   roadmap.  I actually have suggested that taking

 

 20   maybe even just two therapeutic areas initially and

 

 21   dissecting them in terms of trying to set

 

 22   priorities, lay out the roadmap, and then you could

 

        at                                                                 372

 

  1   see what kind of overlap there might be between

 

  2   even those two therapeutic areas, might be a

 

  3   rational way to go.

 

  4             Of course, I am biased, but I argued that

 

  5   infectious diseases would be a natural because we

 

  6   are faced with such urgency in terms of need.  I

 

  7   think you don't run into a lot of the anti-trust

 

  8   issues that you might in such highly competitive

 

  9   other arenas, say, in neurosciences or

 

 10   cardiovascular because so many companies are not in

 

 11   the area of anti-infectives today.

 

 12             So it might be a natural.  There is

 

 13   already this new investment of $1.7 billion at

 

 14   NIAID for development of anti-infectives, so you

 

 15   have got a lot going on in the public sector

 

 16   already focused on drug development, how can we do

 

 17   it better.

 

 18             DR. SHINE:  I would agree with Susan.  We

 

 19   are not talking just about government and industry,

 

 20   for example, or government and industry and

 

 21   academia.   Consumers have a major stake in this

 

 22   and they can keep a lot of this process honest in

 

        at                                                                 373

 

  1   terms of the various players.

 

  2             DR. CASSELL:  I would just add that the

 

  3   Institute of Medicine, the Board on Health Science

 

  4   Policy has just approved a series of fora on drug

 

  5   development and drug discovery and issues.  I think

 

  6   that type of forum is also going to be very useful

 

  7   for discussing some of these things and developing

 

  8   a roadmap, maybe.

 

  9             DR. SHINE:  Good.  Other comments?

 

 10             Janet, I think the sense of the committee

 

 11   is that this is a very important effort, that you

 

 12   and your colleagues have articulated a

 

 13   fundamentally important issue.  It has a lot of

 

 14   analogies to healthcare in the sense that we spent

 

 15   decades delivering all kinds of goods but we never

 

 16   wanted to study the process by which care is

 

 17   provided.  So, in this case, it is to study the

 

 18   process by which products are developed, moved

 

 19   forward, industrialized, as you put it, and so

 

 20   forth.

 

 21             So I think it is a very important area.  I

 

 22   think that the overall sense of the committee is

 

        at                                                                 374

 

  1   that this is an area that they would be very

 

  2   strongly supportive of.  I think the trick is going

 

  3   to be, obviously, in the articulation of this into

 

  4   a form--you consult like crazy, but that is not

 

  5   going to ultimately get you a workable structure.

 

  6             All I am raising is, in one way or

 

  7   another, and I think Gail is right; you pick one or

 

  8   two or three areas and then you really look closely

 

  9   at what are the steps that would be helpful over an

 

 10   extended period of time.  For example, we have

 

 11   heard about four aspects of effective clinical

 

 12   trials.  Those could form part of the way in which

 

 13   the clinical trials are done in that area.

 

 14             We have heard about some innovative

 

 15   approaches to thinking about devices.  That could

 

 16   be part of it, depending on what area you pick.

 

 17   But I think the devil is going to be in structure

 

 18   here so that people know where you want to go and

 

 19   what the products are and who is responsible.

 

 20   Again, I applaud you for at least considering some

 

 21   of the models in other industries because I think

 

 22   we have a lot to learn from those models in terms

 

        at                                                                 375

 

  1   of public-private activities.

 

  2             I also think that one can make a strong

 

  3   argument that investments in this area, and I think

 

  4   we ought to make that argument--that investments in

 

  5   this area, through the Congress, through the

 

  6   pharmaceutical industry, through other interested

 

  7   players, could go a long way to improving

 

  8   productivity.

 

  9             I still want to see the overall--I mean,

 

 10   the last thirty years of drugs rather than the last

 

 11   ten years just because I want to be sure that we

 

 12   are not looking at just one part of a cycling

 

 13   phenomenon.  But I do think that one can make a

 

 14   strong argument that solving some of these problems

 

 15   would have enormous benefit to the industry and to

 

 16   the public in a way that people may not have

 

 17   thought about.

 

 18             So just as it has been a tough sell to

 

 19   sell health-services research, this is, if you

 

 20   will, science services in the drug and device

 

 21   industry.

 

 22             Would you like to make any final comments?

 

        at                                                                 376

 

  1             DR. WOODCOCK:  I want to thank the Board

 

  2   for your attention.  This is a starting-out area

 

  3   and so it is a bit chaotic, I agree, because there

 

  4   are so many factors.  It is a very complex area.

 

  5   It goes everywhere from characterization of viral

 

  6   contamination of cell lines all the way to advanced

 

  7   clinical-trial methodology.

 

  8             I would reiterate, I think each one of

 

  9   these is interconnected.  I think Gail actually

 

 10   said it the best; each barrier along the path,

 

 11   wherever it might be in the development process, is

 

 12   brought to bear in decisions that are made on what

 

 13   is developed, or what is feasible, or how fields

 

 14   are developed.  So this ends up being really

 

 15   impacting what healthcare products are delivered to

 

 16   the public at the end of the day.

 

 17             We will need your advice over a prolonged

 

 18   period as we begin to shape this initiative.  I

 

 19   think you have given us some very important

 

 20   guidance on making this real in the sense that we

 

 21   need to lay out some paths.  We need to reduce this

 

 22   to, okay, what if we wanted to get this healthcare

 

        at                                                                 377

 

  1   product or this class of healthcare products more

 

  2   efficiently in the hands of the doctors and

 

  3   patients.  Where are the barriers, an example or

 

  4   two, is what you are talking about and then how

 

  5   would people play on that and where would we see

 

  6   different sectors contributing and that could help

 

  7   make this much more real, is what I understand you

 

  8   are saying, to everyone because it is so large and

 

  9   complex and hard to bring together.

 

 10             We will do that and, with your indulgence,

 

 11   we will probably bring that back to you probably at

 

 12   your next meeting.

 

 13             DR. SHINE:  I guess if you don't have

 

 14   infectious disease on the list somewhere, Gail

 

 15   will--

 

 16             DR. WOODCOCK:  We're toast.

 

 17             DR. SHINE:  Any other final words from the

 

 18   members of the committee.  Then I think Dr.

 

 19   Crawford wants to make a comment.

 

 20             DR. CASSELL:  I was just going to suggest

 

 21   that, since we really don't meet again, as I

 

 22   understand it, until December, or November.  But

 

        at                                                                 378

 

  1   still it is a long way away.  I think you have

 

  2   gained a lot of momentum since this was announced

 

  3   on March 16.  I would hate to see you lose that so

 

  4   I hope that you will feel free to get this group

 

  5   involved.  I don't know how we can do that or what

 

  6   you are at liberty to do, but I think it would be a

 

  7   good idea not to wait until November.

 

  8             DR. SHINE:  I would encourage you to think

 

  9   about using e-mail on various aspects of this.  A

 

 10   number of us are very comfortable in working on

 

 11   projects with other agencies and so forth over time

 

 12   using e-mail.  So, please don't hesitate to do that

 

 13   in a way if you think we can be helpful to you in

 

 14   any of these areas.

 

 15             DR. WOODCOCK:  Thank you.  We do have an

 

 16   extensive series of activities planned over the

 

 17   spring and summer and we can definitely keep you

 

 18   updated and even, perhaps, plan for substantive

 

 19   input if we get to some critical points.

 

 20             DR. SHINE:  Dr. Crawford?

 

 21             DR. CRAWFORD:  Let me thank Ken and all

 

 22   the committee for all your wise comments and

 

        at                                                                 379

 

  1   indulgence and attention today.  Also, I would be

 

  2   remiss if I didn't thank Janet personally for what

 

  3   she has done to pull all this together.  Ken

 

  4   mentioned earlier that she is a widely known

 

  5   innovator and that is certainly the case.  This is

 

  6   going to take a lot of hard work and, as Susan

 

  7   said, a lot of interaction with the stakeholders,

 

  8   but also with individual members of this committee.

 

  9             You know, I can promise you that we will

 

 10   stay in touch over the spring, fall and winter, as

 

 11   we go forward.

 

 12             The other thing I would want to say is

 

 13   that the idea of the critical path is getting, in

 

 14   fact, a lot of traction on Capital Hill.  We have

 

 15   begun making some courtesy visits with important

 

 16   key members of the U.S. Congress.  They are all

 

 17   key, some are more key than others, perhaps.  But

 

 18   also these have been included in our speeches and

 

 19   some other sorts of public interactions that we are

 

 20   making.

 

 21             I think it, by now, is an easily

 

 22   understood concept on the surface.  As we move

 

        at                                                                 380

 

  1   forward, I think we are going to be able to get

 

  2   resources here.  I also think it is going to give

 

  3   us a lot better interaction along functional lines

 

  4   with NIH and other sister organizations and brother

 

  5   organizations that we deal with.

 

  6             This is a big thing for FDA.  As I

 

  7   mentioned in my opening remarks, something like

 

  8   this has been mentioned usually along the lines of

 

  9   science-based future for FDA and so forth.  But

 

 10   this puts legs and gives a structure to it and we

 

 11   are all very enthused about it.  You can count on

 

 12   us to wage a good fight with your help.

 

 13             Thanks very much.

 

 14             DR. SHINE:  Thank you.  If there is no

 

 15   other business, we are adjourned.

 

 16             [Whereupon, at 4:40 p.m., the meeting was

 

 17   adjourned.]

 

 18                              - - -